Studies in Occult Chemistry and Physics

By

George E Sutcliffe

Editor's Preface

Below is the correspondence between the chapters in this manuscript and the chapter numbers as they appeared in The
Theosophist. It is not known why there are some gaps - however, the paragraph numbers are in sequence. The chapters that
appeared in Volume 1 of Studies in Occult Chemistry and Physics are I through XI. According to Sutcliffe, Chapters XII
through XXIII were supposed to be printed as Volume II; however, for some unknown reason, this was not done.

Some notes on the references. In many places in Chapters XII through XXIII, there were references to the first volume, giving
either the article name and/or a reference to a specific page number or a range of page numbers. These have been changed to
either the chapter number reference here, and/or to a specific paragraph or chapter. The text has been altered to reflect this.
Also, the references to equations and/or paragraph numbers sometimes was inconsistent, and all references to equations now
are in {}, and the paragraph number reference is now preceded by . As for the outside references, they have been made
consistent; for books, each reference in each chapter has the title and the author listed, and full bibliographic information may
be found in Appendix A. For articles in magazines, the volume, page numbers (if known) and the year of publication are given.

Volume 1 was published in 1923 by the Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, Madras, India.

One last thing. With the publication of Chapter XXIII, no more was published in The Theosophist. Sutcliffe mentioned in an
article entitled "Magnetic Astronomy and Astrophysics" (The Theosophist, 50:559-560, 1929) that there are three more series
of them in manuscript form - where they are is not known at the present time.

Preface Copyright March 1999, David G. Walters

Studies in Occult Chemistry and Physics

(Volume 1)

INTRODUCTION

The present volume is the first of a series in which an attempt will be made to co-ordinate the facts and theories of western
science and occult research. The writer regards himself primarily as a pupil in an eastern school of science and philosophy, and
secondarily as an interested reader and student of western science. These two schools are in a sense complementary, the one
supplying the concepts, and the other the substance which gives quantitative definition to those concepts. As far as possible,
equal weight has been given to the teachings of both the schools; but as the book has been written specially for the scientific
mystic, and it is not expected that many outside this particular type will read it, a special aim has been to demonstrate the
genuineness and reliability of the teachings of the eastern school to which the writer belongs.

This introductory volume is largely concerned with the exposition of concepts which are unfamiliar to the science of the west.
These concepts are described, but, for the most part, only partially demonstrated. The full demonstration being deferred to
later volumes. In this introduction it may be well to point out a few important differences between conclusions derived from
occult studies, and the phase of opinion at present prevailing in western scientific thought.

To illustrate one of these differences, we may take the Theory of Relativity, which at this time dominates the west.
The fundamental fact of observation, which has led to the Theory of Relativity, is thus stated by Prof. Jeans: "No matter what
the velocity of the observer is, the light surface, as observed by that observer, is invariably a sphere having that observer as
center"; or, as he puts it in another place, "we now have as an experimental fact that, independently of the velocities of the
source and observer, the wave-surface is a sphere having the observer as center". And further commenting on this, he says: "If
the observed constant velocity of light is simply the constant velocity of propagation through an etheric medium, it would seem
to follow that each observer must carry a complete ether about with him".

Prof. Pickering, commenting upon the same experimental fact, says: "That is to say the light surface, or wave-front, is a
contracting, not an expanding sphere. This, if confirmed, would go a long way towards making our universe a subjective rather
than an objective phenomenon. Again, imagine a flash of light, such as an explosion, to occur when an observer is in a given
position. It makes no difference how the observer may move while the light is approaching him, whether several miles forward
or backward, the light will reach him in exactly the same time, as is shown by Michelson's experiment. Or if two observers are
at the same spot when the explosion occurs, and one moves forward, and the other backward, they will both see the explosion
at exactly the same instant. This sounds ridiculous, but not only is it what Jeans says, but it is the logical interpretation of
Einstein's second principle".

Now, since the observer is at the center of the sphere of contracting ether, which is collapsing into its center, it is now realized
that unless we accept the theory of Relativity, there is no escape from the alternative conclusion, that the observer, or rather the
molecules of the observer's body, are actually consuming a spherical volume of ether with the radial velocity of light.

Einstein and the Relativists say this experimental observation is an illusion, and have devised theories to replace this illusion by
the reality. The student of occultism, on the contrary, says this experimentally observed fact is not an illusion, but the actual
reality. This therefore constitutes one of the important differences between the two schools. It is a fundamental teaching in
occultism that it is the drop that swallows the ocean, and not the ocean that swallows the drop. It will be shown in the course of
these volumes that every atom is engaged in swallowing the universe of ether, and that in this way it acquires its properties,
gravitational, chemical, electromagnetic, etc.

What we know as electric current is a function of the volume of ether swallowed, whilst what we know as mass is a function of
the square of that volume. Hence electrical dimensions always entail the square root of a mass, which is meaningless to the
physicist, but which is replete with meaning to the occultist.

This square of the volume function which produces mass gives rise as a special case, to the law of gravitation as at present
understood. As to distance, it is usually regarded as a law of inverse square, though it is possible to give it a form varying as the
inverse fifth. Let the sun be the center of a spherical volume of ether of radius d, the distance of Mercury, so that Mercury lies
on the surface of the sphere of which the sun is the center. Then the attraction of the sun for Mercury is a function of this
volume of ether divided by the fifth power of the distance between them. If the distance be increased to the orbit of Venus, the
volume is increased as the third power of the distance, whilst the attractive force per unit volume is diminished as the inverse
fifth, with the result that the combined effect is as the inverse square. Gravity in this form is a function of two variables, the
volume of ether and the distance.

Its form is more cumbersome than that of Newton, but it will be shown in the course of these volumes that it more nearly
represents the actual process at work.

The importance of this view of gravity will be better realized when it is demonstrated that the fifth power law applies not only to
the variable volume, but also to the constant volume contained in the central attracting mass. This part of the attractive force,
which is relatively small, gives an effect varying not as the inverse square, but as the inverse fifth, and, in the case of Mercury is
large enough to be perceptible, as may now be shown.

As it is based on the square of the etheric volume, it is fundamentally a sixth power law, which, integrated between definite
limits gives (1/5) A/D 5, where A is the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the body and D is the distance measured in terms
of the body's radius taken as unity. The acceleration recognized in astronomy is A/D2 , so that (1/5) A/D 5 , is a supplementary
force which has not been taken into account. In the case of Mercury, the distance in terms of the sun's radius is 83.02, and the

2
recognized acceleration a = A/D 2, is 3.981, whilst the unrecognized portion a' = (1/5)A/D 5 , is only 0.0000013916. This it will
be seen, is exceedingly small, the ratio of the fifth power force to that of the second power force being

(1) a/a' = 0.0000013916/3.981 = 1/2,861,000

The action therefore upon Mercury will be that of a diffused mass of matter, lying between the sun and Mercury, the mass of
which is the (1/2,861,000)th part of the sun's mass.

In 1896, Seeliger sought for an explanation of the motion of Mercury's perihelion by assuming a mass of diffused matter
surrounding the sun, and causing the Zodiacal Light. He found that the mass of matter required to completely account for the
unexplained motion of Mercury's perihelion was

(2) 1/2,860,000 of the sun's mass

The agreement between (1) and (2), it will be seen, is practically perfect.

Newton's law left unexplained a motion of Mercury's perihelion amounting to 40.1". per century. Einstein's theory gives a
correction of 42.9", which is about 7% too much.

Einstein's correction is generally considered satisfactory, and has gone far to convince physicists of the truth of his theory; but
the fifth power law, to be expounded in a later volume would appear to correspond more accurately to the forces actually at
work.

Atoms and light rays exhibit properties not only varying as the inverse square, but also as the inverse fifth power of the
distance. Thus, in the kinetic theory of gases, the force between the molecules is an inverse fifth power force; whilst in the case
of light the energy radiated is inversely as the fifth power of the wave-length for light waves which have the Wien's constant
relation to the temperature.

In the atom, the inverse fifth power law is primary, and the inverse square law secondary, whilst between the members of the
solar system the inverse square is primary, and the inverse fifth secondary.

Probably the recognition of the fifth power law will be of the greatest importance in connection with the lunar theory. In spite of
the enormous labors of Hansen, Delaunay, Hill, and Brown, the lunar tables are still not satisfactory, and after a time the moon
gets out of its calculated course. According to Newcombe, "the explanation of the outstanding differences may be regarded
to-day as the most perplexing enigma in astronomy". It appears to the writer that this enigma may he due to the non-recognition
of this fifth power law.

At the surface of a body, where the distance D is unity, the portion varying as the fifth power is (1/5)A, so that the total
acceleration at the surface of the attracting body is (6/5)A.

The sun's surface acceleration is measured from the earth where the fifth power portion is infinitesimal; but the earth's
acceleration is measured on the earth's surface, where it is (6/5)A, and there is no means of distinguishing the second power
portion from that of the fifth. The part of the earth's gravity which operates upon the Moon according to the inverse square is
not g = 981, but (5/6)g, and the part acting according to the inverse fifth power is (1/6)g. Now, since the earth's force of
gravity is the unit in which all astronomical forces are measured, this correction will affect almost every part of lunar and
planetary theory.

Another result is an alteration of the gravitational constant.

Let E be the earth's mass, G the gravitational constant, R the earth's radius, and g the measured acceleration of gravity at the
earth's surface. Then GE = gR 2 , the unit of force used in astronomy. In place of this we must now put (5/6) GE = (5/6)gR 2 .
If we group the earth and moon together as a unit, the earth's mass, or the gravitational constant G, must be increased in the
ratio p = 1.0122, and we obtain for this new force unit (5/6)pGE = (5/6) pgR 2 , or grouping in a new gravitational constant

3
(3) G' = (5/6) pG = 5.616 x l0 -8

we may write G'E = (5/6)pgR 2 , for the new astronomical unit of force. Now this new gravitational constant G' has a
remarkable property, which throws light on both the nature of electricity and gravity. Take the electromagnetic charge on an
atom of Hydrogen. Not 1.591 x 10 -20 , which is the charge on unit atomic weight, when the atomic weight of oxygen is 16, but
the above charge multiplied by the atomic weight of hydrogen 1.0077, which is the observed charge in electrolysis, e = 1.604
x 10 -20 . Then we have

(4) G'e = m = 9.008 x l0 -28 = the mass of the electron

(5) m/G= e = the electromagnetic charge on the electron

Now note the two properties of the new gravitational constant G'. When we multiply mass by G', we obtain the force of
gravity; when we divide a mass by G', as in (5), obtain the electromagnetic charge. But multiplication and division are inverse
processes, just as an expanding sphere of ether around a body is the inverse of a contracting sphere. In the course of this work
it will be shown that gravity is one of the effects of an expanding sphere of ether, whilst electrical phenomena are functions of a
contracting sphere.

The Relativist draws down the Veil of Isis, and says: this knowledge is for ever hidden from us. The Teachers in the Eastern
Schools reverently lift the veil, and say the solution of even these most inner mysteries, by searching, thou shalt find.

References

Chapter I
THE ATOM

Although the results of occult investigation into the nature of the chemical elements have been before the world for more than a
dozen years, the work of linking these up with those of Western science has made but little progress, and one of the objects of
these studies is to effect this purpose. It will be well in the first place to note a few of the links already made.

1. At the meeting of the British Association in 1913, F. W. Aston announced the discovery of a new chemical element of
atomic weight 22, to which he gave the name of Meta-neon, an account of which is given in Prof. Soddy's Chemistry of the
Radio-Elements 1 , published in 1914. On June 3rd, 1920, Prof. Rutherford announced to the Royal Society the discovery of
another new element of atomic weight 3, an account of which will be found in Nature of June 17th, 1920 2. In the first edition of
Occult Chemistry 3, published in 1908, both the above elements are marked with an asterisk, as being elements which had
been discovered by our occult investigators, but which were unknown to Western science. It is thus seen that Western
physicists confirm these discoveries, in the one case five, and in the other twelve, years later. The above constitutes perhaps the
clearest proof so far published of the reliability of occult methods of research, but we hope to show in the course of those
studies that it is only one out of many proofs that are now available.

2. One of the obstacles in the way of merging the results of occult research with those of ordinary science is the use of
different units of mass. Western science has now adopted two such units, the proton and the electron 4, which carry equal but
opposite charges of electricity; the charge of the proton being positive, and that of the electron negative.

But though the charges are numerically equal, the masses differ greatly; the mass of the proton is more than 1,800 times greater
than that of the electron and is taken to be identical with the mass of the element hydrogen. Both these masses differ greatly
from the unit of mass of Occult Chemistry, which is one eighteenth of the mass of hydrogen 5.

I give below the masses of these three units, the unit of measurement employed being a gram divided by 10 28 , or the
twenty-eighth power of ten.

4
Mass in grams multiplied by 1028

The Proton 16620.0

The Atom of Occult Chemistry 923.34

The Electron 9.01

The above figures are said to contain errors of less than half per cent. They are taken from the 1920 edition of Smithsonian
Physical Tables 6, and are based on Prof. Millikan's most recent researches 7.

3. An inspection of the above series of masses shows no apparent connection between the unit of mass of Occult Chemistry
and the units of Western science; but after a few preliminary studies we shall be able to trace out a connection. One of the
ways of doing this is through the molecular energy of gases.

The mean temperature of the atmosphere at the earth's surface, averaged from equator to pole, throughout the year, is about
15C8. If we take a depth of atmosphere of four kilometers, or a height measured from the earth's surface of 2(1/2) miles, the
mean temperature throughout this volume is about 6(1/2) Centigrade, or 44 K Fahrenheit9. Since the molecular energy of
translation of all gases at equal temperature is the same, whatever the mass of the molecule 10 , the molecular energy of air at the
above temperature, 6(1/2) Centigrade or 279.6 K., as measured from the absolute zero is a constant peculiar to the earth's
surface. Its value in ergs, the energy unit of the C. G. S. system, is

(1) 5.7543 10 14 ergs

or 5.7543, divided by the fourteenth power of ten. We will take this constant of molecular energy as a basis for investigating
some of the important properties of the atom of Occult Chemistry.

4. It is significant, though not surprising perhaps, that in these studies the links between Occult and Western science usually
emerge from the more recondite portions of Western researches. We have recently shown in the columns of The Times of
India that a bridge between the two schools has been constructed by the theory of relativity and that of Einstein. Similarly the
link between the atom of Occultism and the physics of the West is effected through the recondite law known as "the
equi-partition of energy". For a complete study of this law in connection with radiation and molecular energy, the mathematical
reader may be referred to Jeans' Dynamical Theory of Gases 11 , Campbell's Modern Electrical Theory 12 , and especially to
Jeans' Report to the Physical Society of London on Radiation and the Quantum Theory 13 , in 1914. It will suffice for our
purpose to point out that it necessarily follows from the law of the equi-partition of energy that if molecules of air are composed
of atoms as given in Occult Chemistry, then, when the air has arrived at a state of equilibrium at the temperature of 6.5
Centigrade, so that the air molecules, on the average, have the energy given by (1), then each of the atoms composing the
molecules must also possess the same energy. For instance, there are 290 atoms in the element oxygen, or 2 x 290= 580
atoms in the molecule14 ; hence each of these 580 atoms must have energy equal to that of the molecule as a whole, so that the
atomic energy of oxygen in a state of equilibrium must be 580 times as great as the molecular energy; and similarly for nitrogen
and the other constituents of the atmosphere. Such is the law of the equi-partition of energy.

5. The energy of a body is its mass multiplied by half the square of its velocity and since we know the mass of our atom, and
also its energy, as given by (1), we obtain for its velocity by a simple calculation the value

(2) 1,111,400 centimeters per second

or 11.164 kilometers = 6.94 miles. This velocity, at first sight, may not appear to be very remarkable; but to the astronomer or
the physicist, its significance will be at once apparent, for it is identical with what is technically termed the earth's parabolic
velocity, and half the square of this velocity is what is termed the earth's gravitational potential. This potential is equal to the
earth's radius, 637,000,000 centimeters, multiplied by the acceleration of gravity at the earth's surface, 982, and is a well
known terrestrial constant 15 .

We took as our basis the mean molecular energy of a surface stratum of the earth's atmosphere, 2(1/2) miles in height, and we
5
have now found that this important energy-constant is the product of the mass of the atom of Occult Chemistry and the earth's
gravitational potential; or, what amounts to the same thing, it is the product of the mass of the atom, the earth's radius and the
earth's surface gravity. Thus the atom of Occultism indissolubly binds together the earth's surface temperature and the force of
gravitation - two phenomena which physicists regard as independent.

6. When a body is let fall on the earth's surface from different heights, it reaches the earth with different velocities; and, in
general, the greater the height, the greater the velocity. But as the height is increased, the velocity tends towards a maximum,
beyond which it cannot increase, however great the height from which it falls. This maximum velocity is known as the velocity
from infinity, or the parabolic velocity at the earth's surface. Each heavenly body has a parabolic velocity peculiar to itself,
which is the square root of the product of its diameter and the acceleration of gravity at its surface.

For the Sun this velocity is 383 miles per second, for Mercury it is 2.9 miles, for Venus 6.36, for Mars 3.34 and for Jupiter
40.1 miles. This velocity from infinity is therefore an invariable constant of the body, and in a sense defines its most essential
physical characteristic. When, therefore, we find that the atoms which compose the molecules of the atmosphere near the
earth's surface all move on the average with this characteristic velocity, we have linked our occult atom with the most
fundamental property of our terrestrial planet.

7. We have illustrated the principal feature of this unique velocity by the falling of bodies from different heights, and may study
it also with advantage from the opposite point of view. If a body is projected vertically from the earth's surface with different
velocities, it ascends to different heights, and again falls from these heights so as to reach the earth with the original velocity of
projection. In general, the greater the velocity of projection, the greater the height. If the velocity is not too great, the attractive
force of the earth will always bring the body back; but, should the velocity be as great as 6.94 miles per second, or the
parabolic velocity of the earth, the body would ascend to an infinite height and so would never return.

One property, therefore, of the atoms, that follows from their possessing the parabolic velocity, will be that they are free to
move out into space, beyond the range of the earth's attraction.

Hence, if space contains matter in the atomic form, or in the state of the highest sub-plane of the physical, as described in
Occult Chemistry 16 , this matter will be attracted to the earth, and will arrive at its surface with the parabolic velocity, which will
enable it to leave the earth again and wander away into space.

8. If we magnify the air molecules to the size of a ten-inch football, their average distance apart will be about three yards;
whilst, on the same scale, the size of the occult atom will be that of a grain of sand, one fiftieth of an inch in diameter. We may
therefore picture our atmosphere as a vast collection of footballs, poised in space at an average distance of three yards, and the
atoms as clouds of fine sand blowing through and amongst the footballs. From the relative sizes, it will be evident that the sand
can easily penetrate the interspaces between the footballs, or the molecules of the atmosphere. But although the molecules are
so much greater than the atoms, the law of the equi-partition of energy ensures that the average energy of the atoms shall be
equal to the average energy of the molecules, so that what the atom lacks in mass it makes up in velocity. The mean velocity of
the molecules is about three-tenths of a mile per second, whilst the atomic velocity, as shown by (2), is about seven miles per
second. In each case the mass multiplied by half the square of the velocity is equal to the mean molecular energy as given by
(1).

9. Thus the atom as a unit and the molecule as a unit both possess the same energy. But we have to consider the molecule, not
only as a unit, but as a group of several hundreds of atoms. The molecule of nitrogen contains 522 atoms, and the molecule of
oxygen 580 atoms. These atoms constituting the molecules must not be confused with the clouds of atoms blowing through the
widely spaced molecules. The atoms in the molecule revolve round different centers in groups of two to seven or more, as
shown in Occult Chemistry 17 , but the law of equi-partition ensures that the groups, as well as the individual atoms, shall, as
units, possess the same energy. In other words, a group of three atoms in the molecule will have a group-energy equal to the
energy of the molecule, whilst the three atoms composing it, regarded as separate units, will each have this same energy.

10. By means of this important law of the equi-partition of energy, and the unit of molecular energy given by (1), we are able
to link together, in a relation of equality, five different elements of our atmosphere: (a) the atomic energy of the clouds of atoms

6
from outer space, moving between the molecules with the parabolic velocity; (b) the energy of the molecules regarded as units; (
c) the energy of the separate groups of atoms within the molecule; (d) the energy of the individual atoms within the groups; and (
e) the mean temperature of the atmosphere. If, therefore, there is any combination of factors which determines any one of the
above five elements, it will determine the whole five. But we have seen that the energy of the cloud of atoms, blowing through
the molecules, is determined by the mass of the atom and the parabolic velocity of the earth, both of which are invariable
constants of the earth. These two constants, therefore, determine the whole of the five elements.

11. It should be observed that it is only the mean or average value of the atmospheric temperature that is constant. As we
know, the temperature of the atmosphere varies in different places and times, owing to the seasons, the days and nights, etc.;
such variations being in general due to the sun.

When the temperature is higher than the mean temperature 44 F., the molecular energy is greater than given by (1), and the
law of the equi-partition of energy causes the excess to pass to the streams of atoms which convey this excess away into
space. When the temperature is below the average, the defect is supplied to the molecules from the atomic streams which
arrive at the earth's surface with the parabolic velocity and constant energy above explained. Thus these atomic streams act the
part of a temperature adjuster, removing the excess and supplying the defect. These atomic streams are thus a missing link in
the problems of cosmic physics.

12. The facts on which the above results are based are derived almost entirely from Western science, with the exception of
the atom of Occult Chemistry and the existence of these atomic streams. If there are 18 atoms in hydrogen, then the mass of
this atom is as given above (2), and its energy, when reaching the earth from outer space, will be the mean molecular energy
as given in (1). But the atomic streams play such an important part in the solution of modern physical problems, that it is
desirable here to collect the evidence for their existence.

13 The atom of Occult Chemistry 18 is what is called the atomic sub-plane of the physical plane, and it is the first or highest of
these sub-planes. But the highest sub-plane of the terrestrial physical plane is the lowest sub-plane of the cosmic physical plane,
which exists for the most part in the cosmic space between the stars of solar systems 19 .

This proposition will he found supported by the following quotations from The Secret Doctrine:
"The Initial Existence, in the Twilight of the Mhamanvantara, is a C ONSCIOUS S PIRITUAL Q UALITY. In the
manifested... Solar Systems, it is... like the film from a Divine Breath, to the gaze of the entranced seer. It spreads as it issues
from Laya throughout Infinity as a colorless spiritual fluid. It is on the seventh plane, and in its seventh state, in our Planetary
World.
It exists everywhere and forms the first... Foundation on which our... Solar System is built. Outside the latter, it is to be found in
its pristine purity only between the... Stars of the Universe... There is not a finger's breadth of void space in the whole
boundless Universe...
It is the guiding force in the cosmic and terrestrial elements... It whirls in the breeze, blows with the hurricane, and sets the air in
motion, which element participates in one of its principles also20 .
The waves and undulations of science are all produced by atoms propelling their molecules into activity from within.
Atoms fill the immensity of space, and by their continuous vibration arc that motion which keeps the wheels of life perpetually
going. It is that inner work which produces the natural phenomena called the correlation of forces...
As described by Seers - those who can see the motion of the interstellar shoals, and follow them clairvoyantly in their evolution
- they are dazzling, like specks of virgin snow in radiant sunlight... Standing on an open plain, on a mountain summit especially,
and gazing into the vast vault above and the special infinities around, the whole atmosphere seems ablaze with them, the air
soaked through with these dazzling coruscations 21 ".
14. The above facts, attested by Western science and Occult investigation conjointly, may be taken as the scaffolding upon
which may be built a more advanced system of chemistry and physics. The phenomena with which these sciences deal are to a
great extent due to the interaction of the seven planes of our planetary system with what is termed the cosmic physical plane.
Each of our seven planes is divided into seven sub-planes, the highest sub-plane in each case consisting of individual atoms,
free and uncombined. These free and uncombined atoms blow through and interpenetrate the molecular combinations of all the

7
planes, and extend outwards into the cosmic space between the stars and solar systems; and as such they constitute the seven
sub-planes of the cosmic physical plane. By means of the well established law of the equi-partition of energy, this cosmic
physical plane governs the energy-content of space, and the mean temperature or molecular energy of planetary systems.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

15. It has been shown that the mean molecular energy of the atmosphere is the product of the mass of the atom of Occult
Chemistry and the gravitational potential of the earth.

The intermolecular spaces are occupied by shoals of atoms forming the highest sub-plane of the physical, which, possessing the
parabolic velocity, are able to circulate freely between the earth and cosmic space. They constitute in their totality, when
extended throughout the cosmos, the lowest sub-plane of the cosmic physical plane; whilst, viewed locally as a terrestrial
phenomenon, they are the highest sub-plane of the physical.

The mean atomic energy of these shoals is a constant determined by the earth's gravity. It fixes the energy-content of space
near the earth's surface, and, by the law of the equi-partition of energy, governs the mean surface temperature of our planet.

References

Chapter II
THE SPHINX OF WESTERN SCIENCE: RADIATION

16. During the last decade Western physicists have been placed on the horns of a dilemma. This was due to the fact that the
observed phenomena of radiation could not be made to fit in with the law of the equi-partition of energy, as described in the
preceding article.

In the case of radiation, this equi-partition is between matter and the medium of space, or the hypothetical ether of science.

If the ether of space has the properties attributed to it by Western science, then the results that would follow from equi-partition
do not agree with observation. In the words of Prof. Jeans 1,

"So far as the radiation problem is concerned, we may summarize the conclusions obtained in the statement that, for equilibrium
to exist between matter and ether, the law of partition of radiant energy in the ether, in terms of wave-length, must be that given
by... the formula first given by Lord Rayleigh in 1900.

It follows, as we have seen, that the temperature of matter must be zero: there can be no equilibrium between matter and ether
until the matter has lost all it energy to the ether.

This is the conclusion arrived at from a study of the radiation problem based on the classical system of dynamics; the state of
things predicted is, however, so utterly different from that observed in nature that we are compelled to contemplate an
abandonment, or at least a modification, of the classical mechanics".

17. The classical mechanics it is proposed to abandon are the mechanics of Sir Isaac Newton, upon which the laws
established up to the end of the nineteenth century have largely been based.

These laws of mechanics had been hitherto regarded as safe foundation-stones upon which to build, and the law of the
equi-partition of energy is a mathematical deduction from them.

The proof of this, in its finished form, was first given by Poincar2, and the validity of his mathematical reasoning has never been
challenged. ln his Dernires Penses 3 Poincar says, referring to this scientific impasse:

8
"We see now how this question stands. The old theories, which seemed until recently able to account for all known
phenomena, have suddenly met with an unexpected check. Some modification has been seen to be necessary. A hypothesis
has been suggested by M. Planck, but so strange a hypothesis that every possible means was sought for escaping from it. The
search has revealed no escape so far, although the new theory bristles with difficulties, many of which are real, and not simple
illusions caused by the inertia of our minds which resent change... It is impossible to predict the final issue".
18. Prof. Jeans, in his Report on Radiation and the Quantum Theory 4 to the Physical Society of London, illustrates the
difficulty as follows:
"To make the question as definite and as simple as possible, let us fix our attention on an enclosure with perfectly reflecting
walls, in which there is a mass of, say, iron at 0 C., and let us suppose that there is a state of equilibrium inside the enclosure.
The iron is continually radiating energy out from its surface into the surrounding ether inside the enclosure, and is also absorbing
energy from the ether. From the condition of equilibrium, the rates of exchange must just balance. If we assume, for additional
simplicity, that the iron is coated with a perfectly absorbing paint, then, in point of fact, each square centimeter of surface emits
300,000 ergs of radiation per second into the ether, and also absorbs 300,000 ergs per second of radiation falling on it from
the ether. The energy in the ether is of density 0.00004 ergs per cubic centimeter; the heat energy in the iron is of the order of
8,000,000,000 ergs per cubic centimeter".
19. The above illustration shows that the volume of space occupied by the iron has an energy-content two hundred millions of
millions of times as great as an equal volume of the ether; although the two spaces are in temperature-equilibrium, which is quite
contrary to the law of the equi-partition of energy on any theory of the ether entertained in the West. Prof. Jeans continues:
"A very little consideration will show that this state of things is different from what might be expected by analogy from other
systems which are known to obey the ordinary dynamical laws. Consider, for instance, a tank of water (to represent the ether)
in which is floated a system of corks (to represent atoms of matter) connected by light springs or elastics, so that they can
oscillate relatively to one another. Suppose that initially the surface of the water is at rest. Let the system of corks be set in
violent oscillation and placed on the surface of the water. The motion of the corks will set up waves in the water, and these
waves will spread all over the surface of the water, undergoing reflection when they meet the walls of the tank. We know that
ultimately the corks will be reduced to rest; the energy of their motion will be transformed, first into the energy of waves and
ripples on the surface of the water, and then owing to the viscosity of the water, into heat-energy in the water. A final state, in
which the corks continue to oscillate with extreme vigor, whilst the water, has almost no energy, is unthinkable; we expect a
final state in which practically all the energy has found its way into the water".
Such is Prof. Jeans' illustration of the problem which is confronting Western science. The immense energy concentrated in the
iron, as compared with the surrounding ether, is the same as if the floating corks continued in violent agitation whilst the water
remained still and motionless, which, as Prof. Jeans says, is unthinkable.

20. Summarizing our results so far, we may say that the law of the equi-partition of energy follows irrevocably from the
principles of Newtonian mechanics, and that, when this law is applied to the case of radiation, it leads to conclusions that are
quite contrary to the facts of observation. It would be unprofitable to search for some flaw in the mathematical reasoning, but it
is possible that this reasoning may be based on an assumption which may repay scrutiny.

The assumption underlying Poincar's mathematics is thus stated by Prof. Jeans 5:

"The phenomenon which is believed to provide the crucial test as to the universal validity of the Newtonian mechanics is the
following: the total radiant energy per unit of volume of ether in temperature-equilibrium with matter is finite, and not
infinite.
It is a matter merely of mathematical demonstration that this fact is incompatible with Newtonian mechanics".
It will be seen that the part in italics quoted above, is given as a fact, and not as an assumption. But if it is a fact, it is certainly
not an observed fact. It is in reality stated as a truism which no Western scientist is likely to question. But Western theories of
the ether of space are so chaotic and contradictory that many leading physicists dispense with ether altogether, and disbelieve
in its existence. Hence the whole of Poincar's reasoning is based on an assumption which we now propose to examine.

21. When the statement is made that the total radiant energy per unit volume of ether is finite, and not infinite, what is really

9
meant is that, if a volume of ether gives out radiant energy, its store of energy will diminish, and will fall to zero if the process is
continued long enough. When put in this form we see that it may hide a fallacy. For instance, a bank may continually pay away
money across the counter without its funds diminishing, if the money paid into the bank be equal in amount or greater. Similarly
the Lake of Geneva can give out water at one end to the rivers of France, without the water in the lake getting less, provided
that the water entering the lake is of equal amount. Under these conditions the funds of the bank, and the water of the lake, are
infinite. If, therefore, the ether of space is so constituted that, as energy is drained away from one portion, fresh energy flows
into it from outer space, we may regard this energy as inexhaustible in the sense that the water in a lake is inexhaustible by the
draining of the water from its outlet.

22. Now in the previous article we showed that the intermolecular spaces near the earth's surface are occupied by shoals of
atoms from the lowest sub-plane of the cosmic physical plane, and that the mean atomic energy of these shoals is a constant
determined by the earth's gravity. These shoals fix the mean energy-content of space, and are able to circulate freely between
the earth and cosmic space.

The above amounts to a proof that the volume-energy of space is for all practicable purposes inexhaustible, and therefore, for
the purpose of Poincar's mathematics, we may say that the total radiant energy per unit volume of ether in temperature
equilibrium with matter is infinite, and not finite - which is a condition diametrically opposite to the assumption on which
Poincar's mathematical demonstration depends.

It follows from this that the observed facts of radiation are not necessarily in contradiction to the established law of the
equi-partition of energy, and that the principle of Newtonian mechanics may remain valid in the interchange of energy between
ether and matter, as between matter and matter.

23. We have thus unearthed a fundamental difference in the teachings of Eastern and Western science, which was pointed out
by the writer in The Times of India of October 11th, 1921, as the following extract shows:
"It may be as well here to set forth once for all the two main differences of the Eastern and Western schools of science. They
are both contained in the problem of radiation, which is the problem on which Western science has wrecked its barque. It is
the modern riddle of the sphinx, which the West has failed to answer correctly. The whole matter will be found in a nutshell in
two Reports to the Physical Society of London, one by Prof. Jeans on the Quantum Theory (1914), and the other by Prof.
Eddington on the Relativity Theory of Gravitation (1918). Prof. Jeans says 6: 'The total radiant energy per unit volume of ether in
temperature-equilibrium with matter is finite and not infinite'. In the Eastern school, as I have been taught, we say as against the
above: 'The total radiant energy per unit volume of ether in temperature-equilibrium with matter is infinite and not finite'. So
that there is point-blank opposite teaching in the two schools. The reply of the West to the sphinxian riddle destroys the laws of
Newton; the Eastern reply keeps them intact".
24. The above serves to illustrate two different principles, or the two distinct viewpoints, from which Western scientists and
students of Occultism visualize the phenomena of Nature. It is the difference between an equality and an identity, and it has an
important bearing on the laws of conservation, the conservation of matter and the conservation of energy. If we take a unit
mass of matter, the law of the conservation of matter requires that this will always remain a unit mass, whatever operations are
applied to it, and here both schools of thought are in agreement.

But the Western scientist would further state, or would subconsciously assume, that the constituents of this mass, in their
simplest form, will remain identically the same from one instant to the next, whilst the occultist would say that the constituents
may vanish and be replaced by others in successive instants of time, so that the total constituents remain equal though not
identical. Now this is an important difference, for it permits of the creation and destruction of matter, at an equal and constant
rate, whilst leaving the observed law of conservation intact.

The element hydrogen may always consist of 18 atoms, but if one of these atoms vanishes and is replaced by another, the mass
of hydrogen is not altered. We have seen in the previous article that atoms interpenetrate the molecules from the cosmic
sub-planes; and, as they possess the same mass and energy as the atoms in the molecules, they can change places with them
without changing either the mass or the energy of the system, and thus without interfering with the laws of conservation of
matter and energy.

10
25. The atomic or highest sub-plane of the physical is the lowest sub-plane of the cosmic physical; hence the illustration given
is an interchange of matter and energy between different portions of the physical plane. But there can be interchanges also
between the planes, without violating the laws of constancy, provided these interchanges are equal and opposite.

The processes taking place in the ultimate physical atoms, as described in Occult Chemistry 7, are in reality interchanges of
energy between the physical and astral planes.

Energy entering an atom from the astral plane makes it positive or male, whilst energy leaving an atom and passing to the astral
makes it negative or female. This is a continuous process, but the conservation of energy on the physical and astral planes is not
affected thereby, for the quantity of energy remains equal though not identical. It is like the equal inflow and outflow of a lake,
where the quantity of water in the lake does not change.

26. In addition to the methods of circulation of matter and energy already noted, there is a third, in which the atoms of one
plane are transferred to another. This last is described in Occult Chemistry 8, and is also treated in The Theosophist 9:
"It must be noted that a physical atom cannot be directly broken up into astral atoms. If the unit of force which whirls those
millions of dots into the complicated shape of a physical atom be pressed back by an effort of will over the threshold of the
astral plane, the atom disappears instantly, for the dots are released. But the unit of force, working now upon a higher level,
expresses itself, not through one astral atom, but through a group of 49. If the process of pressing back the unit of force is
repeated, so that it energizes upon the mental plane, we find the group there enlarged to the number of 49 x 49 = 2,401 of
those higher atoms".
Thus, from plane to plane, the matter can be transferred in either direction. The means of doing this appear to be living forces;
but in Occultism all forces are living. This process is the equivalent of the creation and destruction of matter on the respective
planes; and, as stated in The Theosophist 10 , it is apparently the work of the Creative Hierarchies which preside over the forces
of the cosmic plane.

27. Referring to two consecutive planes of matter, we are told in The Secret Doctrine 11

"that between these two planes of matter an incessant circulation takes place; and if we follow the atoms and molecules of, say,
the lower in their transformation upwards, they will come to a point where they pass altogether beyond the range of the
faculties we are using on the lower plane. In fact,... the matter of the lower plane... passes on to the higher plane".

We are further told 12 that

"Occult Science teaches that there is a perpetual exchange taking place, in space, of molecules, or rather atoms".

28. The above forms of interchange of the matter and energy of the planes will make it clear that matter in the atomic form,
and the accompanying energy, cannot be insulated by enclosures within material walls. For instance, physical atoms, enclosed
in a hermetically sealed vessel, could be transformed into astral atoms, and vice versa; and this, when viewed clairvoyantly,
would give the appearance of entering and leaving the vessel without passing through the walls, which is one of the properties
of four-dimensional space. This point is of interest, since Western science, in order to solve outstanding physical problems, has
recently been obliged to resort to the mathematics of four-dimensional space 13 .

It is possible to insulate the molecules of solids, liquids, and gases in enclosed vessels; and, if the walls of the vessel are
non-conducting, the heat or molecular energy can also be insulated, although this insulation is never quite perfect. But neither
the energy of the atoms, nor the atoms themselves, can be thus insulated, since, as was shown in the previous article, the atoms
can pass between the molecules; and, even if the molecules are closely packed, as in the solid state, the atoms can
interpenetrate the molecules, for these molecules consist of atoms widely apart, as shown in the diagrams of Occult Chemistry,
and we are there told 14 that

"the diagrams are not drawn to scale as such drawings would be impossible; the dot representing the atom is enormously too
large compared with the enclosures, which are absurdly too small; a scale drawing would mean an almost invisible dot on a
sheet of many yards square".

11
When, therefore, the molecules of matter are insulated in an enclosed space, the molecular energy, which in modern theory
constitutes heat, may be isolated from surrounding space, whilst the atomic energy and the atoms themselves can communicate
freely with outside space.

29. Now it so happens that the experiments which have caused physicists to doubt the validity of Newtonian mechanics, and
the equi-partition of energy, are based on the insulation of heat or molecular energy in an enclosure; and they have tacitly
assumed that, when the molecular energy is insulated, the atomic energy is insulated likewise15 . But this is inconsistent with the
results of Occult researches, as explained above. Moreover, a somewhat similar conclusion has been arrived at by Western
physicists, for Prof. Jeans says 16 that

"the quantum theory makes it possible for the internal energy of the atom (element) to be entirely independent of the energy of
the gas to which the atom (element) belongs. Any such independence, it need hardly be remarked, would be entirely at
variance with the principles of the classical system of mechanics".

This last conclusion of Jeans is based on the conception that, if the molecular and atomic energy are independent, the partition
of energy between the atom and the molecule does not take place. But this does not necessarily follow, for the partition of
energy between the atoms in the molecule and those of outer space may be rapid, and that between atoms and molecules may
be slow. In other words, the cosmic sub-plane may exchange energy more rapidly with the inside of the molecule than with the
outside, and it is the outside energy of the molecule that constitutes heat. This would give an appearance of quasi-independence
to the enclosed atomic energy, for any energy taken from the atoms to the molecules would be rapidly supplied from outside,
or the cosmic plane, and any energy supplied to the atoms from the molecules would be rapidly drained away. Thus the atomic
energy would be practically constant, whilst the molecular energy might vary greatly. This agrees with observation, but does not
invalidate the law of the equi-partition of energy. For this law merely states that equi-partition will take place if sufficient time is
given; and, whether the time is one millionth of a second or a million years, this does not affect the validity of the law. Prof.
Jeans has himself laid stress on this particular feature of the law of equi-partition 17 .

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

30. Atomic matter and atomic energy cannot be insulated by material partitions from the atomic matter and energy of outer
space, either of its own plane or of other planes, because the atomic matter can move through and between the molecules of
bodies, as well as migrate from one plane to another. If, therefore, atomic energy be extracted from an enclosed space, an
equal quantity of energy will be supplied from outside space from one or more of the planes, so that the supply of atomic
energy in the enclosure is practically infinite.

On the other hand, molecules of matter, and molecular energy in the form, of heat, may be more or less perfectly insulated from
outer space by material partitions.

In an enclosure containing molecules of matter, if the partitions are impervious to heat or radiation, three kinds of partition of
energy will be in operation: (a) partition of energy between atoms inside and outside the enclosure; (b) partition of energy
between molecules and molecules, inside the enclosure; and (c) partition of energy between atoms and molecules, both inside
the enclosure.

The rate of energy-transfer between atom and atom, and molecule and molecule, may be relatively rapid, and that between
atom and molecule relatively slow, so that equilibrium will establish itself quickly for (a) and (b), but slowly for (c).

The molecules within the enclosure would, under such conditions, rapidly attain to a state of temperature-equilibrium, and the
atoms in the enclosure would likewise rapidly attain equilibrium with the atomic energy of outer space. But a state of
energy-equilibrium between the atoms and molecules in the enclosure might be long deferred, owing to the slow interchange of
energy between atom and molecule. The result of this would be that the atomic energy would be practically constant, and equal
to that of outside space. The energies of the enclosed molecules would be equal to each other, whilst the energies. of the atoms
and molecules might be widely different.

The different intensities of the atomic and molecular energies, whilst the molecules were in a state of temperature-equilibrium,
12
would thus be quite consistent with the law of the equi-partition of energy, and the validity of Newtonian mechanics.

A fundamental distinction between the Teaching of Western science and that of Occultism is that, according to Western
science, "the total radiant energy per unit volume of ether in temperature-equilibrium with matter is F INITE, and not infinite";
whilst, according to Occult teaching, the total radiant energy per unit volume of ether in temperature-equilibrium, or otherwise,
with matter is INFINITE and not finite.

The awkward dilemma in which Western science is placed by the problem of radiation is largely the result of its unwillingness to
recognize the established facts of Occult research on the nature of the atom and the ether of space.

References

Chapter III
THE TERRESTRIAL SUN

31. We have seen in previous studies that there is a rapid circulation of atomic matter and energy between the earth and
space, or between the cosmic planes and the terrestrial planes; and one of the purposes of this article will be to trace out some
further consequences of this interchange. Speaking generally, the partition of energy between bodies implies the corresponding
partition of some form of matter and physicists are now led to think that matter and energy are of the same nature 1. The energy
contained in light and radioactivity can be weighed, just as matter can be weighed 2. This identity in nature of matter and energy,
if eventually established, combined with the free interchange between the terrestrial and cosmic planes, opens up the possibility
of a free interchange of matter and energy between the earth and the heavenly bodies; and we shall now advance some
evidence that such is the case.

32. The President of the British Association, Sir Edward Thorpe, on September 7th, 1921, told his audience 3 that

"the bearing of the electronic theory of matter, too, on Prout's discarded hypothesis that the atoms of all elements were
themselves built up of a primordial atom - his protyle, which he regarded as probably identical with hydrogen is too obvious to
need pointing out. In a sense Prout's hypothesis may be said to be now re-established, but with this essential modification - the
primordial atoms he imagined are complex and are of two kinds - atoms of positive and negative electricity, respectively known
as protons and electrons. These, in Dr. Aston's words, are the standard bricks that Nature employs in her operations of
element building".

As stated in the first article of this series, the mass of a proton is the same as that of hydrogen, and is more than 1,800 times as
great as the mass of the electron. Since the number of electrons in a chemical element is about the same as the number of
protons 4, it follows that practically the whole of the mass of the chemical elements consists of a collection of hydrogen
mass-units or protons, and could be broken up into such.

33. Let us therefore, by way of experiment, break up the whole of the masses of the earth and planets into protons or
hydrogen gas, and regard this as the protyle out of which these masses are built. This may have been the condition of things in
some of the previous Rounds and Chains, as described in occult writings.

The volume of a gram of hydrogen at normal temperature and pressure is 11,316 cubic centimeters, so that the 5.98 x 10 27
grams of matter which constitute the earth's mass, at this normal density, would have a volume of 6.67 x 10 31 cubic centimeters.
In the form of a sphere, it would have a diameter of 197,760 miles, and would reach a little less than half way to the moon.

If placed on the surface of the sun, it would form an atmosphere of hydrogen having a depth of

(3) 7,340 miles

13
34. If the masses of the planets were similarly reduced to hydrogen and placed on the sun's surface, they would form a solar
atmosphere having a depth of

(4) 810,360 miles

The sun's diameter is 863,500 miles, so that this atmosphere would reach a height above the sun's surface equal to the sun's
diameter. The corona, in Ball's Atlas of Astronomy 5, shows this solar appendage extending a distance above the surface equal
to the sun's diameter so that we may say that the masses of the planets, reduced to hydrogen, would form an atmosphere on
the sun's surface having a volume equal to the sun's corona.

The height of the sun's chromosphere 6 is from 5,000 to 10,000 miles, or an average of 7,500 miles, which, from (3), is the
height of a hydrogen atmosphere on the sun's surface having the same mass as the earth.

The chromosphere is so called, because, as seen for an instant during a total solar eclipse, it is of a bright scarlet color, the
color being due to hydrogen, which is its main constituent.

35. We have thus, by breaking up the earth and planets into protons or hydrogen, discovered a curious series of facts, which
may turn out to be significant. We find that the chromosphere, which is usually regarded as the sun's atmosphere, and is mainly
composed of hydrogen, is just about sufficient to build up all the chemical elements in the earth's mass; whilst the corona, if
similarly composed of hydrogen, is sufficient to build up the masses of the planets.

Bishop Leadbeater tells us 7:

"The seven Planetary Logoi, although they are great individual entities, are at the same time aspects of the Solar Logos,
force-centers as it were in His body... Each of these centers has His special location or major focus within the body of the sun,
and has also a minor focus which is always exterior to the sun. The position of this minor focus is always indicated by a physical
planet".
ln Mr. Jinarajadasa's First Principles of Theosophy 8, a further description is given of this relationship between the Solar
Logos and the Planetary Logoi, and the general arrangement is beautifully illustrated by the colored frontispiece at the beginning
of the book. We are further told 9:
"As the center of the earth is approached, matter is found to exist in a state not readily comprehensible to those who have not
seen it;... The tremendous pressures which exist here are utilized by the Third Logos for the manufacture of new elements:
...From this point also. incredible as it may seem, there is a direct connection with the heart of the sun, so that elements made
there appear in the center of the earth without passing through what we call the surface".
36. The above gives us another link in the cycle of operations of which we are in search. The seven Planetary Logoi operate
in fields of force connecting the sun and planets. The sun's atmosphere contains the masses of the seven planets resolved into
protons, which is the mass-unit out of which the chemical elements are built. These elements, when formed at the sun's center,
appear simultaneously at the center of the planet, by the fourth dimensional operation referred to in the preceding article (28).
We have thus a partial description of the circulation of matter and energy between the sun and planets.

37. Turning now to the facts supplied by Western science, we are told 10 :
"When the corona is photographed in a 'prismatic camera', which has a prism or prisms in front of its lens, the picture is
composed of several rings (seven in 1883) all of which, except the green one, are very faint and lie in the violet portion of
the spectrum".
These seven rings, shown in the photographs of the corona, are further suggestive of the seven Planetary Logoi, whilst the color
green which is more distinct than the rest, may be the color of our own Planetary Logos, since it corresponds to the Fa, or
Great Tone of Nature 11 .

38. We are thus led to conclude that the seven Planetary Logoi, who are stationed in the sun, preside over portions of the
sun's atmosphere which have the same mass as their physical planets. These planetary masses in the sun have their chemical
elements, wholly or in part, disintegrated into their constituent units of mass, which, in the case of the earth, are protons and

14
electrons, as described above (2 and 32). It seems likely also that the processes of disintegration and recombination are
continually taking place, and that some of the solar activities are the manifestation of these operations. These protons and
electrons, whether isolated or combined into chemical elements, carry an electric charge which is constant and invariable.

Its numerical value is the same for both proton and electron, but for the proton the charge is positive, and for the electron
negative. This natural unit of electric charge has been very carefully measured, and its value, as given by Prof. Milikan 12 in
electrostatic units is

(5) 0.000,000,000,4774

Since there are the same number of these mass-units and electric charges presided over by our Planetary Logos, in the sun's
atmosphere as in the earth, it is possible that they may be coupled together, each to each, by electric lines of force stretching
from earth to sun, since each of these unit charges sends out lines of force into space. It is possible also that these lines of force
may be the channels, and perhaps the only channels, by means of which light from the sun can reach the earth.

39. This would account for the observed fact that we can see the sun's chromosphere, but cannot see the sun's corona,
except on the rare occasions of a total eclipse of the sun. We can see the chromosphere, because it is that portion of the sun's
atmosphere which is connected by lines of force to our earth, atom for atom, each to each, and presided over by our Planetary
Logos. We cannot see the corona, because it is similarly connected with the other planets, but not with the earth. If this be so,
the sun as seen from the planets will be quite different from the sun as we see it, probably both in color and in size; and each
planet will see a different sun, because its lines of force are connected with different portions of the sun's corona. In reality we
do not see the sun at all, but only the physical manifestation of our own Planetary Logos.

"He who tells thee he has seen the sun, laugh at him... The Seven Beings in the Sun are the Seven Holy Ones, self-born from
the inherent power in the Matrix of Mother-Substance. It is they who send (out) the seven principle Forces, called Rays" 13 .

40. Although the corona is difficult to see, it is not quite invisible, and this may be explained by the fact that there is a
sprinkling of terrestrial matter in all the seven planets, as well as a sprinkling of matter from all the planets in the earth. If the
teachings of Astrology are true, that different individuals have unequal portions of planetary matter in their constitutions, one
would expect that, when the corona is viewed by a Jovian person, its appearance would be different from the appearance as
viewed by a Martian person, and that people in general would not agree in their descriptions of what they saw at an eclipse of
the sun. Now this is a well known fact in connection with observations of the corona. Prof. Young, in his book The Sun 14 ,
remarks on this point:
"A peculiarity in the manner of representing what one sees will often make the descriptions and drawings of two observers, side
by side, so discrepant that one would hardly imagine they would refer to the same object. For instance, in 1870, two naval
officers on the deck of the same vessel made drawings of the corona, one of which represented it as a six-rayed star, while the
other showed it as two ovals crossing at right angles.
In 1878, the writer [Prof. Young], on comparing notes immediately after the eclipse with other members of his party, found that
about half of them saw the corona principally extended to east and west, while the other half, himself among them, were just as
positive that it brushed mainly to the north and south".
The drawings on pages 217-8 and 222-3, of the above work 15 which are of the same eclipse by two different trained
observers, will show how widely divergent is the seeing of this solar appendage.

Now the above divergence is quite consistent with our assumption that the sun's corona bears the same relationship to the
planets as the chromosphere does to the earth, and that the teachings of Astrology about our vehicles being composed in
different proportions of planetary matter are true. The way in which this matter enters into our constitutions will be found
explained in The Hidden Side of Things, by C. W. Leadbeater 16 .

41. Since one of the fundamental distinctions between the teachings of Western science and Occultism has reference to the
circulation of matter and energy in space and among the heavenly bodies, the firm establishment of the relationship of sun and
planets, above indicated, will be of importance. It is therefore desirable to collect sufficient evidence bearing on the question.

15
The relationship between sun and planets has certain points in common with that of the anode and cathode in an X-ray tube,
the planet being the cathode and the sun the anode. In each case there is a more or less complete vacuum between the two. If,
therefore, the sun and planets were at a difference of potential sufficiently great, the sun would be bombarded with electrons
across the interplanetary spaces just as is the anode or anti-cathode, in an X-ray tube. In this process the anode is rendered
incandescent.

"Platinum may be fused, diamonds converted into coke; even tantalum and tungsten, with melting points in the neighborhood of
3,000 C., can be rendered molten. Owing to the low pressure most metals can be vaporized with ease"17 .

42. It is now established that the polar auroras are permanent features of the earth's higher atmosphere 18 , and the aurora has
its corresponding phenomenon at the cathode of a Crooke's tube, whilst the incandescent anode has its counterpart in our
glowing sun.

Between the permanent aurora of our atmosphere and the sun's corona, there is the zodiacal light, acting as a bridge between
the two, like the luminous striae in the positive column of a vacuum tube. Angstrom observed the bright aurora line in the
zodiacal light, and concluded that in it there is the same material as is found in the aurora and the solar corona. Arehenius
suggested that the phenomenon was due to the particles sent off by the earth 19 . The height of the lower fringes of the polar
aurora is about 106 kilometers, or 66 miles 20 , where the atmospheric pressure is 0.006 millimeters of mercury. The pressure in
a vacuum tube at which X-ray phenomena begin is 0.02 millimeters 21 , which is the pressure of the atmosphere at a height of
about 75 kilometers 22 ; but Dr. Simpson, the head of the Meteorological Department, London, has shown that even at a height
of nine kilometers above the earth's surface there exists radio-activity ten times as great as any we are acquainted with at lower
levels23 . To quote Dr. Simpson:
"There can now be no doubt that the earth is giving off a constant stream of negative electricity which passes at least into the
upper atmosphere and probably into cosmic space... The results of Vegard's and Stormer's work on the aurora ... give...
indications of true radioactive radiation penetrating our atmosphere and producing the same apparent results as if the
atmosphere were being bombarded from outside by the alpha radiation which is at present under investigation in our
laboratories... Balloon ascents... have given almost incontestable proof of a radiation entering the atmosphere from above,
which has ten times the penetrating power of the hardest radiation sent out from radioactive substances... if all the new radiation
came from the sun, the latter would have to possess a specific activity 170 times as great as that of pure uranium... these
observations leave little doubt of the existence of a new, extremely penetrating radiation, which increases as one ascends in the
atmosphere".
43. The above facts are in accord with the theory that the action between the earth and sun is somewhat similar to that of the
cathode and anode of an X-ray tube, and serve to establish it. To present the available evidence in further support of it would
expand this into a treatise; but our purpose at present is only to introduce certain concepts into modern physics, which bring it
into accord with the occult teachings, and to reserve the complete treatment until later. The Secret Doctrine lays stress on the
importance of the polar aurora as a key to physical processes, particularly as to the nature and origin of light.

"The agitation of the Fohatic Forces at the two cold ends of the earth... The two poles are said to be the storehouses, the
receptacles and liberators, at the same time, of cosmic and terrestrial Vitality (Electricity). From the surplus of which the earth,
had it not been for these two natural safety-valves, would have been rent to pieces long ago" 24 .

We are, moreover, told that the true source of light will be elucidated by a study of Mr. Crooke's discovery of radiant matter:
"Further familiarity with the northern streamers of the aurora borealis may help the recognition of this truth"25 . Now Crookes'
radiant matter, which we are advised to study, is the matter within the X-ray tube, which we have likened to the operation
between the sun and earth; just us the incandescent anode in these vacuum tubes by its incandescence gives light, so its cosmic
counterpart, the sun, gives light to the solar system.

44. Several important treatises have been recently written to show that the aurora is due to the passage of electricity between
the sun and the earth, and the reader may study them in the writings Stormer 26 , and in those of Birkeland 27 , and those of Vegard
28
. Most excellent drawings of the aurora in color will be found in the results of the Zeigler Polar Expedition 29 . Miss Clerk 30
expresses the opinion that the most promising electrical theory of the sun's corona is that of Prof. Bigelow of Washington.

16
"His able discussion of the eclipse photographs of January 1st, 1889, showed a striking agreement between the observed
coronal forms and the calculated effects of a repulsive influence obeying the laws of electrical potential, also postulated by
Huggins in 1885. Finely subdivided matter, expelled from the sun along lines of force emanating from the neighborhood of the
poles, thus tends to accumulate at equipotential surfaces... Later, in 1892, Pupin in America, and Ebert in Germany, imitated
the coronal streamers by means of electrical discharges in low vacua between small conducting bodies and strips of tinfoil
placed on the outside of the containing glass receptacles. Finally, a critical experiment, made by Ebert in 1895, served, as
Bigelow justly said, 'to clear up the entire subject and put the theory on a working basis'. Having obtained coronoidal effects in
the manner described, he proceeded to subject them to a strong magnetic field, with the result of marshaling the scattered rays
into a methodical and highly suggestive array. They followed the direction of the magnetic lines of force, and, forsaking the
polar collar of the magnetized sphere, surrounded it like a ruffle. The obvious analogy with the aurora polaris and the solar
corona was insisted upon by Ebert himself, and has been further developed by Bigelow.

What we really know about the corona can be summed up in a few words... It does not gravitate upon the sun's surface, and
share its rotation... its gaseous constituents... are apparently in a state of efflux from, and influx to, our great luminary, under the
stress of opposing forces,... it is almost certain that they are organized and arranged around it through electromagnetic action".

45. This efflux from, and influx to, the sun's surroundings is what we should expect to observe if there is a continual circulation
of matter and energy between the sun and earth, as with the anode and cathode of a vacuum tube.

The theory that we are here propounding, that there is an atomic correspondence between the sun and earth, with a line of
force joining each pair of atoms, must, if true, be of profound importance in the interpretation of physical phenomena. It
pictures the atom as the terminus of a line, and it is along this channel or line of force that the most important phenomena will
occur. Just as the termini of a railway are less significant than the traffic along the line, which is the real work of the railway, xxx
the happening along the line of force xxing the atom on the earth with its partner on the sun, is the main fact to be studied.

"As a cone stands on its point or a perpendicular straight line cuts a horizontal plane only in one mathematical point, but may
extend infinitely in height and depth, so the essences of things real have only a punctual existence in this physical world of
space; but have an infinite depth in the metaphysical world. This is the spirit, the very root of Occult doctrine" 31 .

Western science is thus, as it were, attempting to understand the physics of a railway by studying the stations at the termini and
ignoring the traffic along the line.

46. Astrologers are sometimes asked what is the astrological significance of the earth; and the opinion has been expressed
that the earth is represented by the sun, but it would appear it is more than this, for on the above view the sun is actually the
earth, for the only part of the sun that we are able to see is the physical vehicle of the Terrestrial Logos. The real sun is a
combination of seven suns, one for each of the seven planets.

"The one Cosmic Atom becomes seven atoms on the plane of Matter and each is transformed into a center of energy; that
same Atom becomes seven Rays on the plane of Spirit; and the seven creative Forces of Nature, radiating from the Root
Essence"32 .

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

47. The volume of the sun's Corona is equal to a volume of hydrogen at normal temperature and pressure, having a mass
equal to the sum of the masses of the planets; and the volume of the sun's chromosphere is equal to a volume of hydrogen
having the same mass as the earth.

The combination of scientific and occult teaching point to the conclusion that for each proton in the masses of the earth and
planets there is an atom of hydrogen in the sun's atmosphere, each to each, and that between each corresponding pair there is a
line of force, or channel, along which a rapid interchange of mater and energy is taking place. The portion of the sun's
atmosphere to which the protons of the earth are attached is that known as the chromosphere.

The relationship between sun and planet is generally similar to that between anode and cathode in an X-ray tube.

17
References

Chapter IV
THE PROTON AND ELECTRON

48. In this article we propose to determine from the information given in Occult Chemistry, and the textbooks of Western
science, the main differences between positively and negatively charged elements. References to Occult Chemistry will be
generally to the new edition of 1919. We are told that 1, in the ultimate state of physical matter,

"two types of atoms have been observed; they are alike in everything save the direction of their whorls and of the force which
pours through them. In the one case, force pours in from the "outside", from four-dimensional space (the astral plane), and
passing through the atom, pours into the physical world. In the second it pours in from the physical world, and out through the
atom into the "outside" again, i.e., vanishes from the physical world. The one is like a spring from which water bubbles out; the
other is like a hole, into which water disappears. We call the atoms from which the force comes out positive or male; those
through which it disappears, negative or female.

In the terminology of Western science, according to the above description, the positive atom is a source, or ether-squirt and
the negative atom an ether-sink; and theories of gravitation have been built up by physicists on the properties of such sources
and sinks2.

49. Returning to Occult Chemistry, we read 3:

"Speaking generally, positive bodies are marked by their contained atoms setting their points towards each other and the center
of their combination, and repelling each other outwards; negative bodies are marked by the heart-shaped depressions being
turned inwards, and by a tendency to move towards each other instead of away".
The drawings opposite page 7 show the hydrogen atom as consisting of four triangular triplets, marked negative, and two linear
triplets, marked positive; we have therefore apparently twelve negative atoms and six positive atoms, which constitute the
element hydrogen. But from the description of these linear triplets it would appear that the atoms composing them are not all
positive, for we are told 4:
"In the first positive hydrogen combination, E 2, an atom revolving at right angles to the plane of the paper, and also revolving
on its own axis, forms the center and force, rushing out at its lower point, rushes in at the depression of two others".
From which we gather that the center atom of the linear triplet is a source, and therefore positive, whilst the two end atoms of
the linear triplet are sinks, and therefore negative.

50 As there are two linear triplets in hydrogen, we have from them four negative atoms, which, added to the twelve forming
the four triangular triplets, make a total of 16 negative atoms, out of the total of 18 forming the element hydrogen. We have thus
only two positive atoms, in hydrogen, to neutralize the 16 negative ones, and form the electrically neutral element.

A molecule of hydrogen consists of two groups of 18 atoms, and when the molecule is ionized, one of these is charged
positively, and the other negatively. We can conceive this as happening by transferring the two positive atoms from one group
to the other, so that the positive ion would consist of 20 atoms, and the negative ion of 16, hence the ratio of the masses,
positive and negative, would be

(6) 20/16 = 1.25

51 The velocity imparted to an ion by an electric force is proportionate to the charge on the ion, and inversely as its mass 5.
The charges on the two ions are the same, but their masses are different; hence, under an electric force, the velocity of the
negative ion should be greater than that of the positive in the ratio 1.25, as shown by (6). The following observed velocities of

18
positive and negative ions are obtained from the Smithsonian Physical Tables 6, and Kaye and Laby's Physical and
Chemical Constants 7. They are the velocities under an electric force of one volt per centimeter.

VELOCITIES OF IONS

Negative Positive Ratio

Hydrogen 7.95 6.70 1.1866

Oxygen 1.80 1.36 1.3235

Air 1.78 1.40 1.2714

Average 1.26

52. We thus see that the ratio of the velocities, or, as they are technically termed, the mobilities, of the negative and positive
ions in the permanent gases is, on the average, 1.26, which agrees, well within the margin of experimental error, with the
required ratio given by (6), and thus supports our theoretical conclusion from the description of Occult Chemistry, that the
proton, or positive ion, consists of 20 atoms, and the negative ion of 16 atoms. In the following table are given the masses in
grams of these positive and negative bodies, multiplied by 10 28 ,

MASS IN GRAMS x 10 28

Proton (20 atoms) 18424.0

Hydrogen (18 atoms) 16620.0

Negative ion (16 atoms) 14773.0

Electron 9.01

53. If now we take the electron and weigh it in the surface gravitational field of the earth, and the negative ion and weigh it in
the sun's gravitational field, at the earth's distance from the sun, we obtain a remarkable result. The weight of a body is its mass
multiplied by the acceleration of gravity, at the point where the weighing is performed. The acceleration of terrestrial gravity at
the surface is 979.75, when the average value is used, and the acceleration of solar gravity, at the earth's distance, is 0.59491.
If now we multiply the mass of the electron by 979.75, and the mass of the negative ion by 0.59491, we obtain,

WEIGHT IN DYNES x 10 28

Terrestrial weight of Electron 8826.3

Solar weight of Negative Ion 8788.6

54. The above result requires a little studious consideration. It will be seen that the weight of the negative ion, in the sun's
gravitational field, is practically identical with the weight of the electron in the earth's gravitational field, the difference being only
about one half per cent. If, instead of taking the earth's gravity at the solid surface, we take it at about 11 to 14 kilometers
above the surface, or in the lower part of what is called the isothermal region or stratosphere 8, where ions and electrons are
numerous, the weights, instead of being half per cent different, will be in exact agreement. Now occult students are familiar with
the phenomenon of levitation, in which a body is removed from the earth's gravitational field, and in consequence rises in the

19
air; so that the above result suggests that the electron is simply a levitated ion, that is to say, the electron may be simply an ion
transferred from the earth's gravitational field to the gravitational field of the sun. If this were so, a very interesting consequence
would follow, for the presence of an electron in a chemical element would not add to its weight, but would subtract from it, so
that the atomic weight of an element would be the weight of its positive constituents, minus the weight of the electrons, for the
electrons in the daytime, when weighings are mostly made would gravitate upwards, towards the sun, instead of downwards,
towards the earth's center.

According to modern theory, confirmed by experiment, the number of electrons in a chemical element is called its atomic
number1 and these atomic numbers increase from hydrogen, 1, to uranium, 92, one step at a time. Hence although the weight
of the electron is small, when there are many in an element, their effect on the atomic weights will be quite measurable.

55. Mr. S. G. Brown, in a letter to Nature 9, writes as follows:

"If we can consider that the element is composed of a number of hydrogen atoms, then the departure from the simple sum of
the weight of the hydrogen atoms composing the element must be due to the negative electrons. For example, the element
vanadium has an atomic weight of 51.06. Suppose we consider it to be composed of 51 hydrogen atoms, then its atomic
weight should be 1.008 x 51 = 51.408; but its atomic weight is 51.06. The difference is 0.348, due, I take it, to the negative
electrons which have entered into the composition of the element.
I have obtained minus quantities for a number of the elements, starting from hydrogen, atomic weight 1.008, and stopping at
Ge, and I find that they space themselves along a regular curve as shown in Fig. 1. That the minus quantities of the atomic
weights should have arranged themselves in this regular way by pure accident, I cannot believe, so I suggest that there is some
natural law at work to account for it. The explanation is to be sought, I think, in the supposition that the hydrogen atoms attract
each other, producing the force of gravity, whilst the negative electrons are repulsed by gravity; the elements are, therefore,
lighter than the sum of the hydrogen atoms themselves".
56. We thus see that Western scientists, from a study of the atomic weights, are led to contemplate a negative weight for the
electron, which is the conclusion we have arrived at, on quite other considerations, in 53-4. So far, therefore, as a comparison
of weights is concerned, our conclusion has the support of observation; but it so happens that, in physical experiments on the
electron, it is not in general weighed, but its mass is measured directly from its inertia, or its resistance to a change of
momentum, and this brings us to a rather abstruse department of physics. Those readers who have not quite clear ideas on the
difference between mass and weight, will find a simple explanation in Sir Oliver Lodge's Elementary Mechanics 10 , and may
with advantage also consult Everett's C.G.S. Units 11 . If we kick an empty barrel, it rolls freely; but if the barrel is full of oil or
water, a much more powerful kick will be required to move it, and the strength of the kick will be a rough measure of the mass,
or inertia, of the barrel. In the same way the mass of the electron has been measured by its resistance to a kick, and not by
weighing. Newton showed that the weight of a body, and its mass, are proportionate to one another within the limits of
experimental error. The experiments of Bessel, and recent determinations by Eotvos, have also demonstrated this to a high
degree of accuracy 12 .

But these experiments can only tried under the small variations of gravity observed on the earth's surface, and the variation
between terrestrial surface gravity and solar gravity at the earth's distance is

(7) 979.75 / 0.59491 = 1646.9

which is great. Can we therefore go to the extent of saying that, when the weight is reduced in the ratio (7), which happens
when a body is transferred from the earth's gravitational field to that of the sun, then the masses are reduced in the same
enormous ratio? If this is permissible, we have a complete explanation of the relative masses of the negative ion and the
electron.

57. The two greatest authorities recognized by physicists, on a question of this character, are probably Profs. Eddington and
Einstein; and, as the settling of this problem is all important for our further studies, it may be well to quote here the conclusions
of these eminent physicists. In his book, Space, Time and Gravitation 13 , Prof. Eddington, dealing with this same problem of
inertia and weight writes:
"One of the most important consequences of the relativity theory is the unification of inertia and gravitation.
20
The beginner in mechanics does not accept Newton's first law of motion without a feeling of hesitation. He readily agrees that a
body at rest will remain at rest unless something causes it to move; but he is not satisfied that a body in motion will remain in
uniform motion, so long as it is not interfered with.
It is quite natural to think that motion is an impulse which will exhaust itself, and that the body will finally come to a stop. The
teacher easily disposes of the arguments urged in support of this view, pointing out the friction which has to be overcome when
a train or a bicycle is kept moving uniformly. He shows that if the friction is diminished, as when a stone is projected across ice,
the motion lasts for a longer time, so that, if all interference by friction were removed, uniform motion might continue
indefinitely. But he glosses over the point that if there were no interference - with the motion if the ice were abolished altogether
the motion would be by no means uniform, but like that of a falling body. The teacher probably insists that the continuance of
uniform motion does not require anything that can be properly called a cause. The property is given a name - inertia; but it is
thought of as an innate tendency, in contrast to force which is an active cause. So long as forces are confined to the thrusts and
tensions of elementary mechanics, where there is supposed to be direct contact of material, there is good ground for this
distinction ; we can visualize the active hammering of the molecules on the body, causing it to change its motion. But when force
is extended to include the gravitational field, the distinction is not so clear. For our part, we deny the distinction in this last case.
Gravitational force is not an active agent, working against the passive tendency of inertia. Gravitation and inertia are one...
Whether the natural track is straight or curved, whether the motion is uniform or changing, a cause is in any case required. This
cause is in all cases the combined inertia-gravitation... Meanwhile this identification of inertia and gravitation, as arbitrary
components of one property, explains why weight is always proportionate to inertia".
58. Thus Prof. Eddington gives us the strongest support possible, for in his opinion gravitation and inertia are one, so that if the
force of gravity varies in the ratio (7), as it does when changed from the terrestrial to the solar field, then the mass or inertia
must also change in the ratio of the mass of the negative ion to that of the electron, or, as given in 52, the mass must change
from 14773.0 to 9.01, which are to each other in the ratio (7). Einstein lays stress on the same fact in his popular exposition of
Relativity 14 :
"If now, as we find from experience. the acceleration is to be independent of the nature and condition of the body, and always
the same for a given gravitational field, then the ratio of the gravitational to the inertial mass must likewise be the same for all
bodies. By a suitable choice of units we can thus make this ratio equal to unity. We then have the following law: The
gravitational mass of a body is equal to its inertial mass.
It is true that this important law had hitherto been recorded in mechanics, but it had not been interpreted. A satisfactory
interpretation can be obtained only if we recognize the fact that the same quality of a body manifests itself according to
circumstances as 'inertia' or as 'weight'".
59. Having now such high authorities to support us, we may say with confidence that if a negative ion were transferred from
the earth's gravitational field to that of the sun at the earth's distance, its mass would be reduced in the ratio (7), and would thus
be identical with the observed mass of the electron. In view of the evidence adduced, we shall therefore conclude that the
electron is the negative ion consisting of 16, in place of 18 atoms (as given in 52) transferred from the earth's
gravitational field to that of the sun.

60. This view of the relationship of the negative ion to the electron is quite different from that current in scientific circles, where
the negative ion is usually regarded as an electron combined with one or more molecules 15 . But recent researches by E. M.
Wellisch, of the Sydney University16 , appear to prove that the electron and the negative ion are quite distinct entities. In the
above article he says 17 :
"It has long been known that in air at very low pressures the current of negative electricity is due practically entirely to free
electrons; at the higher pressures, however, the current is due to the motion of negative ions. What is the nature of the negative
carrier at intermediate pressures? The answer hitherto given to this question was that the carrier altered in nature during its
motion between the electrodes, but in such a manner that for a given pressure it possessed an 'average' mass. If, for instance,
we regard the ion as being constituted at high pressure by a cluster of molecules, then we should have to assume that, as the
pressure was reduced, the average number of molecules in the cluster decreased ; as the pressure was still further reduced, an
individual negative carrier would be for part of the time in the ionic state (say now as a single molecule), and for the remainder
would exist as a free electron; at this pressure we would have at any given instant a number of free electrons and a certain
number of ions, but if we were to follow one electron throughout its motion, we should find it associated on the average with a

21
mass intermediate between that of an electron and that of a molecule. Ultimately at very low pressures the carriers would be all
free electrons.
The answer afforded by the present experiments is fundamentally different. We now regard the electrons and ions as passing
independently through the gas, each kind of carrier remaining constant in nature throughout. The transition from the ionic
conduction at high pressures to the electronic conduction at low pressures is effected by means of an increase in the number
of free electrons relative to the number of negative ions, without any alteration in the nature of either kind of carrier".
We may regard the above as the coping-stone of the evidence required by our theory. The increase in the number of electrons,
relative to the number of negative ions, can be due to the transformation from the terrestrial gravitational field to that of the sun,
as the pressure of the gas is diminished. The change from the ion to the electron will necessarily be a per saltum change, in
which there are no intermediate phases. The ion will step out of a terrestrial line of force into a solar line of force and the
transformation from ion to electron will be immediate. The ion will vanish, and the electron appear in its place. Thus, there will
be an increase in the number of free electrons relative to the number of negative ions, as the pressure falls; and this
agrees with observation.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

61. The element hydrogen consists of 18 atoms, two of which are positive, and sixteen negative. When a molecule of
hydrogen is ionized, the two positive atoms of one half of the molecule are transferred to the other half, so that the positive half,
or proton, consists of 20 atoms, and the negative half of 16 atoms, and the ratio of the masses, positive to negative, is
20/16=1.25, whilst the ratio of the velocities, or ionic mobilities, under an electric force, negative to positive, is also 1.25.

The ratio of the mass of the negative ion (16 atoms) to the mass of the electron is the same as the ratio of the intensity of the
earth's gravitational field at the surface to the sun's gravitational field at the earth's distance, or, using the figures from 52 and
56, we may say:
(8) Negative ion/Electron = 14773.0/9.01 = 979.75/0.59491 = 1646.9
The negative ion and the electron are interchangeable by an interchange of the terrestrial and solar gravitational fields. By a
change from the terrestrial to the solar, the ion is changed to the electron; and, by a change from the solar to the terrestrial, the
electron is changed to the negative ion.

The postulate that weight and inertia are identical, which is a fundamental portion of the theory of Einstein, is confirmed by the
results of Occult research.

References

Chapter V
THE TERRESTRIAL LABORATORY

62. In our four preceding studies we have aimed at building a kind of bridge between the results of Occult research and those
of Western science. It was pointed out in the first of these studies, 2, that an obstacle in the way of combining the two systems
of research was the use of different units of mass. Modern physical theories are at present largely concerned with the carriers
of the positive and negative electronic charges, known as the proton and the electron, whilst Occult Chemistry is based upon
the atom, the mass of which has no obvious connection with the units of mass of the West. Our fourth article appears to
establish this connection, but in a way which Western science would regard as so startling and unexpected that its recognition
would revolutionize the whole of the physical sciences.

The significance of the conclusions arrived at in studies III and IV will be best appreciated if taken together. In the third, we
concluded that each proton in the earth's mass had a hydrogen element in the sun's atmosphere coupled with it by a line of
22
force, so that each constituent of the earth's mass and of the sun's chromosphere has a correspondence, each to each.

63. But, according to the science of the West, each proton of the earth's mass has attached to it an electron, so as to
neutralize its charge, and we have seen in our fourth article that electrons are negative ions in the sun's gravitational field. Hence
these electrons will not gravitate towards the earth's center, but towards the sun's center, with the result that there will be a
continual stream of electrons from earth to sun. If, on arrival at the sun's surface, they are supplied with two positive atoms,
they will become neutral hydrogen. Recent observations of the sun's atmosphere at the Kodaikanal Observatory show that at
the center of the sun's disc, or that part of the sun diametrically opposite the earth, there is a descent of the constituents of the
sun's atmosphere, which is rapid in the upper atmosphere, but slows down as it approaches the sun's surface or photosphere 1.
This action can only be interpreted as a kind of repulsion between the earth and the sun's atmosphere, since it acts only along
the line joining the earth and sun's center. These observations of Mr. Evershed have been found so inexplicable to astronomers
that every effort is made to avoid the obvious explanation, that there is a constant stream of hydrogen from earth to sun, which,
leaving the earth as electrons, as previously explained, arrives at the sun as hydrogen.

64. But, as we have seen, the phenomenon above described, so puzzling to Western science, is exactly the phenomenon for
which our researches would prompt us to look, since the great difference between Occult teaching and that of the West is that
there is a continual circulation of matter and energy between the earth and the heavenly bodies, and particularly between the
earth and sun, which the West as yet does not recognize.

For the same reason we should expect to find evidence of a negative current of electricity from earth to sun, which would show
itself as an upward current in the earth's atmosphere.

In Humphrey's Physics of the Air 2 we read that at least four different currents exist in the atmosphere, one of these being

"due to the downward flow of one set of ions, usually the positive, and the simultaneous upward flow of the other, in response
to the vertical potential gradient. It generally is less during the day than at night, and less in summer than in winter; but always of
such value that the sum total of the current for the entire earth is roughly 1,500 amperes. How this constant current always, on
the whole, in the same direction, is maintained is one of the greater problems of atmospheric electricity".

Here again we have an observed phenomenon, which Occult teaching would lead us to expect, hut which is inexplicable to
Western science.

65. When an electron is transformed into a negative ion by the process summarized in 61, its mass is increased more than
1,600 fold, and when a negative ion is changed into an electron its mass is reduced in the same ratio. Hence the transfer from
one gravitational field to another, involves the creation and destruction of matter, which is in contradiction to the law of the
conservation of mass. Thus the interchangeability of the ion and electron, when recognized in the West, will be revolutionary. It
is possible to reconcile these changes, however, with the law of conservation, if we stipulate that the two opposite processes
are always equal, just as, in the case of an electric current, the positive current may be accompanied by an equal and opposite
negative current. There are, in fact, already indications that the West is awakening to the necessity for some process which
creates matter. Prof. Eddington says 3:
"Some mechanism seems to be needed, whereby either gravitation creates matter, or all the matter in the universe conspires to
define a law of gravitation".
Our conclusion, that gravitation does actually create matter, would therefore seem to be what the West is in search of.

66. As such creation of matter is the special subject of this study, it may be well to collect here some guiding hints on the
subject from Occult writings.

"Our globe has its own special laboratory on the far-away outskirts of its atmosphere, crossing which every atom and molecule
changes and differentiates from its primordial nature"4.

When the laws of the solar system are completely developed, the atmosphere of the earth and of the other planets becomes a
crucible in which is formed matter in the three states known to science - solid, liquid and gaseous - represented in Occult

23
writings by earth, water and air; and the combining equivalents, or chemical properties, etc., are different for these on each
planet, whilst between the planets and outer space there is a continual interchange of atoms. "Atoms are called Vibrations in
Occultism; also Sound - collectively"5.

67. The kinetic theory of gases accounts for the phenomenon of the atmosphere, and other gases, by random molecular
motions and collisions. But Prof. Jeans has recently shown that the properties of gases can be equally well explained as the
energy of trains of sound-waves 6, which is a distinct move in the direction of the views taught by Occultists. For the present we
will base our investigations on the kinetic theory, with a change of the fundamental assumption. In the kinetic theory, the
molecules of matter are supposed to be perfectly elastic, so that, when two molecules collide, they rebound from each other in
such a way that their joint energy remains unchanged. Now it is possible to change this assumption in such a way that the
phenomena based on it are in no way disturbed or invalidated. The requirements of the assumption are that the energy before
and after collision shall not be changed. The kinetic theory fulfils the requirement by the assumption of perfect elasticity; we
propose to fulfil the requirement by the assumption that, at every molecular collision, the energy is completely destroyed or
vanishes, and is recreated or made to appear in exactly the same amount.

As far as the effect on the kinetic theory of gases goes, these two assumptions are interchangeable, without disturbing anything.
It is only when we come to the problem of radiation, where Western theories have broken down, that the difference in the two
assumptions become important. The "perfect elasticity" assumption imprisons matter in the planet or heavenly body to which it
happens to belong, whilst the assumption of destruction and recreation of energy allows matter and energy to circulate freely
between the sun and the planets, according to the teachings of Occultism.

68. But, in place of the random molecular collisions of the classical kinetic theory, we shall in general find it more suitable to
follow the orderly sound-wave theory developed by Prof. Jeans. The sound-wave will have a wave-length, equal, on the
average, to the mean free path of the air molecules. The length of this free path at normal pressure and temperature is
0.0000096 centimeters 7,' and the velocity of the wave will be the length of the free path multiplied by the number of molecular
collisions in unit time.

If we imagine a layer of air close to the earth's surface, of a depth equal to the mean free path, or 0.0000096 centimeters, then
the amount of matter created and removed by these molecular sound-waves, in the interval between molecular collisions, will
be the amount of matter in this layer which can be obtained by taking the product of the earth's surface, the air density, and the
mean free path, all of which are known. If now we multiply this by the number of collisions in unit time, we obtain the creation
of matter per second by the earth's atmospheric crucible.

Since the product of the mean free path and the number of collisions is the molecular velocity, we can obtain the creation per
second by the product of the earth's surface, the air-density, and the molecular velocity. But, since the second is an arbitrary
time-unit, it will be better to measure this matter-creation in some time-unit established by Nature, such as the day or the year.
We can obtain the yearly creation of matter by multiplying that created per second by 31,558,000, the number of seconds in a
year.

69. The molecular velocity varies with the temperature; and, as our terrestrial laboratory is at the outskirts of the atmosphere,
or in the isothermal layer, where the temperature is constant, at about 50 C. below zero, which on the absolute scale is 223
K., we may adopt this provisionally for our calculation. The arithmetically mean value of the molecular velocity of air at this
temperature 8 is 40,400 centimeters per second, or two-fifths of a kilometer, that is, a quarter of a mile. Hence the amount of
matter created and removed by our atmospheric laboratory, per second, is equal to a layer of air one quarter of a mile deep
over the whole of the earth's surface. In order to obtain the creation of matter annually, we take the product of the following
figures:

(a) The earth's surface in sq. cent. 5.101x10 15

24
 (b) The molecular velocity of the isothermal layer 40,400

(c) The density of air at average temperature and pressure 0.0012229

(d) The number of seconds in a year 31,558,000

70. We have, however, still one point to take into consideration before proceeding with our calculation, and that is the
variation of mass with the gravitational field. The density of the air is the mass contained in unit volume, and this mass has been
ascertained by weighing the air at the earth's surface, where the gravitational field intensity is that of the surface. But when this
matter penetrates into the earth, between surface and center, the gravitational field becomes less. The mean gravitational field
intensity inside the earth, averaging from center to surface, is only three-fourths the surface value; hence this created mass,
when in the body of the earth, will have only three-fourths the value as measured at the surface; and this we must allow for.
Taking, therefore, three-fourths of the product of the above figures, we have for the mass of matter in grams created by our
terrestrial atmospheric laboratory in one year:

(9) 6'006 x10 27 grams

The earth's mass is 9

(10) 5.98x10 27 grams

which is practically the same as that given by (9), so that the earth's atmospheric laboratory produces exactly the mass of the
earth in the time of the earth's revolution round the sun. This annual output of our laboratory can be represented by a simple
algebraic formula, within the range of the average schoolboy:

(11) M=(sqrt) Savy = E

where M is the mass created per year, S is the number of square centimeters on the earth's surface, a is the density of the air at
normal temperature and pressure, or at 15C., the average surface temperature of the earth, V is the molecular velocity in the
isothermal layer, which is the position of the earth's laboratory, and y is the number of seconds in a year. The (sqrt) as
explained above, is due to the gravitational field inside the earth's mass being only three-fourths the intensity of the surface field.
E is the earth's mass in grams.

71. From the list of the velocities of ions given in 51, under an electric force of one volt per centimeter, which is technically
termed the ionic mobility, the average mobility of the air ion is (1/2) (1.78 + 1.40) = 1.59, which is the average of the positive
and negative velocities of the air ion. This is at the atmospheric pressure at the earth's surface, which is a pressure of about 760
millimeters of mercury. Now, this ionic mobility varies inversely as the pressure10 , so that at the bottom of the isothermal layer,
at a height of about 11 kilometers, where the pressure is about 176.2 millimeters of mercury 11 , this ionic mobility would be
increased in the ratio 760/176.2, and the average ionic velocity would be 6.858 centimeters per second. If, instead of one volt
per centimeter, we applied an electric force of 6242.1 volts per centimeter, the ionic velocity would be

(12) 6242.1 x 6.858 = 42809

centimeters per second, and would be very nearly the same as the molecular velocity of the isothermal layer, 40400, as given in
69. Since the measurements of ionic velocity can be only obtained very roughly, these two results may be regarded as equal.

72. Tn order to obtain the above equality, we have used a special electric force, viz., 6242.1 volts per centimeter and a volt
contains 10 8 absolute units of electric force, so that this electric force in absolute units is

25
(13) 6.2421 x 10 11

It was stated in the first of our studies, 5, that the earth's gravitational potential is the product of the surface gravity (= 979.75)
and the radius (= 6.371 x 10 8); and

(14) 979.75 x 6.371 x 10 8 = 6.2421 x 10 11

which is identical with (13), or the value of the electric force required to make the ionic velocity of the isothermal layer equal to
its molecular velocity.

73. From the above result some very important conclusions can be drawn. For it indicates that gravitational potential operates
in the same way as electromotive force, and may be regarded as identical with it. When an electromotive force is operating
along wires, say in the lighting of a room, and a few of the lights are switched off, the electromotive force for these lights is
screened off and the lights go out. When, in a similar way, the earth's gravitational potential is switched off a few of the
atmospheric molecules, their motion stops and they become ions. Hence we may define ions as gaseous molecules switched off
from the gravitational potential. If this be so, it is an important generalization, and may solve many mysteries.

The molecular velocity is being continually generated by this gravitational potential which causes a continual stream of matter
from outer space into the earth with the molecular velocity, in the form of sound-waves. The amount of matter entering the
earth from space in the time of the earth's orbital revolution round the sun, or in one year, is just equal to the earth's mass, as
shown by (11). Thus the earth is created annually, or its substance renewed, by the power of sound.

74. Hence we may regard the gravitational potential as continually generating air on Nature's sounding-board, the ether, in the
way above explained.

"Sound is the characteristic of Akasha (ether): it generates Air 12 .

The magic potency of Occult Sound in Nature and AEther which... calls forth... the illusive form of the Universe out of Chaos 13 .

The Pythagoreans asserted that... the World had been called forth out of Chaos by Sound 14 .

Where there was no AEther there would be no 'Sound', as it is the vibrating sounding-board in Nature 15 .

We say and maintain that Sound, for one thing, is a tremendous Occult Power; that it is a stupendous force, of which the
electricity generated by a million Niagaras could never counteract the smallest potentiality"16 .

The knowledge which enables us to operate on Nature's sounding-board, and utilize a portion of the tremendous activities at
work there, is known to Occultists as the science of Mantra-Vidya.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

75. There is a continual stream of electrons from the earth to the sun. These electrons, on arrival at the sun's surface, are
supplied with two positive atoms, which, with the 16 atoms already contained, which are negative, transform it into neutral
hydrogen. The stream of hydrogen from the earth is seen as a descent of the gases of the sun's chromosphere, in the center of
the sun's disc.

There is a continual creation or emergence of matter in the isothermal regions of the atmosphere, the amount of which in one
year is equal to the earth's mass.

The molecular velocity of the atmosphere is continually generated by the earth's gravitational potential, which is identical in
operation with electromagnetic potential.

When molecules of gas are ionized, they are switched off from the operation of the earth's gravitational potential.

The molecular motions of the atmosphere do not conform to the methods contemplated in the kinetic theory of gases, but

26
rather to the equivalent sound-wave theory developed by Prof. Jeans. These sound-waves have creative properties, and the
science of their operation is that known to Occultists as Mantra-Vidya.

References

Chapter VI
THE CONSERVATION OF POWER

76. If we constructed two steam engines of exactly the same size, and similar in every respect, working under the same boiler
pressure, and against the same resistance to their motion, then the energy-contents of the cylinders would be the same in both
engines. If one of the engines made 20 revolutions per minute, and the other 200, the energy-contents of the cylinders of both
engines would still remain the same, though the power of the engine running at 200 revolutions would be ten times as great as
that of the engine running at 20 revolutions. An examination of the energy-content of both engines, at any instant, would show
that they were equal, and would give us no indication of the power that was being expended. To obtain the power, we must
divide the energy by the time in which it is expended. In the case of a steam engine, we must divide the energy-content of the
cylinder by the time of the stroke; and, in the case of a molecule, we must divide the molecular energy, as given in (1), 3, by
the time-interval between two energy creations, explained in 67. When energy is divided by a time, it is technically known as
power or activity 1, and is the rate of expending energy, or the time-rate of doing work.

77. The difference between energy and power serves to define one of the main distinctions between the teachings of Western
science and that of Occultism. Where Western science says there is energy, the Occultist says there is power. We may
illustrate this difference by measuring the energy in unit volume of air at normal temperature and pressure, according to Western
science, and then, following the indications of Occult teachings, measuring also the power. In a cubic centimeter of air there are
2.705 x 10 19 molecules, each having the energy given by (1), so that the total energy per cubic centimeter of air is 1,556,000,
and on this, both teachings are in fair agreement; but the Occultist would point out that this energy is only the instantaneous
value, and that in the time of a "to and fro" motion of the molecule along the length of its free path, or what in the kinetic theory
would be two collision intervals of the molecules, this amount of energy is developed and drained away. The time of this "to
and fro" motion is 0.000,000,000,3584 second, so that this amount of energy would be expended by the molecules
2,790,000,000 times per second. Thus the power or activity per unit volume of air is

(15) 2,790,000,000 x 1,556,0004 = 343 x 10 15 ergs per second = 434,000 kilowatts = 582,200 horse-power

78. The above comparison may help us to visualize the two outlooks on Nature's operations. In the one case we have a small
bundle of energy which cannot possibly be used, and in the other we find ourselves in the presence of a power which would
drive all the factories in India! It is the difference between a fossil and a living organism. There may be as much molecular
energy in the fossil as in the living organism, but the organism can do work, and this the fossil cannot do. In the one case,
therefore, we are contemplating a mere skeleton, and in the other an organism pulsating with life and vigor, so that it is the
difference between a dead and a living universe. The Western concept presents us with myriads of isolated, dead masses; the
Occult concept is that of an enormous vascular system, through which matter and energy circulate from planet to sun, and from
star to star, making the whole into a living entity, governed by the laws of life and evolution.

79. We have seen above that we can change the energy aspect of Nature, as visaged by Western science, into the power
aspect, as studied in Occultism, by dividing energy by time. But many physical problems in Western science are treated under
their force aspect, particularly where the force of gravity is concerned. The force of gravity exhibits itself in the familiar example
of weight, and weight is mass multiplied by acceleration, which in classical physics is the definition of a force. If we place a
ten-pound weight on a table, it exerts a downward force against the surface of the table, and this force is identical with its
weight. So long as the table supports the weight, no work is being done, according to current physical theories; and, in order
that the force of gravity shall do work, or expend energy as power, we must remove the table and allow the body to fall. The

27
energy is then the weight, or gravitation force of the body multiplied by the height of fall, and the power is this energy divided
by the time of the fall. Thus energy is force multiplied by a length, and power is force multiplied by a velocity, for velocity is
length divided by time. Such are the accepted definitions of force, energy, and power 2.

80. But we saw, in 72, that, through the gravitational potential, the force of gravity is always generating molecular velocity, so
that, if a body is prevented from falling, and thus not allowed to exhibit energy and power in the mass as a whole, this energy
and power is merely transferred to the molecules, one of the results of which is the creation of matter as shown by (11). Thus
gravitation is not a force, but a power. It is the time-rate at which Nature expends energy and creates physical matter.

81. To the above conclusion the physicist may raise an objection. He may contend that there is no evidence that gravity
affects the molecular energy, as exhibited in the form of heat; and our contention certainly implies that where the intensity of
gravity is greater, then, other things being equal, the temperature of bodies should be greater. Let us examine this point.

The acceleration of gravity at the surface of the sun is 27,436, and terrestrial gravity is 979.75; so the ratio of solar to terrestrial
gravity is

(16) 27,436 / 979.75 = 28.003

Hence the temperature of the sun should be about 28 times the temperature of the earth, in corresponding parts of its
atmosphere. Measured on the absolute scale, the mean temperature of the earth's surface is 288.13 K., and that of the
isothermal layer 219.13 K.

Multiplying these by the acceleration ratio in (16), we obtain for the sun's surface temperature 8068.4 K., and for its isothermal
region 6136.2 K.

The computed effective temperature of the sun, from black body curves, is 6000 K. to 7000 K., and from total radiation
5830 K3. Prof. Bigelow 4 gives for the temperature of hydrogen 8476 K., at 14,000 kilometers below the photosphere, and
5370 K. at 15,000 kilometers above it, which agrees well with the temperatures calculated from the acceleration ratio. In fact,
Bigelow, in comparing solar temperatures and the thermodynamic relations of the solar and terrestrial atmospheres, simply
utilizes the ratio of the gravitation intensities as given in (16)5.

Thus observation accords with the theory that molecular energy, or temperature other things being equal, is proportionate to
gravitational intensity.

82. We may thus proceed with our conclusion that gravitation is not a force but a power, and one of the functions of this
power is to create physical matter. If the earth's mass be taken as unity, and the period of the earth's orbital revolution as the
unit of time, then the mass created in any interval of time by the earth's gravity is numerically equal to the number of years in the
interval. If the unit of mass is one gram, and the unit of time one second, then the mass created per second is

(17) the earth's mass / 31,558,000 = 1.895 x 10 20 grams

and the mass created in any time is the above multiplied by the time in seconds. Hence the result of the exercise of gravitational
power may be defined as "mass multiplied by time".

83. But mass multiplied by time is a new principle in physics, known as action, and this new principle is given the name of
"The Conservation of Action". It is due to the general recognition in the physical sciences of a fourth dimension; thus in a recent
article by Dr. Stanley Allen6 we read: "In the four-dimensional world it is action, not energy, which is conserved". Again, Prof.
Eddington says7:'
"After mass and energy there is one physical quantity which plays a very fundamental part in modern physics, known as Action.
Action here is a technical term, and is not to be confused with Newton's 'Action and Reaction'. In the Relativity Theory in
particular, this seems in many respects to be the most fundamental thing of all. The reason is not difficult to see. If we wish to
speak of the continuous matter present at any particular point of space and time, we must use the term density. Density
multiplied by volume in space gives us mass or, what appears to be the same thing, energy. But from our space-time point of

28
view, a far more important thing is density multiplied by a four-dimensional volume of space and time; this is Action. The
multiplication by three dimensions gives mass or energy; and the fourth multiplication gives mass or energy multiplied by time.
Action is thus mass multiplied by time, or energy multiplied by time, and is more fundamental than either".
84. Now these three conservations of the physicist - the conservation of mass, the conservation of energy, and the
conservation of action - can be shown to be the triple aspect of one unique law of conservation, which we may name the law of
the 'Conservation of Power', deduced from the teachings of Occultists. In our quotations (48) from Occult Chemistry it is
shown how a stream of matter pours into the physical plane from the astral or fourth dimension, through the positive atom, and,
simultaneously, how a stream of matter is drained from the physical plane to the astral, through the negative atom. If the two
streamings are at a constant rate, as well as equal and opposite, then the circulation of matter between the two planes, or its
emergence into and disappearance from the physical plane, is equal to a mass multiplied by a time, and is therefore a quantity
of action, which for any given time is a constant, and can be expressed by the law of the conservation of action.

Again, if the amounts of matter received from the astral plane and delivered to the physical by the positive atom are equal, the
quantity of matter contained in the atom will not vary, and similarly for the draining away by the negative atoms. Hence we have
the law of the conservation of mass. Now, energy is mass multiplied by velocity squared, so that, if the streaming is constant,
both mass and velocity are constant, as well as energy, which is their product. We thus obtain the third law of the conservation
of energy.

This constancy in the streaming of matter and energy implies the constancy of the power which drives the streams; hence the
one, unique law, which stands behind the three laws of conservation, as stated above, is "The Law of the Conservation of
Power". It is a fourth-dimensional law, as required by modern physics.

85. In our last study on "The Terrestrial Laboratory", we found that the molecular velocities were generated by means of the
gravitational potential as given in equation (14), 72, this potential being the product of the earth's surface gravity and the
earth's radius. Thus the earth's gravitational potential was made identical with electric force. But electric force, or, as it is often
called, electric field intensity, is the electromotive force divided by the distance through which it operates 8; hence, to obtain the
total electromotive force expended throughout the earth's mass, we must multiply the electric force by the distance between the
earth's surface and its center, or by the earth's radius. Putting this in symbols, if g be the surface acceleration, and R the earth's
radius, the gravitational potential, which is identical with the electric force, is gR, and the total electromotive force expended in
the earth's mass, P, is R times this; hence we have, for the total electromagnetic potential of the earth

(18) P = gR 2 = 979.75 x (6.371) 2 x10 16 =3.977 x 10 20

from (14).

86. The above expression is a familiar one, and will be at once recognized by the astronomer, because it is known as the
astronomical mass of the earth. The astronomer does not measure the mass of a body in grams, but by the amount of force it
exerts. If the mass of the earth were compressed into a point al its center, then the attractive force it would exert on unit mass,
at the distance of one centimeter from the center, would be the value given by (18), so that we might infer that the earth's
electromagnetic potential and the earth's force of gravity are identical. But, before coming to this conclusion, it may he well to
scrutinize the above equation rather carefully. When physicists find a numeric equality such as the above, they are careful to
ascertain whether the equated quantities have the same mechanical dimensions. Now the acceleration, g, has the dimension of a
length divided by the square of a time; and, as the radius, R, is a length, the dimensions of gR2 are the third power of a length
divided by the square of a time; and these, when length and time alone are used, are the dimensions of a mass 9. The dimensions
of electromotive force are usually given in terms of mass, length, and time; but, when the mass is transformed into its equivalent
in length and time, the resulting dimensions are the third power of a length divided by the third power of a time 10 , and, as
velocity is length divided by time, we may say that the dimensions of electromagnetic potential are the third power of a velocity.
It follows from this analysis that the two quantities equated in (18) are not of the same nature, the one being the cube of a length
divided by the square of a time, and the other the cube of a length divided by the cube of a time.

87. A little consideration will show us where the error lies. Since the fall of potential per centimeter per second in the earth's
atmosphere was gR, we concluded that, from surface to center, or for the whole mass of the earth, it would be gR2 ; but in

29
equation (11), 70, we see that a whole year is required to produce the earth's mass; hence P, in (18), is the fall of potential,
not in one second, but in one year. Hence, if V be the fall of potential per second, and y the number of seconds in a year, we
have P = Vy, and the fall of potential per second is

(19) V = P/y = gR 2/y = 1.26 x 10 13 = 126,000 volts

Thus the electromotive force is the earth's gravitational mass divided by a time, viz., a year; and both sides of the equation have
the same dimensions, the third power of a velocity.

88. Now, what is this velocity, of which the earth's potential is the cube? If a stream of matter of unit density is passing through
a surface with a velocity V, the mass of matter passing unit surface in one second is v and its energy is the mass multiplied by
half the square of the velocity, or by (1/2)v 2 ; hence the flux of energy through unit surface in unit time is v x (1/2)v 2 = (1/2)v 3 ,
and will have the same dimensions as electromotive force. If we equate (1/2)v 3 to the potential given by (19), we obtain for the
velocity

(20) v = 29319 centimeters per second

which is the velocity of sound in air at a temperature of -59.7 C. The temperature of the isothermal layer in summer is -51 C.,
and in winter -57 C. Even in winter the sun will contribute a little heat to the isothermal layer, so that, if this were omitted, the
heat generated by the earth may be the equivalent of the temperature -59.7 C., as given above.

89. By applying formula (11), and using the sound velocity in (20), instead of that in 69, we obtain, for the density of the
sound medium:

(21) A = 0.001729

which is greater than the density of air in the ratio four to three. It is exactly the density of argon, at the temperature 8.24 C.,
which is the mean temperature of the earth's surface at about a mile above the sea level.

These sound-streams should not be regarded as seated in the molecules of the atmosphere. We saw in 77 that the air
molecules were, in a sense, an illusion. They are created, and drained away, many millions of times a second. In Occult
Chemistry 11 four states of matter are described, into which gaseous molecules split up. They are known as ethers 1, 2, 3 and
4, and, in some or all of these forms, they are able to interpenetrate the molecules of solid bodies, and cannot therefore be
confined in closed vessels. It is probable that the molecules, as they are created and destroyed, are drained away in some of
these ether forms, each sound-vibration in this substratum of ether creating and destroying the molecules, in which case there
are 2,790,000,000 sound-vibrations per second, as explained in connection with equation (15).

90. In the finest of the ether forms, ether 1, occult writers speak of matter as in the atomic form, and state that space is filled
with matter in this etheric or atomic form.

"The waves and undulations of science are all produced by atoms propelling their molecules into activity from within. Atoms fill
the immensity of space... It is that inner work that produces the natural phenomena. Atoms are called vibrations and collectively
Sound"12 .

Occult writings contain abundant assertions of the creative power of sound, and this appears to be confirmed by the above
investigations.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

91. A fundamental principle, which emerges from the results of Occult researches, may be defined as "The Law of the
Conservation of Power". This is the unique law of conservation, and is the basis of the three laws of conservation known to
Western science - the law of the conservation of mass, the law of the conservation of energy, and the law of the conservation
of action - which are triple aspects of the law of the conservation of power, and can be deduced from it.

30
This conservation of power exhibits itself statically as the force of gravity; but, when molar motion is prevented, the power is
expended in generating molecular motions and the creation of matter and energy.

The quantities of matter and energy in the molecules of the atmosphere are constant, but not identically the same in successive
instants. They represent the quantities of matter and energy in a single vibration of a sound-wave in the underlying substratum of
ether, and these sound-waves repeat themselves 2,790,000,000 times per second, and develop the power shown in (15).

The fall of potential per second, required to generate the matter and energy of the gravitation process, is 126,000 volts; and the
total fall of potential in one year is equal to gR2 , or the earth's astronomical mass. Thus "mass is to be regarded as potential
energy that moves on through space" 13 .

References

Chapter VII
THE GEOCENTRIC UNIVERSE

92. Near the close of a strenuous life, the veteran scientist, Alfred Russel Wallace, the co-discoverer with Darwin of the
principle of the survival of the fittest, wrote a book called Man's Place in the Universe 1, the theme of which was that our earth
was the center of the universe, and that our solar system, as well as the whole of the stars of the Milky Way, had been specially
created and designed to fulfil the requirements of terrestrial man. The facts and arguments on which he based this remarkable
conclusion were both sound and authoritative, and there does not appear to have been any serious attempt to refute them.
Nevertheless, in spite of the soundness of the evidence, the arguments failed to carry conviction.

93. From the beginning of the present century, physicists have been faced with a similar difficulty in connection with the ether
of space. If we regard the earth as the center of the universe, so that the ether of space has its center fixed in the earth, and its
circumference in the ring of the Milky Way, then all difficulties in connection with the ether of space - mathematical, physical
and electromagnetic - which have so greatly puzzled men of science during the last few years, at once vanish, and theories of
relativity, etc., become superfluous.

Dr. Hounston, of Glasgow University, has recently shown 2 that, if the ether of space is attached to the earth, then all the
problems which have required the theory of relativity for their solution can be solved without it. The idea of an ether that was
attached to the earth, and dragged along with it, was first suggested by Prof. Stokes in 1845 3. Stoke's ether has been since
developed by Planck and Lorentz 4, whilst quite recently Dr. Silberstein5 has demonstrated how such an ether would account
for observed facts better than the theory of Einstein 6.

94. But in spite of the fact that all the available evidence goes to prove that the earth is a specially favored planet, placed at
the center of the universe, with the ether of space attached to it and focused upon its center, scientific men are not convinced
by it. They think, and rightly so, that out of the millions of suns and planets in our sidereal system, most of them larger and more
important than our little earth, it is absurd to suppose that the earth we happen to live on should have been chosen for the
center of the universe, and for the material nucleus to which the ether is attached. As stated by Prof. Silberstein:
"I cannot help remarking here that it is repugnant to me to think of an omnipresent, rigid ether being once and for ever at rest
relatively rather to one star than to another... None of the celestial bodies, be it ever so conspicuous in bulk or mass, can claim
for itself this primacy of holding fast the ether... there is nothing that could confer this distinctive privilege upon any one of them.
But, then, I am quite aware that what is repugnant to think of may not necessarily be wrong altogether" 7.
95. Although the results of occult investigation confirm the fact that the earth is the center of the visible universe, and that the
ether of space is attached to it, as indicated by experiment, nevertheless this configuration is accompanied by teaching which
makes the fact cease to be repugnant.

31
In the third article we saw that the visible portion of the sun's atmosphere was specially attached to the earth, but this conferred
no special privilege upon the earth over the rest of the planets, for each of the planets had likewise a portion of the sun's
atmosphere assigned to it. Similarly we are taught in Occultism that all the heavenly bodies are the centers of universes and
have attached to them an ether which extends to the boundary of their special universe. These boundaries are controlled by
what is called the Fohat of the body.

"The elements of our planets cannot be taken as a standard for comparison with the elements in other worlds. In fact, each
world has its Fohat, which is omnipresent in its own sphere of action. But there are as many Fohats as there are worlds, each
varying in power and degree of manifestation. The individual Fohats make one universe collective Fohat" 8.

96. Just as we found that the earth and planets had different sections of the solar atmosphere assigned to them, so with the
systems of stars. The sidereal system, as seen from the earth, is that portion of the universe of stars which is specially attached
to the earth by the terrestrial Fohat. The other planets may have an entirely different set of stars attached to them, which are
invisible to us. When we examine the star systems visible to us, we find many dark spaces, but we are told that there are really
no spaces void of stars.

"Another point most emphatically denied by the "Adepts" is that there exist in the whole range of the visible heavens any space
void of starry worlds. There are stars, worlds and systems within as without the systems made visible to man"9.

97. The pole of the Milky Way is in right ascension 190, and 28 north10 . On the plane of the ecliptic, the pole is in Virgo
27, and 29 27' north latitude. Thus the plane of the Milky Way cuts the ecliptic at an angle of 60 33', the ascending node
being in Sagittarius 27, and the descending node in Gemini 27. The width of the Milky Way is very variable; but on a rough
estimate it may be taken to have an average width of three-quarters of a Sign, so that the two crossings in Sagittarius and
Gemini together occupy about a Sign and a half. There is thus room for seven or eight Milky Ways, if distributed evenly around
the Zodiac. We have therefore ample room for the six additional galaxies required for our seven planetary Logoi, the visible
one being assigned to our terrestrial Logos, in the same way as the Sun's chromosphere was assigned to Him in our third study.

98. Occult students are aware that there are higher orders of Logoi which govern stellar universes in the same way as our
solar system is governed by the planetary Logoi, according to the fundamental rule of Occultism - "As above, so below". Over
the cosmos in general there are, therefore, seven cosmic Logoi, one for each of the seven galaxies above described. Each
planetary Logos may be regarded as specially linked with the corresponding cosmic Logos, and with the galaxy associated and
controlled by Him. The monads in evolution in any planetary Chain will hence be shut off from six of the existing galaxies, and
only able to see the seventh, the galaxy governed by the cosmic Logos corresponding to the planetary Logos of the Chain. The
seven cosmic Logoi appear under different aspects according to the functions They are performing. As the "Primordial Seven",
They are the highest Beings in the scale of existence 11 , and may be regarded as the septenary soul of the universe. As the seven
"Son-brothers" of Fohat, They are the nervous and vascular system of the cosmos, having sprung from "the Brain of the Father
and the Bosom of the Mother" 12 . As the Lipika, They are the great adjusters of the cosmic forces, keeping the balance between
the planes, and making possible the laws of the conservation of matter, energy, etc., on all planes. They form the "Ring
Pass-Not", which separates the seven galaxies of the cosmos, and the seven planetary evolutions of a solar system 13 . They
occupy the middle wheels of the cosmos, which we may interpret to mean the material nuclei or planets of the cosmos 14 .

99. Applying the rule, "As above, so below", we may say that within a solar system the seven planetary Logoi in the sun
correspond to the Primordial Seven of the cosmos, the Seven Spirits ensouling the planets correspond to the Lipika, whilst the
lines of force joining the matter of the planet to the corresponding part of the solar atmosphere are the channels and vehicles of
the seven Son-Brothers of Fohat. Fohat is therefore the interaction of the positive and negative aspects of the seven Logoi. The
sun is positive or male, the planet negative or female, and Fohat represents or governs the laws of their interaction in the cosmic
spaces. This triple aspect, or divine trinity, the Atma-Buddhi-Manas of the cosmos, is often spoken of in occult writings as that
of Father-Mother-Son. In the sun the seven Logoi are united, and represent the unifying quality of the spirit. In the planets, the
seven Logoi are separated, and represent the separative quality of matter. This work, of dividing the monads into seven
separate evolutions until the day "Be-With-Us", is one of the functions of the Lipika 15 . Associated with the seven Son-Brothers
of Fohat are "the seven forms of cosmic magnetism, called in practical Occultism the Seven Radicals" 16 .

32
100. These seven ethers of space, or seven forms of cosmic magnetism, are of great importance to us in the further
development of our studies, particularly in connection with the theory of relativity and that of Einstein. "Space is called, in
esoteric symbolism, the Seven-Skinned Eternal Mother-Father" 17 , and these seven skins, or magnetic substances, divide the
cosmos into seven virtually distinct universes. By way of illustration we may say that our earth has fixed to it one of these seven
ethers of space, of which it is the center and focus. From this center, lines of force radiate into space, being attached at the
outer ends to one-seventh of the sun's atmosphere, the chromosphere, and to one-seventh of the stars, those of the visible
galaxy. Similarly the planet Jupiter forms the center and focus of another of these ethers or cosmic magnetisms, lines of force
from which are attached to a portion of the sun's corona, and to a galaxy of stars which is invisible to us, and may lie in a
different portion of the heavens to what we may call our terrestrial galaxy. Similarly for the other planets. Hence we may say
that each of the seven planetary chains of our solar system exists in a universe of its own, which is separate and distinct from
the other six. Each planet, moreover, is the center of its own universe, the ether of that universe being attached to it. Hence
motion relative to the planet is motion relative to the ether of space attached to the planet.

101. The stars of our Milky Way are divided into eight classes; but one of these, the N type, has properties so distinct from
the rest that it is generally kept apart from the other seven, which make a regular, progressive series based on the stellar spectra
18
. These seven types of stars are supposed to be due to differences of temperature in the passage from a nebula to a dark star,
as the star gradually cools down through loss of heat by radiation. But we have seen that our own sun probably exhibits a
different appearance to each of the seven planets; and, for all we know to the contrary, it may appear to Jupiter and Mars as of
the Orion type and Sirius type, so that the seven types of suns in our galaxy may be identical with the seven different suns as
seen from the seven planets of our solar system. In any case, Occult teaching is positive in denying that either our sun or the
stars are losing heat in such a way as to vary their temperature, or that their energies are running down in the way supposed by
Western science 19 . "The sun is, as we say, the storehouse of our little cosmos, self-generating its vital fluid, and ever receiving
as much as it gives out"20 . We have seen in previous studies how the earth is able, by the power of its own gravity to produce
the whole of its mass and energy every year, as explained in 70 and elsewhere. By a similar process, which may be given later
it can be shown that the sun's energy is self-renewed in the sun-spot period, or a multiple of this.

102. A further important difference between the teaching of Occultism and that of Western science is in the interpretation of
spectrum analysis as applied to the sun and stars. In our laboratories, when chemical elements, in the state of incandescent
gases, have their light examined by the spectroscope, they exhibit spectral lines which are characteristic and generally different
for each element. Hence, in the laboratory, a chemical element is often detected by its spectrum, and spectrum analysis has
become one of the surest methods of chemical research. When, therefore, astronomers found that the light of the sun and stars
exhibited these characteristic spectra, they felt justified in concluding that the sun and stars were composed of the same
chemical constituents as the earth. But the occultist says this is not so.

"Now that the conditions and laws ruling our solar system are fully developed, and that the atmosphere of our earth, as of every
other globe, has become, so to say, a crucible of its own, Occult Science teaches that there is a perpetual exchange taking
place, in space, of molecules, or rather atoms, correlating and thus changing their combining equivalents on every planet... The
spectroscope shows only the probable similarity (on external evidence) of terrestrial and sidereal substance; it is unable to go
any further, or to show whether or not atoms gravitate towards one another in the same way, and under the same conditions,
as they are supposed to do on our planet, physically and chemically. The scale of temperature, from the highest degree to the
lowest that can be conceived of, may be imagined to be one and the same, in and for the whole universe; nevertheless, its
properties, other than those of dissociation and reassociation, differ on every planet; and thus atoms enter into new forms of
existence, undreamed of by, and incognizable to, Physical Science... Thus not only the elements of our planet, but even those of
all its sisters in the solar system, differ in their combinations as widely from each other, as from the cosmic elements beyond our
solar limits... Therefore, the elements of our planet cannot be taken as a standard for comparison with the elements in other
worlds"21 .

103. Physicists generally assume that atomic and molecular forces are the same throughout the universe; whereas, as we shall
see, they are functions of the mass and gravitational potential of the body on which they are placed. Hence temperature,
chemical affinity and electromagnetic forces have different quantitative relationships for each of the heavenly bodies. The
following quotation gives a hint as to how the spectroscopic evidence ought to be interpreted.

33
"The essence of cometary matter [AND THAT OF WHICH COMPOSES THE STARS] is totally different from any of the
chemical or physical characteristics with which the greatest Chemists and Physicists of the earth are familiar... While the
spectroscope has shown the probable similarity [OWING TO THE CHEMICAL ACTION OF TERRESTRIAL LIGHT
UPON THE INTERCEPTED RAYS] of terrestrial and sidereal substance, the chemical actions peculiar to the variously
progressed orbs of space have not been detected, nor proven identical with those observed on our planet" 22 .

An important hint is contained in the words "intercepted rays of terrestrial light". It is usually supposed that we see the sun and
stars by means of solar light and stellar light, but this is not so; we see the sun and stars by means of terrestrial light which is
intercepted by these bodies. The earth, as it were, is a gigantic octopus, having innumerable tentacles which stretch out into
space in all directions; where these tentacles touch a sun or star, we perceive the effect as light along the terrestrial tentacles.
These tentacles are the earth's vascular system, through which it pours the whole of its mass into sun and stars every year. As
the terrestrial elements are poured into sun and star, they send the same vibrations along the tentacles as when incandescent in
our laboratories, and hence give out the same spectrum. The spectrum of sun and star, therefore, is that of terrestrial matter
circulating throughout the terrestrial universe, and not, as supposed by Western science, the spectrum of the chemical elements
of which these heavenly bodies are composed.

104. One of the great distinctions between Occult teaching and that of Western science is that Western science regards many
things as constant throughout the universe, which are only constant for the earth. Physicists think they have discovered the
cosmic universe, whereas they have only discovered the terrestrial universe. Each heavenly body, like our earth, is the center of
a universe, and has a framework of stars to mark its extent and boundaries. Such planetary world-spaces, with masses of
matter at their boundaries or horizons, technically called mass-horizons, are similar in mathematical structure to the cosmic
world-space favored by Einstein 23 .

The planetary universe, other than that of the earth, can be explored by the occult powers latent in man; but so far our
physicists have not come into contact with them. All phenomena known to Western science are those of our terrestrial
universe. The sun is the terrestrial sun, the stars the terrestrial stars, and the ether of space is the terrestrial ether. The substance
of all these is continually being interchanged between earth and star.

"Paracelsus named it the sidereal light... He regarded the starry host (our earth included) as the condensed portion of the astral
light... whose magnetic or spiritual emanations kept constantly a never-ceasing intercommunication between themselves and the
parent fount of all the astral light... As fire passes through an iron stove, so do the stars pass through men with all their
properties and go into him as the rain into the earth" 24 .

105. This astral light of Paracelsus is what in the West has been called the ether of space, whilst in reality it is the earth's
electromagnetic field. The following description of this is taken from the writer's pamphlet, Einstein's Theory 25 , and is based on
researches along the lines of Occult teaching.

"The ether of space has been a source of bewilderment to Western science since the age of Descartes, as will be seen from
Whittaker's History of the Theories of Ether and Electricity 26 . In my opinion, this is due to having confused it with the earth's
electromagnetic field. If we throw a stone into a sheet of water and watch the ripples move away from the disturbance in
ever-increasing circles, we have a sectional view of the ether as understood in the West. Sir William Bragg, in the recent
Robert Boyle lecture at Oxford 27 illustrates one of the difficulties of this view of the ether, where he says: 'It is as if one dropped
a plank Into the sea from a height of 100 ft., and found that the spreading ripple was able, after traveling 1,000 miles and
becoming infinitesimal in comparison with its original amount, to act upon a wooden ship in such a way that a plank of that ship
flew out of its place to a height of 100 ft'. Bragg's description of the Western theory of the ether amounts practically to a
reductio ad absurdum, and it may be well to compare it with the ether as taught in the East. Imagine an enormous bicycle
wheel with a large number of thin, hollow, steel spokes, from hub to rim. This may be taken as a rough sectional view of the
earth's electromagnetic field. The hub of the wheel is the earth, the spokes are the lines of force constituting the earth's
electromagnetic field. Between the spokes is the ether of space, which may be of infinite extent. Each spoke begins on the
earth, and ends on a star, so that the electromagnetic field is finite. As the distance between the spokes increases with the
distance from the earth, there is plenty of room for lines of force from other planets and suns. The different fields of force can

34
therefore interpenetrate and cut each other. If the force of a falling plank is applied to a line of force at one end, it will be
delivered undiminished at the other end, so, that Bragg's difficulty does not apply to the Eastern theory. The number of spokes
through unit area will diminish as the distance squared, and the force in the same ratio, but the force applied to an individual
spoke will pass to any distance without loss. Vibrations pass along these lines of force according to the undulatory theory of
light, whilst corpuscles pass within the hollow tubes in accordance with the corpuscular theory. It is not a question of which is
true, the undulatory or corpuscular theories according to the Eastern school, they are both true. The number of lines of force
issuing from each square inch of the earth's surface is about thirteen million of millions, and the total number of spokes in the
terrestrial wheel requires thirty-two figures to express it. Our sun's surface is 10,000 times that of the earth, and the number of
suns forming the stars of our milky way is estimated at one thousand millions. If each of these suns had t he same surface as our
own, the earth would be able to supply one line of force to each square inch of surface of every star in our sidereal system. Our
electromagnetic field, therefore, keeps us in excellent telegraphic communication with the heavenly bodies".

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

106. Each heavenly body is the center of a universe, so that there are as many universes as there are suns and planets. These
universes overlap and interpenetrate each other, but are, nevertheless, quite distinct and separate universes. They consist of a
central body, to which is attached an ether of space, or an electromagnetic field, of which the lines of force are focused on the
central body as origin, and terminate in a framework of stars, which mark the boundary and limits of the universe. This ether of
space may be of the type, and possess the mathematical properties, of the metrical and electrical fields of Einstein and Weyl 28 .

The universe, as known to us, is one such universe, having the earth as center, and having the earth's electric and gravitational
fields as the ether of space attached to it, whilst the visible galaxy is the framework of stars forming the termini of the terrestrial
lines of force, and the boundary of our space. All the properties of this geocentric universe are specialized to earth's
requirements, and are more or less functions of the earth's mass. Thus the visible sun is the terrestrial sun, and the stars are
terrestrial stars, and both sun and stars, as seen from another planet, may be quite different in appearance and properties.

Whilst the planet and its field may be regarded as the domain, and under the control, of the planetary Logos, the framework of
stars which bound the universe may be the domain, and under the control, of the corresponding cosmic Logos.

Since there is a constant circulation of matter between the central body and the bounding stars of the planetary universe, the
stars, as seen through the spectroscope, will always appear to be composed of the same chemical constituents as the central
body.

References

Chapter VIII
THE MUNDANE EGG

"The stars surround the whole earth, as a shell does the egg" 1.

107. From the conclusions arrived at in the previous studies it may be inferred that there are many things that may appear to
be of cosmo-centric importance to Western science, which, nevertheless, may be of little interest outside our geocentric
universe; and, as the interpretation of phenomena by Occultists and by Western science differs largely because, on the one
hand, the phenomena are regarded as geocentric and, on the other, as cosmo-centric, it may be well here to examine a few of
the more important cases.

It is now well known that the number of sunspots varies from year to year, increasing to a maximum, then decreasing to a
minimum, in a cycle having an average period of about eleven years. Corresponding to this, there is a variation of the forces of
terrestrial magnetism. This sunspot variation is regarded by Western science as common to the solar system, and even to the

35
stars of the cosmos. But these sunspots are merely openings in the chromosphere, which is only seen from the earth, and not
from the other planets. There may be spots in parts of the corona which are seen from the planets but not from the earth, and
the periodicity and laws of variation may be different in the two cases. Thus sunspots, as seen by us, may be a purely
geocentric phenomenon, and not cosmo-centric as generally supposed.

108. To take another illustration, on 21st February, 1901, a new star blazed forth in the constellation Perseus, so that within
three days its light increased 10,000-fold 2, or from below an eleventh magnitude star to a little brighter than the first magnitude
star Capella, and about the third brightest star in the heavens. By 25th June, 1901, or four months after its appearance, the star
had vanished, and become transformed into a nebula.

Was the above event witnessed by the inhabitants of other stellar systems, or only by those in our geocentric universe? In other
words, was it a cosmic event, or was it only a terrestrial event? Western science will reply emphatically that the event was
cosmic, although this reply involves physical difficulties which, so far cannot be surmounted. For instance, how can a body,
larger and hotter than our sun, have its heat dissipated in a few months? According to Lord Kelvin, it will require at least
10,000,000 years for our own sun to cool down; how then can the heat of a larger and hotter body disappear in so short a
period? There is at present no satisfactory explanation of new star phenomena on the principles of modern physics 3.

109. If, however, the event is merely geocentric, that is, merely a change in the relationship between our earth and the star. a
satisfactory explanation presents fewer difficulties. Our earth sends out lines of force into space which terminate in the
surrounding stars. Some stars are linked with us by many lines, some by few, and others by none at all. These linkages may
vary from time to time, according to the motions and configurations of stellar systems. If the linkages increase, the star will
become brighter; if the linkages decrease, the brightness becomes less. If a star, previously disconnected with our lines of
force, forms a contact, then an event will happen similar to the passage of an electric spark between charged spheres. This
would constitute a small disturbance in the higher regions of the atmosphere of the star, a disturbance so trifling as to be
scarcely perceptible to the inhabitants of the system; but, as the whole of the effect would be transmitted along the terrestrial
lines of force, it would be seen by us as a temporary blazing up of the star to ten thousandfold its normal brilliancy. Thus the
geocentric effect would be enormous, and the cosmic effect infinitesimal.

110. If we regard the system of visible stars as the number of points of contact which our geocentric universe makes with
other universes and with the cosmos in general, then the total mass of the visible stars may, perhaps, have a definite relationship
to some fundamental property of our earth. The number of stars in our Galaxy, according to Eddington's estimate 4, lies between
770 millions and 1,800 millions. Taking the mean of these, we have, for the number of stars in our Galaxy,

(22) (1/2)(770+1800) millions = 1,235,000,000

He further estimates that, on the average, 30 of the stars have a mass equal to 10 times the mass of the sun 5, so that each star
averages one-third the mass of our sun. The sun's mass in grams is 1.97 x l0 33 ; hence, taking one-third of this, and multiplying
by the number of stars, as given by (22), we have, for the mass of matter in our sidereal system,

(23) 81.1 x 10 40 grams

We are told in The Secret Doctrine 6, that the interval between one Night of Brahma and the next is 311,040,000,000,000
years, and that half of this has transpired in the present Mhmanvantra 7. The Pralya which terminates this period is called
Prakritik, because it is the time when the elements are broken up into their original protyle. The matter of our physical plane
has, therefore, had a life of 155,520,000,000,000 years, during the current Mhmanvantra. Now, in 70 it is shown that the
earth generates its own mass every year, so that in half a kalp the mass generated will be

(24) Earth's mass x 155,520,000,000,000 = 93.0 x 10 40 grams

On comparing this with the total mass of matter in the sidereal system, it will be seen that it is of the same order of magnitude;
and, if we had accurate data to measure both masses correctly, it is possible that they might be exactly equal.

111. According to Occult teaching, electricity is matter 8, and, if the usual dimensions of an electric charge, in electrostatic

36
units, be analyzed into length and time, as is done in 86, they will be found to be the same as the dimensions of a mass. We
will therefore ascertain the earth's electrostatic charge, and compare it with the mass of the Galaxy as given by (23). According
to the accepted theory of Rutherford, the positive charge on an element, or the charge on its positive nucleus, is the atomic
number multiplied by the electronic charge. This electronic charge is given in (5), 38, and the atomic numbers of the elements
are given in the Smithsonian Physical Tables 9 for all the elements. Using these data, we find that the electrostatic charge on
the element iron is 134,780,000,000,000 times its mass, so that, if the earth were composed of iron, its charge would be 80.6
x l040 , which is very close to the mass of the Galaxy as given by (23). If we take 10 40 as the unit of measurement, then a copper
earth would have a charge 79.2; one of zinc, 79.4; of silver, 75.4; of arsenic, 76.2; and of tin, 72.9. The average of the above
six elements is 77.3. If we take the entire system of elements, from hydrogen (=1) to uranium (=92), and assume the earth is
built up of equal masses of each element, then the earth's electrostatic charge would be

(25) 76.57 x 10 40

112. On comparing the values of (23) and (25), we see that they are of the same order of magnitude, so that, within the limits
of observational error, we see that the ratio of the earth's charge to its mass is the same as the ratio of the mass of the visible
universe to the earth's mass, and this equality of the earth's charge with the mass of the visible universe is significant. We saw in
110 that the visible stars may be regarded as points of contact between our terrestrial universe and the cosmos. The stars are,
as it were, pouring matter and energy into our universe like inflating a bubble, and this matter and energy is drunk up by the
earth, and vanishes through the atomic nuclei, as described in Occult Chemistry 10 and quoted in 48-49. In the stars we have
matter and energy radiating and diverging throughout our space, whilst in the earth, as center, we have this same matter and
energy converging upon the atomic nuclei, and constituting the electric charge of the chemical elements, and of the earth. Now,
according to the most recent developments of Einstein's theory, mass is the measure of the flux of matter and energy through
the surface of the body 11 . Hence the influx through the star surfaces measures the mass of the stars, whilst the outflux through
the matter of the earth measures the earth's charge; and, since the influx and outflux of our terrestrial universe must be equal, the
mass of the visible stars must be equal to the earth's charge.

Some of the developments of Einstein's theory have an interesting bearing on the above result. This theory has evolved by
attributing properties to cosmic space which we hope to show later are only the properties of the earth's electromagnetic field.
By such a proceeding he arrives at conclusions which, though erroneous as applied to cosmic space, may be taken as quite
correct in connection with our geocentric universe. One of these conclusions is that space is curved, and that the amount of
matter in the universe is limited by this curvature. From our point of view we may regard this curvature of space as the
conformation of our Mundane Egg. To quote Prof. Eddington 12 :
"Wherever there is matter there is action, and therefore curvature; and it is interesting to notice that in ordinary matter the
curvature of the space world is by no means insignificant. For example, in water of ordinary density the curvature is the same as
that of space in the form of a sphere of radius 570,000,000 kilometers. The result is even more surprising if expressed in time
units; the radius is about half-an-hour.
It is difficult to picture what this means; but at least we can predict that a globe of water of 570,000,000 km. radius would
have extraordinary properties. Presumably there must be an upper limit to the possible size of a globe of water. So far as I can
make out, a homogeneous mass of water of about this size (and no larger) could exist. It would have no center and no
boundary, every point of it being in the same position with respect to the whole mass as every other point of it - like points on
the surface of a sphere with respect to the surface. Any ray of light, after traveling for an hour or two, would come back to the
starting-point. Nothing could enter or leave the mass, because there is no boundary to enter or leave by; in fact, it is
co-extensive with space. There could not be any other world anywhere else, because there isn't an 'anywhere else'".

The mass of a sphere of water having a radius of 570,000,000 kilometers, which according to the above is the maximum
amount of water that could exist, is

77.57 x 10 40 grams

and is apparently identical with the earth's electrostatic charge, as given by (25). From this we may infer that Einstein's theory
attributes properties to cosmic space which are in reality properties of our geocentric universe.

37
113. One of the difficulties encountered by physicists is due to the existence of two distinct systems of units in which electrical
quantities are measured, the one system being called electrostatic, and the other electromagnetic. These units are not of the
same order of magnitude, the one being enormously greater or less than the other; thus the unit quantity of electricity in
electromagnetic measure is thirty thousand million units in electrostatic measure, and in all cases measurements in the two
systems are to each other in the ratio of some power of the above number. The two systems of units are due to the fact that the
ratio of the elasticity of the ether (which we may regard as the etheric pressure) to its density is the square of thirty thousand
millions; and, until the actual values of these etheric constants are known, it is not possible to dispense with the two systems of
measurement, whilst retaining the C.G.S. Units13 .

At the end of Everett's C. G. S. System of Units 14 an interesting attempt is made to equalize the electrostatic and
electromagnetic systems by the adoption of new units of mass, length, and time 15 . These new units had to fulfill the three
following conditions: (i) The acceleration due to the attraction of unit mass at unit distance shall be unity. (ii) The electrostatic
units shall be equal to the electromagnetic units. (iii) The density of water at 4 C. shall be unity.

The result of the calculation is that the new unit of time will be 3928 seconds, or one hour, five and a half minutes, the new unit
of length 1.178 x 10 14 , or a little less than Saturn's distance from the sun, and the new unit of mass 163 x 10 40 grams, or about
twice the mass of the sidereal system as given by (23).

114. The above calculation is based on the assumption that the unit of mass is a mass of water in the form of a cube, the
distance from corner to corner being the unit of length. If we take the unit of mass in the form of a sphere, having the unit of
length as radius, then the new unit of time is 1893.2 seconds, or 31.56 minutes, the unit of length 5.679 x 10 13 centimeters, or
567,900,000 kilometers - the same length as the radius of Eddington's sphere of water in 112, with four significant figures
instead of two - and the new unit of mass

76.72 10 40

which is in almost exact agreement with the earth's electrostatic charge as given by (25). The sole data on which both the
above calculations are based, are the density of water = 1, the gravitational constant = 0.000,000,06658, and the velocity of
light = 29,990,000,00 centimeters.

115. In the following table is given for comparison, the quantities so far obtained:

x 10 40

Mass of matter in our sidereal system 81.10 (23)

Mass of matter generated in half a kalp 93.00 (24)

Earth's electrostatic charge 76.57 (25)

Einstein's maximum mass of water 77.57 (26)

Unit of mass equalizing electrostatic and electromagnetic units 76.72 (27)

There is one significant property about the above figures, viz., in cases where the data from which they are calculated are
known with accuracy, the agreement is close, as in (25), (26), and (27), whilst in cases where the data can be only roughly
estimated, as in (23) and (24), the agreement is correspondingly rough. This implies that the difference may be entirely due to
errors of observation, or rough estimates, and that in reality all the figures are equal. This can be proved in the case of (26) and
(27), for Einstein's mass is based on Eddington's statement of 570,000,000 km. for the radius of the sphere of water, which is
evidently a rough measurement, since only two significant figures are given. The actual radius, however, is 567,900,000 km.,
which brings it into exact agreement with the unit of mass (27).
38
116. The above results lend support to the following hypothetical statements. The amount of matter generated by the
earth's gravity from the beginning of the kalp is equal to the mass of matter visible to us in our sidereal system. It is
the unit of mass which equalizes the electromagnetic and electrostatic systems of units, and is identical with the earth's
electrostatic charge, and Einstein's maximum mass of water.

Such a result may, at first sight, appear weird and fantastic; yet the consequences of Einstein's theory of gravitation are
somewhat similar. Thus in Eddington's Space, Time, and Gravitation 16 (p.157) we read:
"Now, if all intervals vanished, space-time would shrink to a point. Then there would be no space, no time, no inertia, no
anything. Thus a cause which creates intervals and geodesics must, so to speak, extend the world.... An alternative way is to
inflate the world from inside, as a balloon is blown out... For Einstein's cylindrical world it is necessary to postulate the
existence of vast quantities of matter... This additional matter may either be in the form of distant stars and galaxies... or it
may be uniformly spread through space 17 ... The revised law of gravitation involves a new constant which depends upon the
total amount of matter in the world; or, conversely, the total amount of matter in the world is determined by the law of
gravitation18 ... Some mechanism seems to be needed, whereby either gravitation creates matter, or all the matter in the universe
conspires to define a law of gravitation... It leads to the result that the extension of space and time depends upon the amount of
matter in the world... The more matter there is, the more space is created to contain it; and, if there were no matter, the world
would shrink to a point"19 .
117. In the above, Einstein finds for the cosmos properties similar to what we find for the terrestrial universe, or the Mundane
Egg; he suggests that the gravitation process, which creates matter, is something like that of blowing bubbles in space, the
amount of matter created being proportionate to the number of bubbles blown, and this is the process of matter creation, as
disclosed by Occult investigations. The atom "is formed by the flow of the life-force and vanishes with its ebb. When this force
arises in space... atoms appear; if it be artificially stopped for a single atom, the atom disappears; there is nothing left" 20 . The
units of force, out of which the atoms are built,

"are all alike, spherical and absolutely simple in construction. Though they are the basis of all matter, they are not themselves
matter; they are not blocks, but bubbles. They do not resemble bubbles floating in the air, which consist of a thin film of water
separating the air within them from the air outside, so that the film has both an outer and an inner surface. Their analogy is rather
with the bubbles that we see rising in water, before they reach the surface, bubbles which may be said to have only one surface
- that of the water which is pushed back by the contained air... Fohat "digs holes in space" of a verity, and the holes are the airy
nothingnesses, the bubbles of which "solid" universes are built... What are they, then, these bubbles? Or rather, what is their
content ?... The ancients called that force "the Breath"... it is the Breath of the Logos... The Breath of the Logos, then, is the
force which fills these spaces... And when He draws in His Breath, the waters of space will close in again, and the universe will
have disappeared. It is only a breath" 21 .

This is the equivalent Occult version of Eddington's statement at the end of 115: "If there were no matter, the world would
shrink to a point".

118. It would thus seem that each Planetary Logos generates not only the mass of the planet, or physical nucleus, but also the
space which constitutes its universe. This process of generation appears to be connected with, and perhaps identical with, the
gravitation process, which creates matter by blowing bubbles, or impregnating the inert substance of space with the Divine
Breath, or life of the Logos. As the creation proceeds, the planet's universe expands, and contacts a larger and larger portion
of the cosmos, and this continues for a period equal to the Mhmanvantara of the planet. In the case of the terrestrial Logos,
this period is an Age of Brahma; and, as the earth's mass is produced annually, as shown in (11), 70, the total mass produced
from the beginning of the kalp is the earth's mass multiplied by the number of years elapsed from the beginning of the kalp to
now, and is equal to: the electrostatic charge the mass of the whole of the stars visible to us, the unit of mass which equalizes
the electrostatic and electromagnetic systems of units, and the maximum mass deduced from Einstein's theory. This
ever-growing mass constitutes the framework of the geocentric universe, enclosing it within and without, as an egg encloses an
unhatched chicken. It is known in Occultism as the Mundane Egg, from which the terrestrial Logos, Brahma, is born.

"The One Supreme Planetary Principle, who blows the Egg out of His mouth, and who is, therefore, Brahma" 22 .

39
It may be well here to emphasize that the terrestrial universe is enclosed within and without from the cosmos in general. The
outside enclosure corresponds to the shell of the egg, or the stellar system visible from our planet, whilst the inside enclosure
corresponds to the nervous system of the enclosed embryo, through which alone impulses can he conveyed to it. This nervous
system is the network of lines of force constituting the earth's electromagnetic field, which in Occultism is known as "the Web
of Life". This web is apparently identical with the geodesics, or the meshwork which controls the geometry of space in a
gravitational field. It is the "metrical field" of Einstein, which governs the motions of falling bodies, and, as such, agrees with
Occult teaching, which attributes gravitation to the cosmic prn, or Life-Force, circulating in Nature's Life-Web. These lines
of force in the terrestrial universe shut us off from the cosmos in general, and only allow contact with it in a limited and
specialized form, which is impressed with some terrestrial property, such as the vibrations of terrestrial matter, or the velocity of
radiation in the earth's electromagnetic field. This Mundane Egg is the unique system of co-ordinates discussed in theories of
relativity, and is the only system of co-ordinates of which humanity in general can have any physical science.

At the end of human evolution, humanity, as it were, hatches out of this Mundane Egg, and experiences the same expansion of
consciousness as that of a chicken issuing from its shell to the light of its farm-yard. This process is known in Occultism as
Initiation. Then man's Ray becomes seven Rays, his sun, seven suns, and his system of stars, seven systems. Thus man is the
embryo of a God, and awaits his birth into divinity.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

119. Matter and energy radiate from the stars and spread in a divergent form throughout our terrestrial universe, from where
they subsequently converge upon the earth as foci. Hence, in our system, forces are divergent from the star, and convergent for
the earth, so that stellar changes, such as light-variations and new star phenomena, may have only infinitesimal effects in the star
systems themselves, whilst the effects on the earth may be great. This is the raison d'etre of stellar influences, as taught in
Astrology. The stars pour their influences upon man "as rain upon the earth".

This radiating or diverging energy of the stars is the expression of their inertia or mass, whilst the corresponding converging
energy upon the earth is the expression of the earth's electric charge, and the two are necessarily equal. Thus the total mass of
our Galaxy is equal to the earth's electrostatic charge, and electricity is matter, as taught in Occultism.

As the earth creates its own mass every year, its increasing mass enlarges its universe, increasing its points of contact with the
cosmos, in such a way that the total mass produced from the beginning of the kalp is equal to the mass of the visible stars and
to the earth's electric charge.

This mass is the natural unit of mass for our electrical system, and unifies all electrical quantities in the electrostatic and
electromagnetic systems of units. It is identical also with the maximum mass of matter deduced from the theory of Einstein.

Our terrestrial universe has some of the properties of a living embryo, called in Occultism the Mundane Egg, in which
evolutionary systems are undergoing a process of hatching out.

References

Chapter IX
EINSTEIN AND GRAVITATION

120. There are certain numbers used by physicists which are regarded by Western science as fundamental constants of
Nature, the values of which, given below, are taken from the 1920 Edition of the Smithsonian Physical Tables 1.

NATURE'S CONSTANTS

40
 Velocity of light, c= 2.99860 x 10 10

Planck's element of action, the "quantum", h= 6,547x10 -27

The constant of gravitation, G= 6.66 x l0 -8

Boltzmann gas constant, k= 1.372 x 10 -16

Elementary electrical charge, or charge on election, e= 4.774 x 10 -10

Mass of electron, m= 9.0I x 10 -28

Mass of hydrogen = 1.662 x 10 -24

Rydberg's constant, N= 109678.7

All the above are looked upon as unchangeable throughout the cosmic universe; and the first three - the velocity of light,
Planck's quantum, and the constant of gravitation - are regarded as pre-eminently the expression of what is most fundamental in
Nature 2.

121. Einstein's theories are, in general, based on the assumption that the velocity of light is a constant throughout the whole of
space, and it is admitted that, if this assumption were invalid, the whole structure built up by Einstein would collapse 3.

Professor Jeans recently pointed out 4 that

"our whole knowledge of physics is 'surface-physics'; we ought to remember that our knowledge of physics is derived wholly
from experiments conducted on the surface of a planet with the aid of light emitted from the surfaces of sun and stars... There
may be a more general physics applicable inside a star, and this may contain sources of energy unknown to us... Conservation
of mass and of energy may be only phenomena of 'surface-physics'".

Thus, if we could conduct our experiments in the interior of the earth, or in the spaces between the heavenly bodies, we might
need to modify our physical laws, even the most fundamental ones, such as the conservation of matter and energy. This word
of caution applies particularly to Einstein's basic assumption of the constancy of light velocity throughout the cosmos. All
experiments on the velocity of light have been confined to the earth's surface. How do we know that we should find the same
velocity if these experiments were tried on Mars or Jupiter? The physicist will reply that the velocity of light is a property of the
space between the heavenly bodies, and that we have proved that between the planet Jupiter and the earth the velocity of light
is the same as at the earth's surface.

Against this it may be urged that the velocity of light is not a property of space, but of a special medium of space, and that
space may contain many such media, differing in radiation velocity as well as other properties. In this alternative possibility lies
the whole crux of the problem. If, as taught by Occultism, each planet has its own Fohat, or medium of space, then the velocity
of light is a property of the medium attached to the earth, and this velocity may be quite different from that of the media
attached to other bodies.

122. In what way can we obtain evidence that will enable us to decide between the contention of Western science, that space
contains only one medium, or none at all, and that of Occultism, which maintains that space contains many media? One way
would be to try experiments on the surfaces of different planets; but this is not at present feasible. Another way, not quite so
satisfactory, is to search for internal evidence bearing on the question. In other words, trace out each assumption to its natural
consequences, and see whether these favor the one assumption or the other. Einstein has traced out the consequences of his
assumption, and these consequences should be something that is applicable to the whole cosmos. If Einstein's results are
meaningless as applied to the cosmos, but have a definite physical meaning as applied to the earth, then this is presumptive
evidence that Einstein's theory is wrong as applied to the cosmos, but may be right as applied to the terrestrial universe. Now,

41
we saw in the previous study that Einstein's maximum mass of matter was incomprehensible as a cosmic fact, but tremendously
significant as applied to the earth alone, because it gave us a relationship between a property of our medium of space and the
earth's electrostatic charge. Both Einstein and Everett obtained this maximum, or unit of mass, by the simple process of making
the density of water, the velocity of light c, and the gravitational constant G, each equal to unity. In other words, by changing
the assumption from that of Einstein to that of Occultism, we find that, by making the two properties of the terrestrial
space-medium, c and G, and the density of the earth's surface-substance, water, each equal to unity, we are able to deduce the
earth's electrostatic charge; a fact of great terrestrial importance, but without meaning for the cosmos as a whole.

123. The above result contains one weak point which the man of science will easily detect, for this result is based not only on
two constants of space, c, and G, but on the density of water; and it will be asked: Why should water be chosen, rather than
any other substance? No reply can be given to this that will be regarded as fully satisfactory to Western science, for the
complete answer involves the recognition of the facts observed by Occultists. But. even to the science of the West, the
properties of water are somewhat unique. It is the general solvent other substances, it occupies the great bulk of the earth's
surface, where the electrical charge of a sphere is situated. Its molecular number is 10, which confers upon it remarkable
properties, as pointed out by Prof. H. Stanley Allen 5. He shows that there must be a numerical connection, involving powers of
10, between the unit of length and the unit of mass in the C. G. S. system. Such a relation ship gives us water as the standard
substance of our planet, the dens ity of which must be unity in order to satisfy this relationship. Its density bears the ratio 4 (4
x 3.14159) to the earth's volume intensity of Magnetism, which again is significant.

To occult students it may be further pointed out that its molecular weight is 18, and in hydrogen, the unit of atomic mass, there
are 18 atoms, so that water bears the same ratio to unit atomic weight as hydrogen bears to the atom of Occultism. If water
were broken up into 18 atoms of hydrogen, it would carry 18 electronic charges; and, in the periodic table of the elements, 18
electronic charges is a periodic set in which the chemical properties of the elements repeat themselves. From argon, atomic
number 18, to krypton, atomic number 36, is a cycle of 18 charges or a periodic set. Similarly from potassium to rubidium, etc.
Now argon has the same chemical properties as krypton and potassium the same as rubidium, so that the electronic charges,
manifested or hidden in water, added to an element, generate another element with similar chemical properties. We may
therefore regard the elements as built up, by steps down the columns of the periodic table of successive additions of water, or
the periodic set of charges on its constituent hydrogen. Such is a brief sketch of the reason why water is a unique substance
and specially related to the charge of the earth. It could be greatly expanded, did space allow.

124. Our previous study, therefore, gives presumptive evidence in favor of the Occult teaching as against the assumption of
Einstein but it may not be sufficient to constitute a proof. If true, however, there must be other facts which confirm it. for the
facts in favor of a truth, if it be really a truth, are infinite, since every other fact must be in conformity with it. We may therefore
search for other evidence, which may be obtained from the following easily proved theorem:
"The ratio between the mean force of terrestrial gravity and the mean force of terrestrial magnetism is the square of the velocity
of light".
125. The demonstration of this theorem has been given in the pamphlet, Einstein Theory 6, and to this the reader may be
referred for details, which may be omitted here. The mean force of terrestrial magnetism is the mean intensity of magnetization
per unit volume, 0.07903, multiplied by (4/3) = (4/3) 3.14159; and the following values are obtained from A Treatise on
Magnetism and Electricity 7:
Intensity of terrestrial magnetism I = 0.07903
(28) Mean force of terrestrial magnetism f = (4/3) I = 0.33104

One of the quantities, therefore, required by our theorem is f = 0.33104, the mean force of terrestrial magnetism, as observed
by Western physicists. The force of terrestrial gravity is given in equation (18), and is explained in 86. It is identical with the
earth's astronomical mass, and is equal to the mean acceleration of gravity at the earth's surface, g multiplied by the square of
the earth's radius, R; or gR2 , as given by (18). This is the total force of terrestrial gravity outside the earth's surface; but what is
meant by the mean force of terrestrial gravity is the average value of this force inside the earth's surface, or at every point of the
earth's volume. This can he ascertained by means of the calculus, on the assumption of uniform density, with the result that it is

42
exactly three-fourths of the surface value. Thus we have for the mean force of terrestrial gravity, from (18):
(29) F = (3/4) gR 2 = 2.9826 x 10 20
Now our theorem states that the square of the velocity c is equal to the ratio F/f, or

c2 = F/f = 9.0101 x 10 20

(30) c = (F/f) (1/2) = 3.0016 x 10 10

126. The velocity of light, as given in 119, is 2.9986 x 10 10 , and this is the most probable value. Physicists generally use the
value 3x 10 10 , and the actual measurements range between 2.986 x 10 10 and 3.153 x 10 10 8 .

The result of our theorem, as given by (30), is therefore well within the errors of observation, and is proved.

Here then we have a fundamental property of outside space, the velocity of light, shown to be a function of the forces operating
inside the earth's mass, the forces of terrestrial gravity and magnetism. Does this amount to absolute proof that the velocity of
light is a property of the terrestrial universe? In the opinion of Western physicists, perhaps not. They may contend either that it
is accidental, or that the ratio of the mean force of gravity to the mean force of magnetism is the same for all the heavenly
bodies. This would not explain why this velocity of light gives us the earth's electrostatic charge, as shown in the preceding
study, unless it is held that the electrostatic charge of all the heavenly bodies is the same as that of the earth. This would make
the electric charge of the chemical constituents of the sun's mass exceedingly small as compared with the terrestrial elements,
whilst the magnetic intensity per unit volume of the sun's mass would be 329390 times the magnetic intensity of the earth. Both
these deductions would be contrary to observation, for astronomical facts imply that the matter of the sun is highly electrical as
compared with the matter of the earth, and that the magnetic forces are not nearly so great as three hundred thousand times
those of the earth. Moreover, by the known laws of physics, electric and magnetic forces vary together, so that when the one is
great, the other is great: whereas the above supposition would make them vary inversely, the magnetic force varying directly as
the mass, and the electric force varying inversely. This would be a very improbable hypothesis, for the laws of the
electromagnetic field require that the electric and magnetic energies shall be equal 9.

127. But let us proceed with further proofs for, as stated above, if a proposition is true, all other facts help to establish it.
There is a region of our terrestrial laboratory at the outskirts of the atmosphere, which has recently greatly attracted the
attention of Western science on account of the development of wireless telegraphy. The possibility of sending wireless
messages for such long distances has greatly puzzled physicists, for it is contrary to the laws of the earth's electromagnetic field,
according to which these electrical vibrations should dissipate into space instead of passing round the earth's surface. The
observed strength of the Marconi rays is two million times greater than that predicted by theory 10 . In order to explain this,
physicists have to suppose that at a height of about one hundred kilometers above sea level (69 miles) there is a layer of the
atmosphere composed principally of hydrogen and helium, which is permanently ionized with negative ions or electrons, so as
to enclose the earth in an electrically charged spherical shell, like the charge on a sphere, which always resides at the surface.
This electrical shell prevents the Marconi rays from dissipating into space, thus confining them to the earth's surface, and
rendering wireless telegraphy a possibility11 .

128. This region of the atmosphere, at a height of about one hundred kilometers, has many other features that are of interest
to us. From the surface up to a height of a little more than six hundred kilometers, the viscosity of the atmosphere remains
practically constant, and then, above this height, when the pressure falls below one ten-thousandth of an atmosphere, the
viscosity suddenly becomes zero 12 . At the height of one hundred kilometers the pressure is 0.0067 millimeters of mercury, or
less than one hundred-thousandth of the pressure at the surface, and is composed of 95.5% hydrogen, 3% nitrogen, and 1.3%
helium13 . In an X-Ray tube, a pressure so low as this would produce very hard rays, and with a fall of potential of 126,000
volts, as shown by (19), 87, the velocity of the cathode rays would be more than two-thirds the velocity of light 14 . It is at such
pressures that Thomson and Aston have investigated the positive rays, measured the mass of individual atoms, and counted the
number of isotopes of which the chemical elements consist. At this pressure matter takes on a new form: cohesion and viscosity
have vanished, and atoms and molecules exist as separate units. In 71, we showed that at the bottom of the isothermal layer,
at a height of 11 kilometers, the ionic velocity developed by the earth's gravitational field was equal to the molecular velocity.

43
But, as this ionic velocity is inversely as the pressure, the velocity developed at a height of 100 kilometers would be 1.12 x 10 9
for the air molecule and 5.17 x 10 9 for hydrogen. The alpha rays from the radioactive elements have a velocity which ranges
from 1.45 x 10 9, for Uranium I, to 2.22 x 10 99, for Thorium C. Hence molecular velocities at 100 kilometers are of the same
order of magnitude as the alpha rays.

129. It was stated in 43 that the action between the earth and the sun is similar to that of the cathode and anode in an X-Ray
tube, and this position of the spherical shell at 100 kilometers may be taken as corresponding to the surface of the cathode,
where gaseous matter is divided into two opposite streams, the cathode rays moving in the direction of the anode, and the
positive rays moving through the surface of the cathode, and away from the anode. The cathode rays consist of electrons,
which in the case of our terrestrial cathode move towards the sun, and the positive rays consist of the chemical elements,
molecular or atomic, moving downwards into the earth's atmosphere. It was shown in 70 that this motion of the molecules at
the height of 11 kilometers is in one year sufficient to renew the whole of the earth's

mass; and, although the density of the atmosphere at 100 kilometers is very much less, the molecular velocity is proportionally
greater, so that in this region also an amount of matter equal to the earth's mass will enter the earth annually. Stormer has shown
15
that the average height of the lower fringes of the polar aurora is about 100 kilometers, so that these fringes also mark the
position of our terrestrial cathode. In the works cited in 44, Stormer, Birkeland and Vegard have shown that the variations of
terrestrial magnetism can be explained by the motions of positively and negatively charged bodies, or alpha and beta rays, in
the auroral regions, whilst Vegard has shown 16 that the characteristic fringes of the aurora can be accounted for by the clear-cut
ranges of alpha particles. When we add to this the fact that the aurora is now discovered to be a permanent feature of the
upper atmosphere 17 , we have both fact and deduction to confirm our theory.

130. At this cathode, or electrical surface of our planet, two opposite processes are apparently taking place. The atmosphere,
which at this height, as stated above, consists of 96% hydrogen, is greatly ionized, so as to form an electrical screen for
Marconi rays. These ions, as suggested in 73, are molecules which have been switched off from the earth's gravitational
potential and are relatively stationary. It is flow further suggested that the process here taking place is a mutual transfer of
molecular or atomic matter between the solar and terrestrial gravitational fields the negative ions being transferred to the sun's
gravitational field, and becoming electrons which move towards the sun, as explained in 61, whilst positive ions from the sun
enter the earth's gravitational field and become positive hydrogen or protons, which hydrogen, by a later process taking place
between the electrical surface and the lower atmosphere, is built up into the elements of higher atomic weight.

These two reverse processes may be defined as radioactive and inversely radioactive, and are processes of alchemy or
transmutation.

Hence radioactivity is a property of all the elements at the cathode, or electrical surface of a planet, and this surface is the seat
of an alchemical laboratory as taught by Occultism 18 . We would here suggest that this electrical surface of our planet is the real
surface from the point of view of the physicist, and that the keys to the interpretation of physical phenomena may lie concealed
in the operations of forces at this level.

131. But the reader may be inclined to ask: What has all this to do with the velocity of light being a function of the earth's
mass, which is the proposition we set out to prove? The connection is this: at this electrical surface, at a height of 100
kilometers, or more exactly 98 kilometers, the average acceleration of gravity is 950.32, and this acceleration, if operated for a
year, or 31,558,000 seconds would develop a velocity

c = 31,558,000 x 930.32 = 2.9986 x 10 10

(30) = the velocity of light,

so that, just as the total mass of the earth is generated in the terrestrial laboratory in one year by the gravitational potential, as
shown in (11) and explained in 70-72, so, in one year also, the earth's surface gravity develops the characteristic velocity of
outside space, the radiation velocity or velocity of light.

Now this is a property which, like the others, occurs only in the case of the earth. The surface gravities of Jupiter or Saturn, in
44
their respective periods, would develop velocities quite different to the velocity of light. In both cases they would be much
larger. This relationship of the velocity of light, like that of the others we have investigated, is a property peculiar to the earth,
and to the earth alone.

References

CHAPTER X
EINSTEIN AND GRAVITATION

132. Although the physicist may, perhaps, be a little shaken in his contention that the relationship between the earth's mass
and the velocity of light, as shown above, is purely accidental, he will probably assert that the last relationship, given by (30),
can have no physical meaning. He may point out that the earth's gravity, however long applied to a body, could never make it
move with the velocity of light. The highest velocity that can be generated by terrestrial gravity on a falling body is 11.16
kilometers, or 6.94 miles, as given by (2) in 5. This is quite true; but the validity of this objection depends upon the reply to
the question "When a body falls to the ground, is this due to the ether pushing the body downwards, or is it due to the body
pushing the ether upwards"?

Owing to the Newtonian law that action and reaction are equal and opposite, either of these processes would cause the body
to fall. Put in other words. we may ask: "In the mechanism of gravitation, is it the ether that accelerates the mass, or is it the
mass that accelerates the ether"? We propose to show that it is the mass that accelerates the ether, and that the mass falls, or
has weight, because of the reaction to this process. When a falling body reaches the earth's surface, its motion stops, but the
body still has weight; and this weight is the reaction of the acceleration of the ether which is a continuous process; and this
continuous process is the force-aspect of what we have termed the conservation of power, as described in 84.

133. The above theory of the gravitation process is in contradiction to certain physical ideas prevailing in Western science,
and has been deduced from the investigations of Occultists as given in Occult Chemistry and The Secret Doctrine. It is
therefore desirable to compare it with the conclusions of Western physicists, amongst whom Einstein stands out pre-eminent.

The statement of Einstein, quoted in 58 - "The same quality of a body manifests itself according to circumstances as 'inertia' or
'weight' may be taken as the latest dictum of science on the nature of gravity. He gives an illustration of its meaning in his
popular exposition, Relativity 1. He imagines a man in a box, placed in outer space where there is no gravitational field owing to
the absence of attracting matter.

"As reference-body, let us imagine a spacious chest, resembling a room, with an observer inside who is equipped with
apparatus. Gravitation naturally does not exist for the observer. He must fasten himself with strings to the floor, otherwise the
slightest impact against the floor will cause him to rise slowly towards the ceiling of the room.

To the middle of the lid of the chest is fixed externally a hook with rope attached, and now a 'being' (what kind of a being is
immaterial to us) begins pulling at this with a constant force. The chest, together with the observer, then begins to move
'upwards' with a uniformly accelerated motion. In course of time their velocity will reach unheard-of values - provided that we
are viewing all this from another reference-body which is not being pulled with a rope.

But how does the man in the chest regard the process? The acceleration of the chest will be transmitted to him by the reaction
of the floor of the chest. He must therefore take up this pressure by means of his legs, if he does not wish to be laid cut full
length on the floor. He is then standing in the chest in exactly the same way as anyone stands in a room of a house on our earth.
If he release a body which he previously had in his hand, the acceleration of the chest will no longer be transmitted to this body,
and for this reason the body will approach the floor of the chest with an accelerated relative motion. The observer will further
convince himself that the acceleration of the body towards the flow of the chest is always of the same magnitude, whatever kind
of body he may happen to use for the experiment.
45
Relying on his knowledge of the gravitational field, the man in the chest will thus come to the conclusion that he and the chest
are in a gravitational field which is constant with regard to time...

We must note carefully that the possibility of this mode of interpretation rests on the fundamental property of the gravitational
field, of giving all bodies the same acceleration, or, what comes to the same thing, on the law of the equality of inertial and
gravitational mass...

Suppose that the man in the chest fixes a rope to the inner side of the lid, and that he attaches a body to the free end of the
rope. The result of this will be to stretch the rope, so that it will hang 'vertically' downwards. If we ask for an opinion of the
cause of the tension of the rope, the man in the chest will say: 'The suspended body experiences a downward force in the
gravitational field, and this is neutralized by the tension of the rope: what determines the magnitude of the tension of the rope is
the gravitational mass of the suspended body". On the other hand, an observer who is poised freely in space will interpret the
conditions thus: The rope must perforce take part in the accelerated motion of the chest, and it transmits this motion to the
body attached to it. The tension of the rope is just large enough to effect the acceleration of the body. That which determines
the magnitude of the tension of the rope is the inertial mass of the body".

In the above illustration, it is seen that to the man in the chest it is the gravitational mass that causes the tension of the rope,
whilst, to the man outside, it is the inertial mass that is the cause of this tension. By gravitational mass is meant the weight and
what Einstein wishes to lay stress upon is that this property of bodies can be regarded either as their weight or their inertial
mass, according to the position of the observer, or, in technical language, according to the system of co-ordinates chosen.

134. This identity of weight and inertial mass is the fundamental assumption of Einstein's general theory of relativity, and is
known as the Principle of Equivalence, or the Equivalence Hypothesis 2. In the earlier or special theory of relativity, the
fundamental assumption was the constancy of the velocity of light; hut this is now modified or partially abandoned3. The velocity
changes slightly in a gravitational field, but only to an infinitesimal amount.

This Equivalence assumption of Einstein is justified by the experiments of Eotvos, which have proved its truth to a high degree
of accuracy. It is quite possible that it may be a cosmic fact, and not confined to the terrestrial universe, which we contend is
the case with the velocity of light. But the truths that follow from this assumption were truths before Einstein demonstrated
them. Given the assumption, there may be many methods of deducing these truths besides that of Einstein, so that the resulting
truths are independent of the method of demonstration.

They may be even independent of the assumption, and may follow from other assumptions, or from observed facts not at
present recognized by Western science. We propose to show that the observed facts and teaching supplied to us by Occultists
enable us to dispense with Einstein's assumption, though admitting its truth, because we are able to demonstrate that it
necessarily follows from the mechanism of the gravitational process, and hence becomes a secondary deduction from still more
primary principles.

135. If we trace out the path of Einstein's box as it moves with accelerated velocity through space, it would, as it were, bore
out a channel in space, along which the medium inside the box, if confined to the box, would move with accelerated velocity, so
that the medium inside the box would be an instance of a continually accelerated medium. If the channel traced out by the
motion of the box be also full of the medium, and the motion causes the medium for the whole length of the channel to move
with the same velocity as the box, we have a long tube in space along which a medium is moving with continually accelerated
velocity. Suppose now the box is without a bottom, so that the man falls out of it. The man would really be stationary inside the
tube, with the medium moving upwards past him; but, viewed from the box, he would appear to be falling in a gravitational
field. Let us now dispense with the box, but retain the tube, the man, and the medium; and let us give the man the power to
accelerate the medium continually by pouring it out through the surface of his body with ever-increasing velocity; then, if the
man had a solid foothold, say on the earth's surface, the medium would still be accelerated along the tube, and the reaction of
this accelerated medium on the man would cause his feet to press against the earth's surface, and give him weight. The
accelerating medium in the tube would be the man's gravitational field.

If we reduce all this to the atomic scale, so that, in place of the man and tube, we have an atom and a line of force issuing

46
perpendicularly from the earth's surface - the etheric medium inside the line of force being continually accelerated by the atom
pouring it forth through its surface as described in Occult Chemistry 4 - we obtain a model mechanism of a unit gravitational
field giving a unit atomic weight. The earth's gravitational field, or that of a sun or planet, is simply a multiplication of such units.
There is nothing difficult or mysterious about the mechanism of the operation; it violates no law of mechanics, and is as simple
as holding a hose-pipe. When water issuing from a hose-pipe is accelerated whilst passing along the conical nozzle, the
hose-pipe pushes against the man who is holding it, just as a body resting on the earth pushes against the earth's surface and
constitutes a weight. The resisting push of the man against the hose-pipe is the force which accelerates the water issuing from
the nozzle. Similarly the push of the earth's surface against the weight is the force which accelerates the medium in the lines of
force issuing from the weight. Without the resisting push of the earth's surface, the weight would fall or be accelerated, instead
of the medium.

136. This explanation of the mechanism of gravitation is not based on theory, but on facts carefully observed by students of
Occultism, which are recorded in Occult Chemistry, The Secret Doctrine, and elsewhere. One of the functions of the atom is
to pour out a continual stream of substance through its surface, as assumed in the above explanation and previously described
in these studies (48, etc.). It is the work of Fohat, which is the living force of the Cosmos. "Fohat is everywhere: it runs like a
thread through all"5. "All the 'Forces' of the scientists have their origin in the Vital Principle, the One Life collectively of our
Solar System"6. Occultism teaches most definitely that gravitation is caused by the cosmic "prna", or the vital principle in
nature, and "prna" is one of the aspects of Fohat 7. Fohat is the guiding spirit, immanent in every atom of matter, and is behind
all such manifestations as light, heat, sound, adhesion, etc 8. It is the one instrument with which the Logos works 9 . Fohat is
called the "pervader" because He pervades the atoms and gives them shape 10 . He is the personified electric vital power, the
transcendental binding unity of all cosmic energies11 . The force which causes the atoms to aggregate and combine, or in other
words to gravitate and enter into chemical combination, is a transformation of Fohat 12 . He unites and brings together all forms 13 ,
and is the mysterious link between Mind and Matter, the animating principle electrifying every atom into life14 .

137. The objection referred to in 131, that the acceleration of gravity cannot develop a velocity equal to the velocity of light,
whilst true of a falling body, is not true of the medium of space. The acceleration of a falling body ceases when it reaches the
earth's surface, and so its velocity has a definite maximum, whilst the acceleration of the medium can go on indefinitely, and, if
continued for a year, will develop the velocity of light. We may therefore conclude that the force of gravity acts by the body
accelerating the medium, and not by the medium accelerating the body. Moreover, this acceleration is continuous, whether the
body is falling or stationary.

It was shown in 70, that gravity creates the whole of its mass in one year, and, since in the same time it develops a velocity in
the medium equal to the velocity of light, as shown in (30), it follows that, when an atom has generated the light velocity in its
line of force it vanishes and is replaced by newly created matter. Since this process is going on continuously all the year round,
there must be lines of force with velocities everywhere between zero and the velocity of light, so that the average velocity of the
medium traveling along the terrestrial lines of force, for the whole earth, will be exactly half the velocity of light.

If S be the number of square centimeters on the earth's surface, then S = 5.101 x 10 18 , and half the velocity of light (1/2)c =
1.4993 x 10 10 ; so that the volume of ether issuing from the earth's surface in one second is S*(1/2)c. If I' be the density of this
issuing stream, the mass passing out from the earth's surface in unit time will be SI'*(1/2)c; and, to account for the earth's
inertial mass by the same process as that of gravitation, we must make the above etheric mass equal to the earth's inertial mass,
so that, if E be the earth's mass, we have

E = SI'.(1/2)c = 5.98x10 27 grams

(31) I' = E/S.(1/2)c =0.07818 = etheric density

If we compare the density of the outgoing ether, I' = 0.078l8, with the value of the earth's magnetic intensity, I = 0.07903, as
given in (28), 124, we see they are practically equal. If we assume that these two are exactly equal, and then recalculate the
earth's mass from the formula SI'*(1/2)c, we obtain 6.04 x 10 27 , in place of 5.98 x 10 27 , and the sum of the masses of the earth
and moon is 6.05 x 10 27 . Hence we see that, on the theory that the volume-intensity of magnetism I is identical with the density
of the ether streams I' issuing from the earth's surface, and determines the value of the inertial mass, we obtain the sum of the

47
masses of the earth and moon, instead of the earth's mass alone.

138. Now, it often happens that a small discrepancy, such as the above, gives us more insight into the workings of nature than
an exact agreement. Physicists have often wished that they could find some small discrepancy in the law of gravitation, because
that would give them a hint as to its real nature; and in fact such a discrepancy, in the case of the orbital motion of Mercury, has
served to establish Einstein's theory of gravitation and his principle of equivalence. Hence the above discrepancy, when
analyzed, becomes more convincing than if it had not occurred. It is well known that when two magnets are set alongside each
other, the north pole of the one sets itself to the south pole of the other, and the magnetic lines then pass through both magnets,
and add to each other's magnetic intensities, so that we may consider it extremely likely that the north-seeking magnetism of the
moon is opposite to the south-seeking magnetism of the earth, and that the lunar magnetism, passing through the body of the
earth, adds itself to the intensity of terrestrial magnetism. Hence, when physicists measure the magnetism of the earth, they are
really measuring the sum of the magnetisms of the earth and the moon, instead of that of the earth alone. Hence the discrepancy
shown above.

139. We are now in a position to prove our claim that the Equivalence Hypothesis of Einstein is a deduction from the
mechanism of gravitation as shown by occult investigations. Let us suppose that the force of gravity at the earth's surface
became twice as great as it is at present. The velocity generated in a year would then be twice the velocity of light, as will be
seen from (30), and the average velocity of the ether in the terrestrial lines of force, as shown in 136, would be half of this, or
(1/2)(2c) = c, the velocity of light. The expression for the earth's inertial mass, as given in (31), instead of E = SI'*(1/2)c,
would be 2E = SI'c. Hence, if the value of the surface gravity were doubled, the inertial mass would also be doubled, and so
proportionately with any other variation. This is Einstein's principle of Equivalence, that the inertial mass and the acceleration of
gravity shall vary together, and it follows as a simple deduction from the first principles derived from occult studies.

140. The theory of the gravitation mechanism expounded in this study implies, in a sense, that each body should have its own
ether, and each atom its own line of force. Such a theory is at present attracting the attention of a few Western scientists.

Prof. Lenard has recently set forth some such view in an article which first appeared in Stark's Jahrbuch, and has since been
published in pamphlet form15 .' Prof. Jeans 16 also agrees that such a theory would satisfy all the requirements of the
electromagnetic theory, but appears to prefer dispensing with an ether altogether. In the classical text books of
electromagnetism the phenomena of electricity and magnetism have been explained, wholly or in part, by strains in the ether.
The view of the ether propounded in these studies requires that these strains should be replaced by motions in the ether having
mass, momentum and energy. The most recent developments of these theories in the West are in accordance with this view,
since the theory of relativity requires that strains in the ether should be replaced by the flow of momentum in space 17 . The
propensity amongst modern physicists to dispense entirely with the ether of space is not general ; several physicists of
eminence, like Sir Oliver Lodge, still hold on to an ether. Prof. D. N. Mallik, in the Second Edition of his Optical Theories 18
based on lectures delivered before the Calcutta University, expresses the opinion that the theory of relativity will not "dispose of
the physical existence of the ethereal model, until a better one has been found, which shall explain the intimate nature of the
various concepts of modern physics, corpuscles and negative particles, electric charge and magnetic force, gross matter and
gravitation, in one comprehensive scheme"19 . Such a comprehensive etheric model, in the opinion of the writer, cannot be
constructed until Western science is willing to recognize the results of Occult researches, or until Occult students can construct
it for themselves.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

141. There are a number of constants which Western science regards as "Nature's Constants", common to the cosmos as a
whole, one of which, such as the velocity of light, are constants of the terrestrial universe, but not of the cosmos.

The whole of Western physics is surface physics, and some of its laws may not be applicable to the interior of suns and planets,
or to the inter-planetary and inter-stellar spaces.

The density of water is not an arbitrary constant, since water is a unique and standard substance for terrestrial matter.

48
The ratio of the mean force of terrestrial gravity and the mean force of terrestrial magnetism is the square of the velocity of light,
and the acceleration of gravity at the electrical surface of the earth in the earth's orbital period generates the velocity of light.
Hence the velocity of light is a function of the earth, and not of cosmic space.

At the height of the fringes of the earth's permanent aurora, about 100 kilometers above sea level, where the acceleration of
gravity generates the velocity of light in one year, the composition of the atmosphere is mostly hydrogen in an ionized state, or
switched off from the earth's gravitational field, the pressure is one hundred thousandth of the surface pressure, and the
viscosity of gases is zero. The general condition is that of the surface of a cathode in an X-Ray tube where experiments are
being conducted in positive rays. The velocities are of the same order as those of alpha and beta particles in radioactive
substances, and a process of radioactivity and inverse radioactivity is in continuous operation on all elements, the positive rays
moving towards the earth, and the electrons or negative rays towards the sun by an interchange between the solar and
terrestrial gravitational fields, the amount of matter transmuted in one year being equal to the earth's mass. It is this cathode
surface of our planet which acts as an electrical screen, without which wireless telegraphy would be impracticable.

The generation of the light velocity, and the creation of the earth's mass, each in the period of one year, may be regarded as
complementary and mutually explanatory facts.

Gravitation is the force-aspect of what we have termed the conservation of power; and, when a body falls to the ground, it is
not because the ether pushes it downwards, but because that body pushes the ether upwards; or, in other words, it is not the
ether that accelerates matter, but it is matter that accelerates the ether. The maximum velocity that can be generated is not the
parabolic velocity, or velocity from infinity, which is the maximum for matter, but this maximum for the ether is the velocity of
light, or the velocity generated in one year. When an atom has generated the light velocity in its line of force, it vanishes and is
replaced by another atom; and so on continuously.

Einstein's illustration of his Principle of equivalence can be transformed, without any change of principle, into an atom
accelerating the contents of its line of force, so that the atom and its line of force are the embodiment of Einstein's Equivalence
Hypothesis. Conversely this fundamental assumption of Einstein can be deduced from the mechanism of the atom and the line
of force, as deduced from occult investigations. Hence, taking the observed facts of Occultism as a basis, Einstein's assumption
is superfluous and unnecessary, since it can deduced from a higher principle in Nature, viz., the flux of the Fohatic energy
through the atom in accordance with the law of the conservation of power. It follows from this that everything that can be
deduced by Einstein from his theory of gravitation can be likewise deduced from the teachings of Occultism, along with much
besides, since the greater includes the less.

The density of the ether issuing from the earth's surface is identical with the volume-intensity of terrestrial magnetism, and the
earth's inertial mass is identical with the mass of the ether leaving the earth in unit time. Thus the flux of magnetism through the
earth's surface in unit time, the flux of the ether in unit time, and the earth's inertial mass, are identical.

The velocity of this magnetic or etheric flux is half the velocity of light, and since the atomic mechanism which produces inertia
also produces gravity, the relationship between the inertial mass and the gravitational mass is invariable, as required by
Einstein's theory.

References

Chapter XI
FOHAT, AND THE LAWS OF PHYSICS

142. The process of the preceding study is, in a sense, the converse of the method adopted by Einstein. By applying
mechanical principles to the facts observed by occult investigators, we obtained the law of gravitation, and then from the
gravitation mechanism deduced the Principle of Equivalence of Einstein. The method based on Occultism, therefore, includes
49
that of Einstein as a particular case, but includes much else besides. It is a larger base from which to work, and if properly
handled, should prove more fruitful in results.

But Einstein's fundamental assumption is deservedly regarded by physicists as remarkably fruitful. Prof. Eddington points out 1
that the equations of hydro-mechanics, the laws of the conservation of matter and energy, and Newton's first law of motion,
can be obtained from Einstein's law of gravitation, and remarks: "It is startling to find that the whole of the dynamics of material
systems is contained in the law of gravitation". This Equivalence Hypothesis has been thus formulated2: "A gravitational field of
force is precisely equivalent in its effects to an artificial field of force introduced by accelerating the framework of reference, so
that in any small region it is impossible to distinguish between them by any experiment whatever". Prof. Eddington, in the report
above referred to 3 puts it a little differently: "A gravitational field of force is exactly equivalent to a field of force introduced by a
transformation of the co-ordinates of reference, so that by no possible experiment can we distinguish between them".

143. The above will probably convey little meaning to the non-mathematical lay reader, so, that we will try to illustrate it by
means of the gravitational model constructed in the preceding study. To an atom is attached a line of force, which is a hollow
tube bored out in space in a direction perpendicular to the earth's surface. Along the interior of this tube a stream of ether is
moving with continually increasing velocity. If we stand in the atom, and fix our attention on a point in the stream of ether, this
point will appear to be receding from us with ever-increasing velocity, like a stone falling to the ground. If now, instead of
standing in the atom, we stand at this fixed point in the ether and regard ourselves as stationary, the atom appears to be falling.
Hence, either the atom or the point in the ether can be transformed into the falling body, according as we shift our position from
one point to the other. When we shift our we transform our co-ordinates; and this is what is meant by the phrase. When we fix
our position in the ether stream, by a mathematical artifice, we create a gravitational field for the atom, which is the exact
equivalent of the gravitational field in which it is immersed. This is Einstein's Principle of equivalence. It is like the common
experience of two trains in a station, when one begins to move. By looking at the train alongside of us, we cannot at first say
whether we are moving or the other train. Einstein asserts that for movements in space we can never say which train is moving.
Nature has so contrived things that we can never find out. If we jump from one train to the other, the train we have jumped
from is moving, and that we have jumped into is stationary. Motion depends upon the position of the observer. It is, in a sense,
subjective, not objective.

144. This power to transform away a gravitational field has its limitations.

"A limitation of the Principle of Equivalence must be noticed. It is clear that we cannot transform away a natural gravitational
field altogether... They were concerned with a practically infinitesimal region, and for an infinitesimal region the gravitational
force and the force due to a transformation correspond" 4.

Motion along a line of force in India will not transform away a gravitational field in America, because the direction of motion is
different. It will only transform away the field in its immediate neighborhood. In reality it will transform away the field only from
one line of force to the next adjoining it; and, as these lines of force are very close together, the space occupied by each is the
infinitesimal region of Einstein. The distance between two adjoining lines of force is Einstein's infinitesimal length (ds), which is
termed a geodesic. Although a part of a curve, it is so short that it may be treated as a straight line, and it is the shortest
distance between two consecutive points. The new law of inertia is that a particle left to itself moves along the geodesic or
shortest lines in the space 5. If the particle is remote from other bodies, so that there is no gravitational field, the space has the
Euclidean character, and we have Newton's law of inertia; otherwise the particle is in a space of non-Euclidean character (the
space being always the four-dimensional space), and the path of the particle is along a geodesic in that space 6. Newton's law of
inertia is therefore termed the limiting case of that of Einstein, and is only obeyed when there is no other matter in the
neighborhood. Newton's first law of motion, or the law of inertia, is as follows: "Every body continues in its state of rest, or of
uniform motion in a straight line, except in so far as it may be compelled by force to change that state" 7.

145. Since this is a deduction from the basis of Einstein's theory, and this basis is a deduction from the mechanism of
gravitation disclosed by Occult observations, this mechanism should also enable us to deduce Newton's first law of motion, as
well as Einstein's generalization of it. We will now show how this can be done. Take a sphere of matter like the earth, and
divide it into two hemispheres by a plane through its center. If the plane divide it into an eastern and western hemisphere, it will

50
best serve our purpose. If we stand on the edge of this dividing plane in the northern hemisphere, looking south at noon, then
the western hemisphere is on our right, and the eastern on our left. Let us suppose for the moment that the earth is stationary in
its orbit; then in the hemisphere to the west there are the same number of lines of force as in the eastern hemisphere, and they
have the same average velocity, viz., half the velocity of light. Moreover, each line of force in the western half can be paired off
with one in the eastern half, which is exactly opposite in direction. The reactions, therefore, in the two hemispheres, which,
taken separately, would tend to move the earth in opposite directions, are exactly equal and opposite, so that they cancel each
other. Similarly with the northern and southern hemispheres, or any other division into hemispheres we choose to make. Thus
the part of Newton's law which says: "Every body continues in its state of rest, except in so far as it may be compelled by force
to change that state", is fulfilled, because, there being no unbalanced force to compel the earth to change its state of rest, it
remains stationary. There are many forces operating on it, but, when added up algebraically, their sum is zero.

146. Now let us suppose one of the cosmic gods gives the earth a push in a direction which, to the above observer, is exactly
from east to west, the direction in which the earth is moving in its orbit. Then in the western hemisphere the lines of force are
pointing wholly or partially in the direction of motion, and any resistance in the surrounding space to the motion of the lines of
force, as they accompany the earth, will cause them to open out like the ribs of a fan. If an umbrella is turned with its hollow or
concave side to a strong wind, it is turned, and the ribs, instead of curving towards the handle, curve away from it. Similar thing
happens to the lines of force in the western hemisphere; they are curved backwards into the eastern hemisphere. When this
happens, the reactions between the lines of force in the two hemispheres are thrown out of balance. They are opened out in the
west and crowded together in the east, hence the reacting force pushing the earth eastward is reduced, and that pushing the
earth westward is increased, so that there is a balance of force always pushing the earth westward, or in the direction in which
it was originally pushed, and this continuous push will remain constant until some other force is applied in the opposite direction
to stop it. In the absence of any attracting body such as the sun, the motion will continue in a straight line directed from east to
west, as originally pushed. Thus we have the second portion of Newton's law: "Every body continues in its state... of uniform
motion in a straight line, except in so far as it may be compelled by force to change that state".

The fan-like opening out of the lines of force in the forward direction is due to the resistance of the medium to the motion of the
lines of force sweeping through it, so that the greater the resistance the greater the opening out, and the greater the balance of
push in the eastern hemisphere. Hence, however great the resistance of the medium to the motion of a body, the push in the
direction of motion will be correspondingly great, so that Newton's law of inertia is independent of the resistance of the medium
of space. Physicists usually assume that space is absolutely frictionless, and therefore offers no resistance to motion; but we see
from the above that this assumption is not necessary, since, whether the resistance of space is great or small, constant or
variable, it will not affect the law of inertia as above explained. (The germ of the above theory of inertia will be found in the
writer's "Scientific Notes" in The Theosophist of August, 1913 8).

147. But the conditions that permit of Newton's law of inertia rarely or never occur in practice, and the general motions of
bodies in space, if left to themselves, are along the geodesics of Einstein. The earth, therefore, does not move in a straight line,
but in a curved line, which at every point is a geodesic conformable to the sun's gravitational field. We will therefore attempt to
describe the mechanism which determines the curve of the earth's path.

The light from the sun divides the earth's surface into two equal hemispheres, the light and the dark. In the absence of the sun or
other body, the lines of force in these two hemispheres would be equal and opposite, and the forces would cancel, as in the
illustration of a stationary earth. But there are also lines of force issuing from the sun, and these strike against the terrestrial lines
in the light hemisphere, and operate upon them as would a wind that turned an umbrella inside out. The earth's lines of force are
hence condensed in the dark hemisphere, and open out fan-like in the hemisphere turned towards the sun. This gives a balance
of force in the dark hemisphere directed towards the sun; and this force, combined with the westward motion, determines the
form of the earth's orbital motion along the geodesics of Einstein.

148. The process described in the last paragraph is made quite clear and visible to us in the case of comets. As shown by
equations (30) and (31), the velocity, on the average, of the ether in the lines of force is the product of the surface gravity of the
body and half the orbital period; and, although comets sometimes have long periods, their surface gravity, owing to their low
mass and density, is always very small. Hence the resulting velocity in the lines of force is much less than in the case of planets,

51
and the lines of force are in consequence more flexible to any forces tending to alter their direction. In the field of the powerful
lines of force from the sun, they will therefore bend and dispose themselves something like a woman's hair blowing in the wind.
They will be parted in the middle and stream out behind. The tails of comets are always directed away from the sun, and
stream out in ever-increasing length as the comet approaches the sun. The lines of force issuing from the head, in the
hemisphere facing the sun, jut out for a little way, and then turn back, much as described above in the case of the earth, that is,
like an umbrella turned inside out. Agnes Clerke, in describing the return of Halley's comet in 1835 9, says:
"Some curious phenomena accompany the process of tail-formation. An outrush of luminous matter, resembling in shape a
partially opened fan, issued from the nucleus towards the sun, and at a certain point, like smoke driven before a high wind, was
vehemently swept backward in a prolonged train. The appearance of the comet at this time was compared by Bessel, who
watched it with minute attention, to that of a blazing rocket".
Hence the bending of the lines of force of comets is greatly exaggerated as compared with planets, and, being illuminated, they
give a very perfect illustration of the inertial mechanism. The earth, however, exhibits the same phenomena, though on a much
reduced scale. The turning back of the lines of force from the light to the dark hemisphere is seen on the earth, after sunset and
before sunrise, as zodiacal light, whilst the earth's cometary tail is illuminated near the apex of the earth's conical shadow, and is
sometimes seen at a point of the sky diametrically opposite the sun at midnight. It is known as the Gegenschein 10 .

149. It was shown in 126-129 that observed facts in connexion with Marconi rays, etc., require the earth to have an
electrical surface at a height of about 100 kilometers above sea level, which reflects Marconi rays and keeps them from being
dissipated into space. If the lines of force are denser in the dark hemisphere than in the light, then in the dark half the reflecting
power of this electrical screen must be greater than in the light half, and Marconi rays should show an increase of efficiency in
the night as compared with the day. Now this is found to be the case.

"An important epoch in this connexion is the year 1902, when Senatore Marconi discovered, during one of his early voyages
across the Atlantic in the S. S. Philadelphia in February, 1902, that radio signals from Poldhu could be received at night about
thrice the distance they could be read in day-time, being detectable only up to 700 miles by day, but readable up t0 2,099
miles by night"11 .

Another interesting feature is that, if a wireless message is being sent between two places where it is required to cross a region
where the sun is rising or setting, that is, if it is required to cross the margin between the light and dark hemispheres of the earth,
there is a special action on the Marconi rays which is very perceptible 12 .

150. In the illustrations given above, one particular feature should be noticed. It is not the sun that pulls the earth towards it; it
is the surplus lines of force in the dark half of the earth that push the earth towards the sun; and these accelerating forces are
produced by the earth's mass, and not by the mass of the sun. It is not the sun that attracts the earth, it is the earth which
pushes itself towards the sun, and the force of the push comes from the reaction on the accelerated ether in the terrestrial lines
of force. The real prime mover is Fohat, operating at the atomic centers of the matter of the earth, as described in Occult
Chemistry 13 and quoted in 48 and elsewhere. The direct force between the sun and earth, as between any two bodies, is
repulsion, and not an attraction, and this repulsion shows itself as the pressure of radiation, which physicists have measured.
This pressure per square centimeter is numerically equal to the radiation energy per cubic centimeter for totally absorbing bodies
14
.

There is no such thing as a pull, or force of attraction, in the whole of the universe - or, at least, so it appears - for, when the
mechanism of the pull is analyzed, it always turns out to be a push. It remains a pull, only so long as we do not understand it.
When we realize its true nature, we immediately see that the real force vis a tergo, or push from behind. A horse does not pull
a cart; it pushes its collar. The sun does not pull the earth towards it, it directs the terrestrial lines of force, so that the inertial
forces of the earth push the earth towards the sun. Inventors have recently been working out a process whereby aeroplanes
and submarines can be guided by wireless telegraphy. When this is accomplished, it will still be the engines of the airplanes and
submarines that do the work of propulsion, and the energy of the wireless rays will only determine the direction. So in the case
of the gravitational forces between the earth and sun; the sun determines the direction in which this force shall be applied, but it
is the inertial forces of the earth that exercise the actual propulsion.

52
151. The whole process of inertia-gravitation is so beautifully illustrated by the illuminated lines of force of comets, that by the
study of comets physicists can examine it in detail.

The keys to the problem are: (i) The operation of Fohat at the atomic centers, as described in Occult Chemistry; (ii) the
acceleration of the etheric medium, due to this action of Fohat, as given by equation (30); and (iii) the expression for the inertial
mass, as given by (31).

With these as keys, the configuration of the lines of force, made visible to us in the case of comets, enables us to see and
deduce the entire phenomenon of inertia-gravitation, as assumed in the theory of Einstein. The action between two bodies is
one of repulsion, and this repulsion is proportionate to the area exposed to it. The lines of force issuing from a body expose a
larger area to this repulsion than the central body from which the lines emerge; and, being more easily moved, they are driven
behind the body, and the reaction of the acceleration in these lines of force is directed along the line joining the centers of the
two bodies, and towards each other. This directed force being greater than the direct repulsion, the bodies tend to move
towards each other. Thus a repulsive force is transformed into an apparent attraction.

152. The complete operation of the inertia-gravitation mechanism can be illustrated by a mechanical toy; and, although some
physicists have regarded it as for ever insoluble, it would appear to be so remarkably simple that it could be explained to an
infant class.

Take an ordinary weather-cock and fix it to a trolley running on railway lines, these lines being parallel to the direction of the
wind. Attach a small hose-pipe to the flat body of the cock, with the nozzle at the head, and the flexible hose at the tail. If this
be held directly across the railway lines, and therefore at right angles to the wind direction, the force of the wind against the flat
body of the cock will drive the trolley along the lines; thus the wind will act as a repulsive force, driving away the trolley.

If now the mechanism be left free to turn on its vertical axis, the head of the cock, with its attached nozzle, will turn in the
direction of the wind and the railway lines. Everyone who has handled a hose-pipe has felt the reactionary back-push of the
issuing jet, and will easily understand that this back-push will drive the trolley against the wind. We have therefore a repulsive
force, that of the wind, transformed into an apparent attraction.

The water issuing from the hose-pipe is performing the same mechanical operation as the tail of a comet. In the above, the wind
corresponds to the lines of force issuing from the sun, and the jet of water corresponds to the accelerated ether in the lines of
force of the attracted or gravitating body.

The turning of the cock on its vertical axis in the direction of the wind corresponds to the pushing of the lines of force from the
light hemisphere into the dark. The only principle of mechanics assumed in the mechanism is Newton's third law of motion: "To
every action there is always an equal and contrary reaction; or, the mutual actions of any two bodies are always equal and
oppositely directed" 15 . This third law of Newton therefore becomes the unique principle of mechanics, from which the
inertia-gravitation laws can be deduced.

153. An important property, which should be carefully noted in the above, is that the same mechanism which produces
Newton's laws of inertia performs the operation of gravity. Hence inertia and gravitation necessarily vary together, since they
are but two different aspects of the same operation. Thus, in place of the Newtonian laws of inertia, we have the combined
inertia-gravitation law, assumed by Einstein, upon which his chief conclusions are based. This mechanism, in spite of its
simplicity, apparently contains the whole mystery of gravitation.

There are, however, several reasons why it was not possible for Western physicists to discover it. In the first place, the
inertia-gravitation law of Einstein is quite new, and has not yet been fully assimilated by the scientific mind. Secondly, gravitation
can only be explained by the action of Fohat and the observations of Occult investigators, which physicists will not recognize.
Thirdly, the minds of scientific men have been obsessed by the two laws of conservation, those of energy and matter, in a form
which effectively shut out the solution.

These laws are true, but they are not the whole truth. They are merely aspects of the wider law of the conservation of power,
as shown in our sixth study, 91. This law, to the Western mind, will appear extravagant, and at first sight it seems to be. To
53
expend all this energy in order merely to cause bodies to gravitate looks like an unpardonable waste of power. Here again the
view-point which has recently prevailed in philosophical circles has blocked the way. To the old-fashioned scientist of the
nineteenth century type, the universe was the result of the fortuitous concourse of atoms, and the life-evolutions on a few of the
planetary surfaces were accidental excrescences. But, from the point of view of the Occultist, it is the laws of physics that are
the excrescence, and the main purpose of the universe is the evolution of a race of gods, the divine sons of the Logos. It is for
the evolution of divinity, therefore, that this enormous expenditure of energy is maintained, so that physical laws are but the
lower aspect of the life of the cosmos. The master-key to the problem was not contained in science. It was concealed in
religion. Fohat is one of the Divine Trinity. His operations are the expression of the Divine Immanence in nature; and, until this
was recognized, no solution was possible. The truth taught us by our pious nurses, as we toddled to and fro from our infant
class - that God did all these things - was after all the real truth, and "Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and
hast revealed them unto babes" 16 .

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

154. The conclusion arrived at in the preceding study, that Einstein's Principle of Equivalence can be deduced from the
observed facts and teachings of Occultism, is further illustrated.

The mechanism of gravitation can be observed in detail by the study of comets, in which bodies the lines of force which cause
the force of gravity are illuminated. The partial illumination of the terrestrial lines of force in the zodiacal light and the
Gegenschein will also serve this purpose.

The principle can be illustrated by a simple mechanism, which only involves Newton's third law of action and reaction, and the
observed operation of Fohat.

The force of gravity is not a pull but a push, and the mechanism which produces the laws of inertia also performs the operation
of gravity, so that the two phenomena are essentially the same.

Newton's law of action and reaction is the unique axiomatic law of mechanics, since the other mechanical laws are deducible
from it.

An explanation of the law of gravitation involves the operation of Fohat, the physical aspect of which is the law of the
conservation of power.

References

CHAPTER XII

THE ELECTRON AND THE ATOM OF OCCULT CHEMISTRY

155. On February 3rd, 1925, there died at Torquay, one of that group of advanced souls whose function it is to bring our fifth
race civilization to its zenith. This was Mr. Oliver Heaviside, F.R.S., a nephew of Sir Charles Wheatstone, the practical founder
of modern telegraphy.

For fifty years Heaviside lived practically a hermit's life at Torquay. He was a good correspondent, but very difficult to
approach personally 1.

He was both a great mathematician and a great authority on all that concerned electrical science. The first volume of
Heaviside's Electromagnetic Theory 2, was published in 1893, the second in 1899, and the third in 1912. He had great
difficulty in getting his writings published, because his mathematics were of a very advanced type, and he had consequently few
readers, but fortunately Sir Oliver Lodge, Prof. Perry, and Dr. Searle had noted the advent of a mathematical physicist of
54
superior ability and helped him to get his papers published. He was truly a philanthropist, and cared little for personal gain,
though he has probably saved the Government of every large civilized country in the world millions of pounds in the cost of
their telephone schemes.

Dr. Simpson, formerly of the Indian Meteorological Department, speaking as president of the Mathematical and Physical
section of the British Association at Southampton in 1925, said of him,

Heaviside commenced his electrical work on the commercial side, but he retired and devoted himself to science for its own
sake. Realizing throughout the immense commercial value of his work, he took out no patents, and asked for no remuneration,
but gave to humanity discoveries the value of which cannot be estimated.

156. Now it so happens that the next step in tracing a connection between the electron and the atom of "Occult Chemistry", is
concerned with one of the profound electrical controversies in which Heaviside took a leading part.

It has been previously remarked 3 that

the links between Occult and Western Science usually emerge from the more recondite portions of Western researches,

and this is to be expected, because the differences between the two are not in the observed facts, but in the fundamental
concepts which interpret the facts. Hence this difficulty though great has got to be faced, if those links are to be made. The
controversy above referred to gave rise to the adoption of what is called rational units, in which Heaviside was a pioneer. It
arose over the frequent occurrence in the equations of electri cal problems of the factor 4 which made the equations
cumbersome and inelegant. Heaviside describes it as "The Eruption of 4's" 4 and speaks of "The Origin and Spread of the
Eruption" with the dismay with which one would speak of the spread of smallpox.

157. The controversy emerges from a portion of Clerk Maxwell's Electricity and Magnetism 5 and is discussed by
Heaviside, in his Electromagnetic Theory 6. Maxwell's treatment is too mathematical for these pages, but may, perhaps, be
sufficiently elucidated by means of diagrams.

In Figure 1, let A and B, be two metallic discs of an electrical condenser, with a slab of glass, or other nonconducting material
between them, and let the plate C be an imaginary division between the metallic discs dividing this glass slab into halves. Let W
be a conducting wire joining A and B, and let us suppose that by the action of an electromotive force from a battery D, a
quantity Q of positive electricity is transferred along the wire from B to A. The positive electrification of A and the negative
electrification of B will produce a certain electromotive force acting from A towards B in the dielectric stratum, or glass slab,
and this will produce an electric displacement from A towards B, indicated by the two lines a and b, on each side of the
imaginary division C, within the glass slab. The amount of this displacement as measured by the quantity of electricity forced
across this imaginary division of the glass slab dividing it into two parts, will be, according to Maxwell's theory, exactly Q 7.

158. Such is Maxwell's theory of electrical displacement, and we may now proceed to an application of it. In Figure 2, let B
be a hollow conducting sphere having within it another smaller conducting sphere A charged with a positive quantity of
electricity e. If the outer hollow sphere B be originally uncharged, then when the charged sphere A is placed within it, the
displacement on B will be e , but the induced charge, or the induction on B will be +4e 8. It is not necessary that the surface of
B should be that of a sphere, the surface may have any other shape provided it is a closed surface.

This remarkable result of Maxwell's theory is what gave rise to the 4 controversy in which Heaviside took a lea ding part.

Another way in which it gives rise to the occurrence of 4 in electrical equations may be seen from the following which is
extracted from a work of Silvanus Thompson 9. When a sphere is charged until its electrical density is d per unit of surface, the
quantity of electricity is

Q = 4r 2d

where r is the radius of the sphere, since on a sphere of radius r, there are 4r 2 units of surface. "The problem is to find the
force exercised by this charge upon a + unit of electricity, placed at a point infinitely near the surface of the sphere. The charge
55
on the sphere acts as if at its center. The distance between the two quantities is therefore r. By Coulomb's Law the force

f = Q x 1/r 2 = 4r 2d/r2 = 4d

This important result may be stated in words as follows:

The force (in dynes) exerted by a charged sphere upon a unit of electricity placed infinitely near to its surface is numerically
equal to 4r times the surface density of the charge.
159. Now let us take a gravitational problem and treat it in the same way as the above. We shall then see how the 4
emerges from the formula. Let the gravitational density on the earth's surface be

g = 981.27

so that if the earth's radius is R, the quantity of gravity over the whole of the earth's surface is

q = 4R 2g

and if we may regard this as acting from the earth's center, as in the above case, then since the distance from the center is R,
the force on unit mass placed infinitely near the earth's surface is

F = q x 1/R 2 = 4R 2g/R

= 4g = 12330.96

This is the sort of result that Heaviside objects to, and his objections appear reasonable. The force exerted by the earth is not q
= 4gR 2 , but gR2 = q/4r, which is the force exerted by the earth on outside bodies, and which has to be divided by the
square of the distance between them.

160. But the adherents of Maxwell would probably reply that these outside bodies are not infinitely near the earth's surface,
and that gravity and electricity are different things, so that before turning down Maxwell in favor of Heaviside, let us inquire if
there are any forces which may be regarded as infinitely near the earth's surface. Now it so happens that there are. These occur
in what is known as the photo-electric discharge. When ultra-violet light, and electromagnetic waves of still higher frequency fall
upon the surfaces of bodies, they cause electrons to be ejected from the body with high velocities. The law which governs
these ejections was announced by Einstein in 1905, and was not proved until after 1914, but is now universally conceded 10 .

It is regarded as one "of the most fundamental and far-reaching of the equations of physics, and one which is destined to play in
the future a scarcely less important role than Maxwell's equations have played in the past 11 ".

This equation is

hn = Ve/c = (1/2)mv 2

where h is Planck's constant = 6.547 x 10 27 , n is the frequency of the light wave, or the number of light vibrations per second. V
is the difference of electrical potential which will give s. the velocity v to the electron; e = 4.774 x 10 -10 , is the electrostatic
charge on the electron, and m = 9.005 x 10 -28 , is its mass, whilst c = 2.9986 x 10 10 ,is the velocity of light. If 1 be the
wave-length of light having the frequency n, then n = c/1, so that we may write (37), in the form

hc/1 = Ve/c

(38) hc 2/e = V1

The potential V, and the wave-length 1 can have any value separately, but as they always vary in opposite directions, when
multiplied together the product is a constant. This is shown by the first term hc2/e, to which the product is equated, for h, c, and
e, are all constants. Now when an observed physical relationship discloses a universal constant, it implies some important
property of nature's mechanism, and as the potential V, and the wave-length 1 impinge upon the earth's surface in order to

56
eject electrons from it, they may be regarded as infinitely near to that surface, as required by (36). The examination of this
constant therefore may determine whether we ought to follow Maxwell or Heaviside.

By means of the values of h, c, and e, given above we obtain

II hc 2/e= V1 = 12331

which as will be seen agrees almost exactly with the value of (36), so that we may write

(40) hc 2/e = V1 = 4rg = Constant.

(41) hn = Ve/c = (1/2)mv 2 = n(4ge)/c 2

(42) h = 4ge/c 2= 6.547 x 10 -27

Thus is the theory of Maxwell vindicated. That the above series of equations, (36-42), are of the highest importance will be
conceded when it is realized that they unify the labors of Newton, Maxwell, Einstein and Planck, who are perhaps the four
greatest physicists of modern times. The gravitational formula of Newton, the electromagnetic equations of Maxwell, and the
radiation theories of Einstein and Planck, are linked together and mutually explain each other. This will become clearer as we
proceed with our studies.

161. Here the reader will probably ask. Are we then to conclude that Maxwell was right and Heaviside wrong, and we are
now in a better position to answer this question.

We can best visualize the standpoint of Heaviside perhaps, in connection with equations (35) and (36). It is quite true that the
earth's attractive force as used by astronomers is only gR2 , in place of 4.gR 2 ,as in (35), but this is because they measure this
force in one direction only.

The constant factor in the earth's attraction, between say the earth and Mars, is gR2 , but it is also gR2 , between the earth and
Venus, and between the earth and moon, all of which may have quite different directions, and if this attractive force is
integrated so as to include all directions then the force is not gR2 , but 4.gR 2 ,and this as Heaviside shows is what gives rise
to the eruption of 4's, which so offends his mathematical taste.

It is due to geometrical fact that in a sphere of unit radius, the surface of the sphere has 4 units of area.

When the force from a s pherical body operates in one direction only it may be regarded as operating through unit surface of a
unit sphere, and when it operates in all directions, it operates through all the surface of the sphere, or through 4 units area in a
unit sphere. Hence> when 4appears in an equation it may indicate a change from a line to a surface force, and such a
change might be very significant. Lord Kelvin

never regarded seriously any suggestions for "rationalizing" our system of electrical units. In fact he regarded the proposals as
"frivolous nonsense12 ".

Without going so far as this, we may, perhaps, say that it may occasionally happen that by using units which suppress the 4,
an additional veil is drawn over the operations of nature, and as the object of science is to lift these veils, and not to add to
them, the use of such units is not in the interest of scientific progress.

162. We now come to the application of the above to the facts of Occult Chemistry. Suppose that the charge on an electron
when in a> conductor is operating along a line only, and that by the Maxwellian displacement, it is forced out into the open and
operates in all directions, so that the effect of its charge is 4 times as great as when buried in the conductor. Then since the
charge> on a conductor may be regarded as the sum of the charges on electrons, we should have a sufficient explanation of
Maxwell's Induction being 4 times the charge as described in 158. Since the charge on an electron is measured in the open,
where its charge is e, then on the above assumption its charge before displacement, or beneath the surface of the conductor
would be

57
(43) e' = e/4

and the above simple equation is the link we require to connect the facts of Western Science with those of occult researches,
especially to explain the relationship of electrons and the atoms of Occult Chemistry. Equation (43), is the part of the fruitage
of our inquiry into the significance of the 4 controversy which we needed for our next step forward.

163. It is now generally admitted that the mass of an electron as given in 160, is entirely of electromagnetic origin, so that its
mass m, and its radius a, have the relationship13

(44) m = 2e 2/3ac 2

hence from the measured values of m, e, and c, we have for the radius

(45) a = 2e 2/3mc 2 = 1.8765 x 10 -13

but from (44), it will be seen that the mass of the electron varies as the square of the charge e, so that if from (43), the charge
of an electron within a conductor is changed from e to e'= e/4, then the mass m, will be changed to m', where m and m' have
the ratio

(46) m/m' = (e/e') 2 = (4) 2

(47) m' = m/(4) 2 = 5.70246 x 10 -30

164. According to Occult Chemistry 14 , the ultimate atom of the physical plane consists of 10 coils, each of which is a spiral
of 1,680 turns, so that the number of turns in an atom is 16,800, and in the 18 atoms of hydrogen the total turns will be

II N = 18 x 16,800 = 302,400

If we enclose within each of these turns the reduced electronic mass m', as given by (47), then the total mass of electrons within
the coils of hydrogen will be

(49) H' = Nm'= 1.7244 x 10 -24

165. The mass of hydrogen from Prof. Millikan's latest measurements 15 , is

(50) H = 1.662 x 10 24

This differs from the mass obtained in (49), by a small percentage, which will be dealt with in later articles. It is due, for the
most part, to the fact that the earth and moon are a single gravitational mechanism, and just as the ten coils of the atom have
three, to represent the sun, and seven, to represent the seven planets 16 , so the electronic mass m', in each turn of the coils has
added to it an additional mass, which represents the moon. Such addition had to be made when dealing with terrestrial
magnetism17 , and cannot be eliminated from the atomic mechanism. It is one of the keys to the Astrological influences of the
moon.

The great importance of the 4 controversy in relation to our researches will show itself in later articles.

The object of this was to demonstrate how by means of it we could link together the atom of occult research and the electron,
and this is shown in equations (43-50).

References

CHAPTER XIII
THE DIMENSIONS OF MATTER AND SPACE
58
166. It was shown in the preceding article that one of the links between the mass of the electron, and the mass of the atom of
Occult Chemistry, depended upon the interpretation of a fundamental problem which has divided physicists into two schools,
and when this problem is probed mot deeply it will be found that questions of a still more fundamental nature are involved.
These questions relate to the dimensions of space, and the contents of space. Up to recently physical investigations were
concerned, for the mos part, with the properties of the contents of space, but recently Einstein, and his school, have shown that
physical phenomena can be treated as if they were the properties of space itself. In these writings it has been customary to
quote the authority of writers on occultism in support of the conclusions arrived at, but on this most fundamental of all questions
it is not possible to do so because, occult writers of' the highest authority are themselves divided on the question, which may be
thus stated. Has space more than three dimensions, or are the higher dimensions, beyond the third, the dimensions of the
contents of space, and not of space itself ?

167. The answer of The Secret Doctrine 1 to this question is clear and emphatic:
The processes of natural development which we are now considering will at once elucidate and discredit the fashion of
speculating on the attributes of two, three, and four or more dimensional space; but, in passing, it is worth while to point out
the real significance of the sound, but incomplete, intuition that has prompted - among Spiritualists and Theosophists, and
several great men of Science, for the matter of that - the use of the modern expression, the "fourth dimension of space"... The
familiar phrase can only be an abbreviation of the fuller form - the fourth dimension of matter, in Space... So long as there
are foot-rules within the resources of cosmos, to apply to matter, so long will they be able to measure it three ways and no
more; just as, from the time the idea of measurement first occupied a place in the human understanding, it has been possible to
apply measurement in three directions and no more.
168. On the other hand Bishop Leadbeater writes 2:
Many persons have come to suppose that the fourth dimension is an exclusive appanage of the astral world. A little thought will
show that this cannot be so. Fundamentally there is only one kind of matter existing in the universe, although we call it physical,
astral or mental according to the extent of its subdivision and the rapidity of its vibration.
Consequently the dimensions of space - if they exist at all - exist independently of the matter which lies within them; and
whether that space has three dimensions or four or more, all the matter within it exists subject to those conditions, whether we
are able to appreciate them or not.
It may perhaps help us a little in trying to understand this matter if we realize that that which we call space is a limitation of
consciousness, and that there is a higher level at which a sufficiently developed consciousness is entirely free from this. We may
invest this higher consciousness with the power of expression in any number of directions, and may then assume that each
descent into a denser world of matter imposes upon it an additional limitation, and shuts off the perception of one of these
directions. We may suppose that by the time the consciousness has descended as far as the mental world only five of these
directions remain to it; that when it descends or moves outward once more to the astral level it loses yet one more of its
powers, and so is limited to the conception of four dimensions; then the further descent or outward movement which brings it
into the physical world cuts off from it the possibility of grasping even that fourth dimension, and so we find ourselves confined
to the three with which we are familiar.
169. We thus find that advanced Students of occult science are as clearly divided on the fundamental problem we are
discussing as are the leaders of western science. What we may term the Maxwell-Lodge-Blavatsky school holds that space
has only three dimensions, and that the higher dimensional properties are due to the contents of space, whilst the other, the
Heaviside-Einstein-Leadbeater school holds that these higher dimensions are the property of space itself. It is not therefore
possible to decide this question on authority only, as the authorities on each side appear about equally weighty. Madame
Blavatsky is particularly emphatic on her side of the question for in one of her letters to A. P. Sinnett 3, she says:
It made Master always laugh when he heard the" knots" made on a sealed rope or the passage of matter through matter
referred to as the result of the action of a "four dimensional space", when "dimension" has nothing to do with it, and that such
"dimension "is a faculty of our matter - as the physicists and chemists know it, and not anything pertaining to one of the
"Worlds".
170. It may be well to point out here that to the student of occultism life and force are but two aspects of the same thing.
What we feel as consciousness welling up within us is on the life side what on the form side we study as the forces pouring

59
through the atoms of our bodies.

Each of these Forces has a living Conscious Entity at its head, of which Entity it is an emanation4.

The atom can scarcely be said to be a "thing", though it is the material out of which all things physical are composed. It is
formed by the flow of the life-force and vanishes with its ebb. When this force arises in "space"... atoms appear; if this be
artificially stopped for a single instant, the atom disappears; there is nothing left. Presumably, were that flow checked but for an
instant, the whole physical world would vanish, as a cloud melts away in the empyrean. It is only the persistence of that flow
which maintains the physical basis of the universe5?

171. It follows from the above that whatever can be said of consciousness can be also predicated of forces, and this may be
of help in our attempt to solve the fundamental problem of dimensions, since we have direct experience of consciousness from
within, but can only study forces from the outside. With this identity in our minds let us inquire why there should be two such
distinct schools of interpretation covering the same range of facts. This can only be because both interpretations equally fit the
facts. The equations of Einstein can be applied either to the elements of space or to the elements of space-contents without
affecting the correctness of the mathematical treatment, and we shall see that this interchange applies equally to the logical
reasoning of Bishop Leadbeater. So long therefore as this condition lasts there will be two schools of interpretation. It is only
when new facts are added which are covered by one interpretation and not by the other that we can discriminate between the
two. Now this is what has happened in our investigations. By means of the Maxwell-Lodge-Blavatsky interpretation we can
make the link between the facts of occult chemistry, and the facts of western science, whereas by means of the
Heaviside-Einstein-Leadbeater interpretation we cannot do this. Thus the Blavatsky interpretation covers the larger range of
facts, and by the rules which govern rival hypotheses it is the one that for our purposes should be adopted.

172. The position may become clearer by means of an analysis of Bishop Leadbeater's statement. With characteristic
frankness he takes us into his confidence both as to the experiences and as to the reasons why he interprets them in the way he
does. The experiences of higher dimensions are the direct testimony of consciousness, and as such cannot be gainsaid. They
are moreover in accord in both schools of occultism. But the reasons given for the interpretation are subject to the ordinary
laws of logic, and the canons of logic may be applied to them. Let us attempt to do this.

Bishop Leadbeater says:

The dimensions of space exist independently of the matter which lies within them; and whether that space has three dimensions
or four or more, all the matter within it exists subject to those conditions, whether we are able to appreciate them or not.
This is quite true, but the next statement introduces controversial matter. He proceeds as follows:
It may perhaps help us a little in trying to understand this matter if we realize that which we call space is a limitation of
consciousness, and that there is a higher level at which a sufficiently developed consciousness is entirely free from this. We
may invest this higher consciousness with the power of expression in any number of directions, and may then assume that each
descent into a denser world of matter imposes upon it an additional limitation, and shuts off the perception of one of these
directions.
Of the above it might be said, that the words are the words of Bishop Leadbeater, but the voice is the voice of Madame
Blavatsky. It is true that we may assume that each descent into denser matter shuts off perception in one direction, but this is to
give away the whole case, for it is an illustration not of space imposing a limitation in accordance with the statement put in
italics, but of the contents of space imposing such limitation, which is exactly the teaching of H. P .B., and quite contrary to the
interpretation adopted by Bishop Leadbeater. The illustration chosen makes the dimensions o[ consciousness a function of the
material vehicle in which it operates, and quite independent of the properties of space. We have only to reverse the operation
to obtain any number of dimensions whilst space itself remains unchanged.

173. It is possible, perhaps, to describe a process of expanding consciousness from a lower to a higher dimension by means
of a simple illustration. Let us suppose ourselves at the bottom of the vertical shaft of a coal mine looking up to the night sky.
We should observe a small solid angle of the sky containing one or two stars. We should feel as if living in a linear universe in
which all the forces operating upon us were along one line, the line between ourselves and the few visible stars. If now we

60
slowly ascend the shaft of the mine, the small solid angle of the sky first visible to us would gradually enlarge until when we
reached the surface the portion of the sky visible would be from horizon to horizon, or half the sphere, which in mathematical
measure is a solid angle of 2 units. By continuing our ascent along the same line until the earth became small the whole sphere
of the stars would be visible to us which in mathematical measure is a solid angle of 4 New Roman" . At the beginning of the
operation our consciousness was a line consciousness, at the finish it is a surface consciousness. It has acquired an additional
dimension. Transformed into terms of force in accordance with what is said in 170, we have been translated from a line-force
universe into a surface-force universe, and viewed mathematically it would constitute a transformation from a force along a line
to a flux of force through a spherical surface, and this transformation would be expressed by multiplying the line force by 4 .
The process above illustrated is identical with that by means of which Maxwell6 obtains an induction 4 e, from an electric
charge e, which has given rise to the rational units controversy in which Heaviside took such a leading part, and which is
partially treated in 158, and the succeeding paragraphs.

174 The way in which a line force is transformed into a force through a spherical surface may be illustrated by a quotation
which shows how the line force multiplied by 4 , becomes a surface force.

A field of H units means one where there would be H dynes on unit pole, or H lines per square centimeter. It follows that a
unit magnetic pole will have 4 lines of force proceeding from it: for there is unit field at unit distance away, or one
magnetic line per square centimeter; and there are 4 Roman" square centimeters of surface on a sphere of unit radius drawn
round the pole. A magnet whose pole-strength is m, has 4 m, or 12.57 x m, lines running through the steel, and diverging at
its pole. The above mentioned rule is the origin of the 4 symbol which comes in so often into electro-magnetic formulae7.

It will be seen from the above that the 4 factor arises from the method of measuring forces, for this method ensures that a
force along a line shall be always numerically equal to the surface force through unit surface of a sphere of unit radius, and as
such a sphere contains 4 units of surface, the complete surface force is always 4 times the line force. Nevertheless the
forces are not of the same character, for the line force is one dimensional and the surface force two dimensional. The method of
measurement merely imposes the condition that the number representing the line force when multiplied by 4 shall give us the
number representing the surface force. If in a cargo of fruit, we always arranged that the number of apples should be 4 times
the number of oranges, then if we knew the number of apples we could always ascertain the number of oranges, and vice
versa, but by multiplying the oranges by 4 we should not transmute them into apples. But what the school of rational units
does is to multiply the number of oranges by the square root of 4 , (4 ) (1/2) , and divide the number of apples by (4 ) (1/2) ,
thus making the number of apples equal to the number of oranges 8. In this way they draw a veil over a fundamental operation of
nature, and bury one of the keys which opens the door between the facts of occult chemistry and the facts of western science.

175. We will now attempt to penetrate this fundamental problem in the light of what is said above, and show how it gives a
possible solution not only of the dimensions of consciousness on physical and higher planes, but also of the corresponding
electromagnetic forces and the interchange of matter or substance between the planes.

In 163-164 9, of the preceding article we showed how the mass of hydrogen and its 18 atoms could be built up by placing the
electronic mass m' in each of its 302,400 spiral turns. Since hydrogen is now considered to be the mass unit out of which all the
other elements are composed, it follows that m' is the small element of mass out of which all physical plane matter is
constructed. Let us therefore concentrate attention on the mass element m', and try to analyze its properties. Now mass is the
measure of inertial force, so that our element of mass is also our element of force, and from what is said in 170 about force
being identical with consciousness, it is also our element of consciousness. Let us first tabulate such observations as bear upon
the subject we are studying, the references to Occult Chemistry being to the second edition. An enlarged drawing of the
positive and negative atom will be found on page 21, Plate II.

Force pours in the heart-shaped depression at the top of the atom, and issues from the point, and is changed in character by its
passage; further, force rushes through every spiral and every spirilla, and the changing shades of color that flash out from the
rapidly revolving and vibrating atom depend on the several activities of the spirals 10 . Positive bodies are marked by their
contained atoms setting their points towards each other and the center of their combination, and repelling each other outwards;
negative bodies are marked by the heart-shaped depressions being turned inwards, and by a tendency to move towards each

61
other instead of away 11 .

In the negative triad of hydrogen the three atoms are symmetrically arranged round the center of out-welling force 12 . The forces
which flow in the ten spiral whorls of which the atom is composed come from the astral plane or pass to the astral plane 13 .
Atoms which pour force into the astral plane are positive. Atoms which receive force from the astral plane are negative 14 .
Atoms exposed to an electric current arrange themselves in parallel lines, and in each line the depression at the base receives
the flow, which passes out at the apex into the depression of the next in the line. The atoms always set themselves to the current
15
. It seems probable that what modern science calls an electron, we (Bishop Leadbeater) 16 , call an astral atom.

The atom is in reality a vortex, formed by the flow of the divine life-force17 .

These ultimate physical atoms pervade all space of which we know anything 18 .

The Breath of the Logos is the force which fills these spaces:
They are full of His Life, of Himself, and everything we call matter, on however high or low a plane, is instinct with divinity:
these units of force, of life, the bricks with which He builds His universe, are His very life scattered through space 19 .
176. We see from the above that Bishop Leadbeater considers it probable that the astral atom is identical with the electron,
which is exactly the conclusion to which these researches have led us. The observation that the atoms form in a line when
exposed to an electric current, the stream of force passing into the base of one atom and out of the apex into the base of the
next is in full accord with the modern theory of the electric current if these streams of force are streams of electrons, for modern
science regards an electric current as a flow of electrons along a wire from atom to atom. With this point clear in our minds, let
us trace this flow from the point in space where it emerges until it reaches the three atoms of the negative triad of atoms in
hydrogen above described. The individual electron whilst in this line of passage will have the charge and the mass given to it by
the measurements of western science. It will be in open space, the volume occupied by hydrogen being as large relatively to the
volume of the electron as the orbit of Neptune is to the volume of the sun. Its forces can therefore operate all round a sphere,
as in our coal mine illustration after we had been translated into outer space at an enormous distance from the earth. Its forces
would not be linear but surface forces, and its electric charge a surface charge.

But when it enters the spiral of the atom this condition is changed, it has descended the shaft of the coal mine, and its forces can
only act along the axis of the spiral. The surface force has become a line force, and has lost a dimension. Translating these
forces into the equivalent consciousness, if the element of consciousness it possesses was previously four-dimensional, it will
now be three dimensional, and translated back into electric charge, if in open space where the men of science measure it the
charge was e, the charge becomes e/ 4 = e', as given by our equation (43), and as shown in 163, this will have the effect of
changing its mass from the mass m, as measured by science, to the mass m' = m/(4 ) 2, and our construction out of it of the
mass of hydrogen and the mass of the atom of Occult Chemistry, will follow as a consequence.

References

Chapter XIV
THE GREAT TONE

177. In an earlier chapter 1 is given a series of "Nature's Constants", which are considered by physicists to be universal
constants.

That is to say, they have the same numerical value in the stars and planets as when measured on the earth. In the case of one of
these constants, the velocity of light, we have found reasons to doubt this universality 2, and as we proceed we shall find reason
to doubt this with regard to others. One of these with which we are now immediately concerned is known as "Rydberg's
Constant".

62
In 1885, Balmer discovered that a number of the spectral lines of hydrogen formed a regular series, the wave-lengths of which
could be calculated with great accuracy by means of a simple mathematical formula. This gave rise to further researches, and in
the next few years, the physicists Rydberg, Kayser, and Runge, found similar series in many of the other chemical elements.
Additional interest was given to these researches by the further discovery by Rydberg that these series in the different elements
were definitely related to each other through a particular wave-number now known as "Rydberg's Constant".

Evidently this natural constant must be connected with some fundamental process in the atomic mechanism, and this conclusion
was confirmed in 1913, when Niels Bohr, a young mathematical physicist of Copenhagen 3, devised an atomic model which
appeared to account for Rydberg's constant, and described its method of operation. Bohr's theory of the atom now takes the
lead over all others in general scientific estimation; and this is largely due to its ability to explain the existence in nature of
Rydberg's constant 4.

178. The dimensions of light waves are usually expressed in three forms which are definitely related to each other,

the wavelength, the wave-number, and the wave-frequency. The wave-length is measured in angstroms, the unit of which is one
hundred millionth of a centimeter. The wave-number is the number of wave-lengths in one centimeter, and is the reciprocal of
the wave-length. The wave-frequency is the number of wave-lengths given out in one second of time, and is equal to the
wave-number multiplied by the velocity of light5.

For Rydberg's constant these three dimensions are as follows:

Rydberg's Wave-length = 911.7624 x 10 -8
Rydberg's Wave-number = 109,677.69
{51} Rydberg's Wave-frequency = 3.288795 x 10 15
There are small differences in Rydberg's constant as used by physicists, and the above is taken from Taylor's Physical
Chemistry 6.

179. The constants of Rydberg will be of special interest to occult students, because from them can be traced a connection
with "The Great Tone" of Nature. The Secret Doctrine 7, referring to this says::
As there is sound in Nature which is inaudible, so there is color which is invisible, but which can be heard. The creative force at
work in its incessant task of transformation, produces color, sound and numbers, in the shape of rates of vibration which
compound and dissociate the atoms and molecules. Though invisible and inaudible to us in detail, yet the synthesis of the whole
becomes audible to us on the material plane. It is that the Chinese call the "Great Tone" or Kung. It is, even by scientific
confession, the actual tonic of Nature, held by musicians to be the middle Fa on the keyboard of a piano, we hear it distinctly in
the voice of Nature, in the roaring of the ocean, in the sound of the foliage of a great forest, in the distant roar of a great city, in
the wind, the tempest and the storm; in short, in everything in Nature which has a voice or produces sound. To the hearing of
all who hearken, it culminates in a single definite tone, of an inappreciable pitch, which, as said, is the F, or Fa, of the diatonic
scale.
In the Theosophical Convention Lectures for 1904, given at Benares, Dr. Besant shows the relationship of the "Great Tone" to
the Green of the solar Spectrum, and the further connection with Rydberg's constant can now be traced through the green line
of the Aurora Borealis. Hints are given here and there in The Secret Doctrine 8 that through the mediation of color and sound,
the forces of the polar aurora, are connected with the generation of the elements, and it is a remarkable fact that much in
connection with this phenomenon still remains an insoluble problem to western science. The significance of the polar aurora in
connection with these studies has been already emphasized in 42-44, and in 129. A most diligent worker at this problem of
physics is Prof. Vegard, D.Sc., of the University of Christiania, and some of the results of his recent investigations will be found
in the Philosophical Magazine 9.
180. The origin of the auroral green line is still a matter in dispute. Vegard claims to have proved that it is due to Nitrogen 10 ,
but McLennan and Shrum11 , make a similar claim for Oxygen, or possibly Helium. We shall see later that it probably arises
from all terrestrial matter, and is therefore not generated by one chemical element rather than another 12 . McLennan and Shrum
give for the wave-length in angstroms 5577.35 ., whilst Vegard 13 , gives 5578.2 .

63
Vegard's measurement is from the actual polar aurora, whilst McLennan's is from laboratory experiments, hence we prefer to
base our calculations on Vegard's measurements, which when corrected for vacuum gives for the auroral wave-length 1, and
the wave-frequency n, the values

{52} Auroral wave-length 1 = 5579.75 x 10 -8

{53} Auroral wave-frequency n = 5.3741 x 10 14

If now in {51}, we represent Rydberg's wave-frequency by R, its ratio to the auroral frequency will be

{54} R/n = 6.11974

from which we see that Rydberg's frequency is, roughly, six times as great as the auroral frequency.

181. The earth's mass is 81.45 times the mass of the moon 14 , so that if the earth's mass be taken as unity, the sum of the
masses of the earth and moon is

{55} p = 1.012278

and if now in {54}, we take

{56} R/n = 6py = 6.11974

{57} y = R/6pn = 1.007586

The atomic weight of hydrogen when that of oxygen is taken at 16, is sometimes given at 1.008, and sometimes at 1.0077, the
last being regarded as the most accurate 15 , though the fourth decimal is uncertain, so that the value of y in {57}, may he
regarded as identical with the atomic weight of hydrogen. The reasons why the atomic weight of hydrogen, and the moon's
mass, should be involved in the relationship of the two important frequencies R, and n, will appear as we proceed.

182. A considerable portion of the first volume of these studies 16 , was taken up with the attempt to prove that the velocity of
light was not a cosmic constant, as is assumed by western science, and which forms the basis of the theory of relativity. There
was not at that time (1923), any generally available information from occult sources which gave definite teaching on this matter.
It is therefore gratifying to find from a recent publication, The Mahatma Letters to A. P. Sinnett, that the above deduction
made from independent investigation is amply confirmed by a very high occult authority, the Master K. H., for in the course of
His reply to the question: "Is the photographic value of light emitted by the stars a safe guide to their magnitude" He says:
"They (modern astronomers) cannot know it, for the simple reason that heretofore they have in reality found no sure means of
measuring the velocity of light. The experiments made by Fizeau and Corun known as the two best investigators of light in the
world of science, notwithstanding the general satisfaction at the results obtained, are not a trustworthy data neither in respect to
the velocity of light with which sunlight travels nor to its quantity. The methods adopted by these French men are yielding
correct results... only as regards the velocity of light between the EARTH AND THE UPPER REGIONS OF ITS
ATMOSPHERE ... there being between the Paris Observatory and its fortifications no atmosphere, no meteoric masses to
impede the ray's progress, and that ray finding quite a different qualify of a medium to travel upon than the ether of space, the
ether between the sun and the meteoric C ONTINENT above our heads, the velocity of light will of course show some
185,000 and odd miles per second and your physicians shout 'Eureka'! Nor do any of the other devices contrived by science
to measure that velocity since 1887 answer any better... Could they measure light above our atmosphere they would soon find
they were wrong"17 .
183. It was stated in the pamphlet by the writer 18 , that the radiation velocity of the heavenly bodies varies as the square root of
their masses, but as the proof of this belongs to a later stage, we may assume this law provisionally. Taking the moon's mass as
given in 181, we have for the earth's radiation velocity c, and the moon's radiation velocity v,

c (earth) = 2.99860 x 10 10

64
{58} v (moon) = 3.32256 x 10 9

184. In 1904, H. A. Lorentz, showed that on electromagnetic theory 19 the electrionic mass m, increases with the velocity v, in
accordance with a formula which has since formed the basis of the theory of Relativity, but which however preceded it and is
independent of it. If therefore we take an electron moving with the lunar velocity v, as given in {58}, the mass m is increased to

{59} = 1.0061955m = 9.06075 x 10 -28

{60} e/ = 5.2689 x 10 17

the values of e and m being as given in 160.

185. The physical interpretation of {60}, is that a force e acting on a mass v for unit time would give it the acceleration {60},
but of course such an enormous acceleration could not operate on a single electron for one second, since long before one
second had elapsed the electron would have been carried beyond the orbit of Neptune. But if instead of a single electron there
was a string of n electrons, then it would be proportionately reduced to the moderate acceleration

{61} g = e/n Roman" = 980.425

If now we increase the force e in the ratio p, as given by {55}, so as to add the moon's mass action to that of the earth, and
take another string of electrons equal to the Rydberg frequency R, we should obtain the reduced acceleration

{62} a = pe/R Roman" = 162.174

{63} g/a = 6.0455

{64} a/g = 0.1654 a = 0.1654g

186. The acceleration given by {61}, is that of terrestrial gravity in latitude 43 and is approximately the mean value of gravity
at the earth's surface. The value of the moon's surface gravity 20 , is 0.17g, which agrees with {64}, so that whilst the frequency
n, or the frequency connected with the "Great Tone" of Occultism, gives us the value of terrestrial gravity g, the Rydberg
frequency R, which plays such an important part in all spectral theories, gives us the surface gravity of the earth's companion,
the moon.

187. Before giving a physical interpretation of the important results obtained in {61-64}, let us return for a moment to our
small element of mass m', as given by {47}, in 163. We there found that a change in the electrionic charge e, to e' = e/4
from {46}, transformed the mass of the electron m into m' = m/(4 ) 2 . Now the difference between m and as shown by
{59}, is less than one per cent, and if the charge e in {60}, were changed to e' we should by the same law have the same mass
a changed to

{65} ' = (4 ) 2= 5.7378 x 10 -30

'g = 5.62547 x 10 -27

'a = 9.3052 x 10 -28

{66} Roman" 'g + 'a = 6.6556 x 10 -27

The value of Planck's radiation constant as given in 160 is h = 6.547 x 10 -27 which differs from {66}, by less than one half per
cent, so that the difference is less than the probable errors of measurement, and we may write for this important radiation
constant,

(67) h = 'g + 'a = 6.547 x 10 -27

188. The physical interpretations of equations {61}, and {62}, which gives the values of surface gravity on the earth and

65
moon have already been given 21 , 21 and those equations are merely putting in mathematical form. What is there given verbally.
To repeat a portion of this, the action of gravity does not accelerate the body which has weight, but the etheric medium which
flows through the body. Through the field of force e, in the ease of the earth, there flows a stream of electrionic masses at the
rate of n per second, so that in unit time n of these masses are given the acceleration g, in a direction upwards from the earth.
The reaction of this acceleration gives the reverse acceleration downwards to the body, just as when holding a hosepipe the
hand feels the reaction of the stream of water issuing from the nozzle.

It is interesting to note that since the above explanation of the gravitation mechanism was published, such a repulsive process
continually accelerated has been actually observed above the sun's surface 22 . The key to the gravitation process for the earth is
in the mysterious green line of the aurora borealis which is not an occasional phenomenon, as was formerly supposed, but is
continuous in the upper atmosphere throughout the day and year 23 , 23 its color is the green of vegetation. It is the fundamental
vibration frequency for all matter of which the earth is composed, and is therefore intimately related to all physical phenomena
that take place on our planet. Its corresponding sound is "THE GREAT TONE" of Occultism.

References

Chapter XV
THE CREATION OF MATTER

189. In the closing paragraph of the preceding chapter, we gave a physical interpretation of equations {61-64}, showing how
the accelerations of gravity on the surfaces of the earth and moon are produced from the electrionic charge e, through the
frequencies n, and R, or the frequencies of the polar aurora and Rydberg. But the physical interpretation of {67}, which gives
us Planck's constant h, was deferred for later treatment. A western physicist inspecting the equation would probably say that
the relationship, though numerically accurate, was certainly accidental, because Planck's constant was a property of every
light-wave, and it would be absurd to suppose that light received from Sirius or Arcturus, or even from the sun, could involve
the accelerating forces of the earth and moon.

He would further object that the formula contains the surface value a of the lunar acceleration; whereas the constant h is
measured on the earth's surface, where the acceleration due to lunar gravity is much smaller than a. The first objection is
connected with the truth or otherwise of the theory of relativity, against which we are continually knocking our heads, and will
be dealt with later. The second objection is partly explained in the pamphlet, Einstein's Theory 1, and in the chapter, "The
Geocentric Universe", taken as a whole, and particularly in 105. The germ of the idea is that the energy and force of a light ray
does not spread throughout space, but is contained undiminished within lines of force. The reason why gravity decreases as the
square of the distance increases is that those lines of force open out like the spokes of a wheel, so that the number crossing any
area perpendicular to the path of the rays varies inversely as the square of the distance, but the acceleration within each line of
force is the same as at the surface of the body emitting the ray. This theory has since been adopted by Sir J. J. Thomson, and
developed in The Philosophical Magazine 2. The reason why the lunar acceleration a, has to be combined with the terrestrial
acceleration g, is that the earth and moon are one gravitational mechanism, hence the occurrence in our formulae of the
multiplier p, as in equations {55-7, and 62}. We had to adopt the same expedient when explaining terrestrial magnetism in
137-8.

190. The quantum of energy which plays such an important part in modern physics, is Planck's constant h, multiplied by the
wave-frequency f, and this wave-frequency is the velocity of light c, divided by the wave-length hence we have for this
quantum of radiation energy,

{68} hf = hc/ Roman"

Since both h and c are constants, we see that the quantum, which differs in value for each light ray, is the constant hc,

divided by the variable wave-length From {67}, the value of this important constant for all radiation.
66
{69} hc = Roman" 'ac + 'ac = 1.9632 x 10 -16

The above is, perhaps, the most fundamental constant in the whole of terrestrial physics. Its dimensions are that of a Power, or
Activity3, and may be regarded as the time rate of doing work of our Planetary Logos, which is thus a constant, and the most
fundamental of all. It is the power exerted in each wave-length of every kind of electromagnetic radiation, whether these be
X-Rays, -Rays or visible light rays, and may be taken as the basis of the Law of the Conservation of Power, from which we
have deduced the other laws of conservation, those of matter and energy 4.

191. It has been stated previously 5, that Einstein's Theory seems to require some mechanism whereby gravitation creates
matter, and Occultists affirm that light creates matter. An inspection of equation {69}, shows that within the light waves there is
the force of gravity, so that if we show that the creation of matter follows from {69}, we shall satisfy the requirements both of
modem science and Occultism. But before doing so, it may be well to quote some of the occult teachings on this creative
process.

Light - the first mentioned in Genesis, is termed by the kabalists Sephira, or the Concealed Wisdom in the father. Light is the
first begotten, and the first emanation of the Supreme, and Light is Life, says the evangelist. Both are electricity the
life-principle, the animo mundi pervading the universe, the electric vivifier of all things. Light is the great Protean magician, and
under the Divine Will of the architect, its multifarious, omnipotent waves give birth to every form as well as to every living being.
From its swelling, electric bosom, springs matter and spirit. Within its beams lie the beginnings of all physical and chemical
action, and of all cosmic and spiritual phenomena: it vitalizes and disorganizes, it gives life and produces death, and from its
primordial point gradually emerged into existence the myriads of worlds, visible and invisible celestial bodies. It was at the ray
of this first mother, one in three, that God, according to Plato, 'lighted a fire which we now call the sun' and, which is not the
cause of either light or heat but merely the focus, or as we might say, the lens, by which the rays of the primordial light become
materialized, are concentrated upon our solar system, and produce all the correlations of forces 6.

192. An angry physicist reading the above would perhaps describe it as a piece of nonsensical rigmarole, that could only
emanate from one unacquainted with the laws of physics. Yet, the above quotation contains the key to equation {69}, and also
to others. Nothing could appear more obvious to the western physicist, and less in need of proof, than that the sun and stars
were the sources of the light we see, and yet the physicist has, in his own laboratory, an excellent illustration of a light making
process which should open his eyes to other possibilities. Let us consider the case of an ordinary X-Ray tube, having a
tantalum anticathode: unless effective means are taken to keep the anticathode cool, it becomes so much heated that it melts 7.
Now the melting point of iron is 1530 , and the melting point of tantalum is 2900 so that the temperature imparted to the
anticathode is nearly twice that of melted iron 8. It must, therefore, glow with an intense white heat, and light up the whole of the
tube. An infinitesimal being living on the cathode would regard it as perfectly obvious that the cause of the light was the
anticathode, just as the terrestrial physicist is convinced that the cause of daylight is the sun. But yet we know that the inhabitant
of cathodeland would be quite mistaken, for the cause of the anticathode glow is the bombardment by days from the cathode.
The same principle applies in the case of the electric arc light. To quote from Sir J. J. Thomson 9:

A current can pass in the direction in which the negative electricity comes from the hot electrode, (the cathode), into the gas,
but not in the other direction. Thus although in ordinary arcs the positive terminal, (the anode), is the hotter, this experiment
shows that a high temperature of the negative, electrode is the essential condition for the arc discharge, and that if we can keep
the temperature of the negative terminal up by independent means we can get a discharge, even although the temperature of the
positive electrode is comparatively low. No arc, however, will pass if the negative terminal is cold... From these experiments
Fleming concluded that the are discharge consists of a torrent of negatively electrified particles of carbon shot off from the
cathode, these carry the current and striking with great violence against the anode hollow it out, just as a body is hollowed out
when struck by a sand blast.

It has been previously pointed out 10 , that the relationship between the earth and sun is that of the cathode and anticathode in an
X-Ray tube, so that as stated in the above quotation, the sun is merely the focus of these rays which originate on the earth, and
are an emanation of our planetary Logos. Master K. H, told Mr. Sinnett, long ago 11 , that

Science makes too much and too little at the same time of solar energy and even of the sun itself; the sun has nothing to do

67
whatever with rain and very little with heat.

Which last conclusion we arrived at by independent investigation in an earlier chapter 12 . The above reasons explain why every
light wave contains the terrestrial acceleration g, and the lunar acceleration a, as shown in {69}. It is because the earth and
moon combined are the immediate sources of their own light and heat. The sun does not appear to be of a distinctly higher
order than the planets. The sun and planets are brothers in origin, the sun being the eighth left out 13 . The difference between the
sun and planets appears to be one of function, just as the anode and cathode have different but complementary functions. The
sun focuses the energies of all the seven planetary Logoi, which with the Trinity is the Manifested Unit of our Solar Universe.
But the Life of the system is derived from the Central Spiritual Sun, and the Kosmic Logoi.

193. This Hierarchy of spiritual Beings, through which the Universal Mind comes into action, is like an army... each with its
separate individuality or life, and its limited freedom of action and limited responsibilities; each contained in a larger individuality,
to which its own interests are subservient, and each containing lesser individualities in itself14 . The Son of the Immaculate
Celestial Virgin... is born again on earth as the Son of the terrestrial Eve, our mother Earth... Above, the Son is the whole
Kosmos 15 . There are two "Fires", and a distinction is made between them in Occult teachings. The first... concealed in the
Central Spiritual Sun, is spoken of as triple;... while the Fire of the Manifested cosmos is Septenary, throughout both the
Universe and our Solar System 16 .

Fohat is closely related to the 'One Life'... By the action of the Manifested Wisdom, on Mahat - represented by these
innumerable centers of spiritual energy in the Kosmos - the Reflection of the Universal Mind, which is Cosmic Ideation,
becomes objectively the Fohat of the Buddhist esoteric philosopher. Fohat, running along the seven principles of ksha, acts
upon manifested Substance... and... sets in motion the law of Cosmic Evolution... The Solar System, brought into existence by
these agencies, consists of Seven Principles... Fohat, then, is the personified electric vital power, the transcendental binding
unity of all cosmic energies,... the action of which resembles - on an immense scale -that of a living Force created by Will,... the
forces it acts upon being cosmic, human, and terrestrial... It is, metaphysically, the objectivized Thought of the Gods, the 'Word
made flesh'... In its secondary aspect Fohat is the Solar energy, the electric vital fluid,... or - Electricity 17 .

194. The above quotations will serve to illustrate the further interpretation of equation {61}, shown that the value of terrestrial
gravity where it was g = e/n . In the chapters with subtitles, "The Geocentric Universe", and "The Mundane Egg", it was
described how the Universe we see is only one seventh of the universe, as seen by the inhabitants of the solar system as a whole
18
. What terrestrial humanity really sees is the universe of the Kosmic Logos belonging to One of the seven Mystery-Gods of
the planets, the Cosmocratores, or fabricators of our solar system. Beings of approximately the same order as the Central
Spiritual Sun, which gives life to the whole Kosmos19 . This Kosmic Logos represents the same ray in the Kosmos, as our earth
represents in the Solar System, and the vital electric forces which animate the matter of the earth, arise primarily from what we
may term the Terrestrial Kosmic Logos, whose vehicle is the totality of stars visible to us in the heavens. As quoted above, this
Son of the Immaculate Celestial Virgin is born again on earth as the Son of the terrestrial Eve, on Mother-Earth, the Isis of the
religion of Egypt, and the original of the Immaculate Virgin of the Christian Churches.

It was shown in the chapter "The Mundane Egg" 20 , that as near as can be measured, the total mass of the visible universe is the
same as the total electrostatic charge of the earth. This charge therefore is the Life of our Kosmic Logos, and all terrestrial
forces are the direct emanation from Him. Occult students are familiar with the phrase; "I am That", which implies that if we dig
deep enough into ourselves, we become identical with the One Life. Similarly, according to the occult maxim; "as above so
below", if the Spirit of the Earth, could penetrate deep enough into its atomic centers, it would realize itself as identical with the
Life of Its Kosmic Ray.

195. We found the value of the earth's electric charge 21 by counting the number of electrionic charges e, contained in all the
elements of the earth's mass, as deduced from Rutherford's theory of atomic nuclei. Hence the charge e is an elementary unit of
the Life-Force of our Kosmic Logos, the Creator of our Earth. According to modern physics, it is the unchangeable unit of all
electrical phenomena, and as shown by {61}, it is the actuating force behind terrestrial and lunar gravity. Being a portion of the
Life of our Kosmic Cosmocratore, its function is to create, and in equation {67}, we have seen how through the action of
gravity, it creates the hitherto incomprehensible constant h, of Prof. Planck, which is the energy unit contained in every

68
light-wave, and in the electromagnetic waves of all kinds of radiant energy. We will now show how this creative process is
continued by means of light and gravity, agreeably to the theory of Einstein, and the teachings of Occultism.

196. It is now considered that all chemical elements may be built up out of two mass units, the mass of the Proton, which, for
our purpose, may be defined as one sixteenth of the mass of Oxygen, and the mass of Helium, which is equal to the mass of
four Protons. All atomic weights are now expressed in Protons, so that the atomic weight of Hydrogen y = 1.00758, as given
in {57}, is the mass of Hydrogen in terms of the Proton taken as unity. The mass of Hydrogen in grams H = 1.662 x 10 -24 was
given in {50}, hence the mass of the Proton in grams is

{70} P = 1.6495 x 10 -24

and the mass of Helium, or what is regarded as the same thing, the mass of the Alpha particle ejected from Radium, and other
radioactive bodies, is four times P, so that if we represent this unit of mass by A, we have for the mass of Helium in grams,

{71} A = 4P = 6.598 x 10 -24

In {70}, and {71}, therefore, we have the two fundamental masses out of which all the chemical elements, according to
modern theory, are built up, and we propose now to show how the most important of these, the mass of Helium A, can be
generated from the light-ray, in conformity with the teachings of Occultism, supplemented by the results of modern physical
investigations.

197. In a later chapter we hope to show how the elements of the Ancients, and of modern Astrology, by successive
operations of the force of gravity, are transformed from one to the other, so that in a sense, the mass of one subplane is the
weight of the subplane next higher in the scale. In 133-4, we described Einstein's Principle of Equivalence, the fundamental
assumption of which is that weight and mass are identical. If we apply Einstein's principle to equation {67}, where it is shown
that Planck's radiation constant h, is the sum of two weights, 'g and 'a it follows that this radiation constant is a mass, and
we have here an instance of the creation of larger mass h, from a smaller mass ' by the application of the terrestrial and lunar
accelerations g, and a. Having thus got our mass h, there is no inherent reason why we should not apply to it a further
gravitational acceleration, lunar or terrestrial, and thus obtain a still larger mass. To do so would merely be to operate upon it
with the equations {61} and {62}, or as stated in 195, with the unit of Life-Force of the Kosmic Logos, our Terrestrial
Cosmocratore, the electrionic charge e. It is further evident that if this be done once, there is no inherent reason why it could
not be done twice, or for the matter of that an unlimited number of times. We propose to show that by such repeated
operations, the elements of the Ancients, and the chemical elements of the moderns can be generated by the light-process, and
thus justify the teachings of The Secret Doctrine 22 , that Light is Matter, and that our minerals are light itself crystallized and
immetalized, whilst the primary substance "is transformed from the state of fire into that of air and then into that of water", etc 23 .

198. If we multiply our radiation mass h, twice in succession by {61}, and {62}, we obtain

{72} hg 2 + ha 2 = h (1.02736) g 2

If now we take a mass A', the weight of which under the acceleration of terrestrial gravity g, would be A'g, and equate this
weight to {72}, we obtain the relationship,

A'g = h (1.02736) g 2

{73} A' = h (1.02736) g = 6.5945 x 10 -24

which within the limits of physical measurements is the same as the mass of Helium given by {71}, so that we may write for the
mass of Helium

A = A' = h (1.02736)g = 4P

{74} = 6.598 x 10 -2 4

69
CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

199. In concluding this chapter, it may be helpful to review briefly the results so far arrived at, and to attempt an interpretation,
and due recognition of their significance.

Out of a controversy which has divided both physicists and Occultists, we have deduced an elementary mass m', from the
observed mass of the electron m, equation {47}, with which we built up the mass of Hydrogen H {49-50}. With this same
elementary mass m', with the aid of terrestrial and lunar gravity, we also built the mass h, {59-65-67}, the well known
radiation constant of Planck, and the energy or mass content of every light-wave. We have finally, by a further application of
the forces of gravity to the mass h, constructed the mass of Helium A {74}. The difference in mass between the Proton P, and
Hydrogen H, is less than one per cent, and has still to be explained. It appears to be in some way connected with the ratio of
Rydberg's frequency R, and the auroral frequency n, {57}. With these two elementary masses, the Proton P, and the mass of
Helium A, the modern Physical Chemist is able to construct the whole of the chemical elements, so that when the formation of P
, and A are explained, the origin of matter as known to the western physicist has been accounted for.

The force of gravity is a derivative of an electric force e, acting upon electrionic masses, the number of which is determined by
a light-frequency. In the case of the moon, this light-frequency is Rydberg's Constant R, whilst in the case of terrestrial gravity,
this light-frequency is n, the observed frequency of the polar aurora {61-62}.

The electric force e, or the source of creation, appears to be an elementary unit of Will-Force of the Kosmic Loges of our
Terrestrial Ray24 . Our conclusions are therefore in accord with the Occult and Scriptural Teachings that the creation of Light
preceded the creation of the physical Universe. The first act of the process was an exercise of Will-Force, on the part of the
creative Elohim25 , in accordance with the scriptural phrase: "Let there be Light" 26 , after which light in its turn becomes the
creator of matter. This Kosmic Will-Force needs to be continually exercised, and were it to cease for an instant, the whole
universe would vanish27 . Thus the whole of the universe, as far as we know it, is sustained by the Cosmocratore of our
Terrestrial Ray, the G. A. O. T. U. of speculative Masonry.

References

Chapter XVI
THE THREE ELEMENTS: AIR, WATER, EARTH

200. In the preceding chapter, we had traced the origin of all terrestrial matter to the powers residing in light, which has
always been taught in Occult Schools, and is a fundamental teaching of the world's Scriptures. In western science, we are
taught that the sun and stars are the sources of light; and in this respect it has mistaken the cause for the effect, for it is light that
produces the sun and stars, and not the opposite.

In the introduction to an evidently inspired work, The Fire of Creation 1, the Vice-President of the Theosophical Society
quotes a mystic prophecy of Joachim of Flora. "The reign of the Father is passed, the reign of the Son is passing, the reign of
the Spirit is at hand". In future ages, a student of the present times, will probably pronounce the publication of Occult
Chemistry, one of the most epoch-making events of this prolific period, for it first disclosed to the physicist the tremendous
forces of nature which, though hinted at and described in The Secret Doctrine, were nevertheless securely veiled. It has been
said by someone that the functions of the Theosophical Society in the coming civilization will develop in three periods: the
period of training; the period of work; the period of power. It is to the power aspect of nature, and perhaps to the society's
future work, that we are introduced by the study of Occult Chemistry.

In Theosophical terminology, this is the department of Mahat, the third Person of the Trinity; known in India as Brahma, and in
Christianity as God the Holy Ghost. This is represented in the Scriptures under two aspects; masculine and feminine. In the
Upanishads, the feminine aspect is Uma; in China, it is Kwan-Yin, the mother of mercy; in Greece Demeter, the Magna Mater;
70
in Egypt, Isis; whilst in western religions, it is the Immaculate Virgin. The story in the Upanishads is beautifully rendered in an
article entitled "The Mystery of the Motherhood of God" 2, from which we learn that the male aspect Brahma is Life, whilst the
female aspect Urea is Light. Light, therefore, to which in the preceding chapter we traced the creation of matter, is an aspect of
the Immaculate Virgin of the Churches, from whose prolific Womb emerges all created things. To Her, the Celestial and
Terrestrial Eve, the wise student of Occult Chemistry will turn for inspiration, and direct his worship.

It is remarkable how small a portion of modern worship is directed to the Third Person of the Trinity. Dr. van der Leeuw 3,
states that in India, out of the thousands of temples, only one is set aside for the worship of Brahma.

Excepting the Church of Rome the leading churches of the world look upon the worship of Our Lady as something extraneous
go the genius of Christianity4,

whilst the separate worship of the Holy Ghost is almost nil. The revival of Masonry, the lineal descendant of the Egyptian
worshipers of Isis, and the nursery of the coming Mysteries, will perhaps correct this. It is well, therefore, for us to realize that
the study of Occult Chemistry, or what is practically the same thing, the study of Alchemy, is the study of the operations of the
Third Person of the Trinity, partly in the Life aspect as the Fire of Creation, but most especially in the Light aspect, as the
Virgin Creator. In this second aspect we are indebted to the religion of Egypt, as transmitted to us through Masonry.

Isis, to whom the lesser Mysteries were ascribed, was not only the universal feminine principle expressed in nature, but also a
real and very lofty Being, just as the Christ is the universal Life of the Second Logos, and also a high Official of the Occult
Hierarchy. She by virtue of her high development and office was able to represent Feminine Aspect of the Deity to man. Isis
was the mother of all that lives, and wisdom and truth and power; upon her temple at Sais the inscription was written: "I am that
which is, which has been, and which shall be; and no man has ever lifted the veil that hides my Divinity from mortal eyes."

The moon was her symbol; and the influence which she outpoured upon her worshipers to the music of the shaken sistrum was
of brilliant blue light veined with delicate silver, as of shimmering moonbeams, the very touch of which brought upliftment and
ecstasy 5.

Isis, therefore, is par excellence the patron Goddess of the man of science, and many are they who serve Her for the gifts at
Her bestowal, but these are rigidly restricted to the outer court of Her Temple; only those can hope to learn the secrets of Her
inner chamber who serve Her for love alone. For Her characteristics are typically feminine, and naught but he chastened love of
Sir Galahad can penetrate the inner shrine.

201. Those of us who are able to recall our early school days may remember a rather laborious method of proving the
correctness of our multiplications by reversing the process and dividing. Thus after multiplying a number x, by another number y,
and obtaining the product xy; we would then take xy, and divide by y, which, if no mistake had been made, would give us x
exactly, and some of us may perhaps recall the feeling of relief when the last figure of x came out right, and we realized that our
task was accomplished. Suppose now we follow the above school-boy plan of testing some of the results so far obtained. That
is to say, where we have multiplied let us divide, and thus get back to our original foundations; we may then examine these
under a different aspect. For instance in {67}, we obtained Planck's constant h, from our small element of mass ', by a single
multiplication,.

{75} h = '(g + a)

after which in {74}, we obtained the mass of Helium A, by another simple multiplication of h, thus

{76} A = h (1.02736)g

Now if, as modern science believes, all the chemical elements are, for the most part, built up from Helium, then practically the
whole of the earth's mass has been built up in the way indicated by the above two equations, and if as stated in The Secret
Doctrine 6, the order of development was first Fire; then Air, then Water, and finally Earth; we should by the reverse process of
division expect to obtain Water, Air, and Fire. Since the masses of the Earth and Air have been fairly accurately ascertained, it
will be quite easy to test this with regard to these two elements of the Ancients. From The Smithsonian Physical Tables 7, we

71
have for the Earth's mass in grams,

{77} E = 5.997 x 10 27

202. If now we use the multiplier (1.02736)g, in {76}, as our first divisor, we have for the mass of Water,

{78} W = E/(l.02736)g = 5.9537 x 10 24

and for our second divisor, the multiplier (g + a), in {75}, we obtain for the mass of the gases of the atmosphere,

{79} G = W/(g + a)= 5.2107 x 10 21

= 52.107 x 10 14 metric tons

The metric ton is one million grams, and is preferred as a unit of weight by men of science to the English ton, (one metric ton =
0.9842 ton), because being a portion of the decimal system of weights and measures it involves little calculation. The observed
weight of the gases of our atmosphere 8, is

{80} G' = 52 x 10 14 metric tons

which may be regarded as an exact agreement with the result obtained in {79}.

203. It would be difficult to exaggerate the sweeping nature of the above demonstration, which embraces in itself a clear proof
that both ancient and modern theories of the formation of the elements are correct. It proves, in the first place, that the modern
physical chemist is correct in thinking that the chemical elements are built up from Helium, and also that the ancient world was
right in its theories, at least as far as the three lower elements; Air, Water, Earth, being generated from each other in the order
given. The fourth element, Fire, has still to be investigated. The difference between the Ancients and the Moderns appears to
be that the Ancients conceived the elements as taken in their totality. The totality of gases as Air, the totality of liquids as
Water, and the totality of solids as Earth. The misconception between modern and ancient teachings arising through a
difference of nomenclature. But equations {79-80}, complete the cycle of proof, in a still more important sense. They prove
the fundamental teaching of Occultism that all matter is a creation, or precipitation, from the powers inherent in Light; for the
whole-series of equations in the cycle {51-80}, are derived from the observed properties of the light-wave.

204. We have compared the observed mass of Air, G', in {80}, with the theoretical mass G, in {79}, and found an exact
agreement; but the mass of Water, W, in {78}, has not yet been considered. Unfortunately there is so available means of
getting at the exact quantity of Water; for in addition to the surface waters of the oceans, lakes, and rivers, there is water
intermingled with the solid crust, both hygroscopic and combined 9. In this publication, which may be regarded as the latest
authority, various estimates are given of the volume of the oceans 10 . Sir John Murray estimates the volume of the ocean at
323,733,150 cubic miles. K. Karstens, more recently, puts it at 1,285,935,211 cubic kilometers, or 307,496,000 cubic miles.
According to O. Krummel, the volume is 319,087,500 cubic miles, and a later estimate by E. Kossirma (1921), assigns to the
ocean a volume of 327,672,000 cubic miles.

The fresh waters of the globe are too small in amount to be estimated directly; even the mass of Lake Superior being quite a
negligible quantity11 . The volume of the oceans adopted in the above work 12 , is

302,000,000 cubic miles = 1.2588 x 10 9 cubic kilometers

{81} = 1.2588 x 10 24 cubic centimeters or grams.

205. On comparing the value of {81}, with the value of W, in (78), we see that the observed mass of the oceans, and the
surface waters of the globe, are about one-fifth the amount required to satisfy our theoretical equation for W, the total water in
the earth. But there is a considerable amount of moisture contained in the solid crust of the earth, and this, as will be seen,
appears at first more than sufficient make up the other four-fifths of W, in {78}. If we compare the mass W, with the earth's
mass as a whole, as given in {77}, we see that the theoretical amount of water is only about one-tenth of one per cent of the

72
earth's mass. Now, even in the igneous rocks, or those which have been exposed to the internal fires of the earth, there is one
per cent of water, or more than ten times the amount required to make up the deficiency, provided the whole of the earth's
interior contains the same amount, which of course is not likely13 . But many will be surprised to learn that even melted lava, in
the interior of the earth, contains water; and the amount of steam ejected from active volcanoes is one evidence of this. To
quote from the above work 14 :
Within a volcano the presence of water must be taken into account, together with the gases which are so powerfully operative
in producing explosions. The magma before eruption, is something very different from the smoothly flowing stream of lava, for it
is heavily charged with aqueous vapors and other gases. Under great pressure, exactly as the soda water bottle in an ordinary
siphon bottle is loaded with carbon dioxide.
One of the effects of this intermixture of surface fluids is to lower the melting point of lava within the earth, as compared with
the melting point at the surface. Thus, within the earth, pumice stone, owing to admixture with water melts at 1,250 whilst after
eruption on the earth's surface its melting point is 1,650 15 .

It would thus appear that our difficulty in reconciling the observed quantity of water with the theoretical, as given by {78}, is
not to explain the deficiency, but to account for the excess. We are therefore driven to the assumption that in the far interior
depths of the earth the admixture of water is considerably less than that observed at the surface, and this, on the whole, is a
reasonable assumption. For the present, we have to be satisfied with the statement that, as far as observation goes, there is
nothing that contradicts and much that confirms, the correctness of the theoretical quantity of terrestrial water as given by {78}.
We shall, however, return to this subject in considering the formation of the chemical elements in detail, where it will be found
that the function of the ancient element water is of the greatest importance.

206. So far we have dealt only with the three lower elements of the Ancients, and as the fourth element, Fire, is, in a sense, sui
generis, it will be reserved for a later chapter. In concluding the present one, it may be appropriate to draw the attention of
Astrologers to the significance of the above results for the science in which they are interested. It will obvious that our studies of
occult chemistry and physics have now expanded outwards into the kingdom of Astrology. Just as in the case of the exoteric
sciences, it is impossible to draw a fine line of demarcation between one physical science and another; so, with the occult
sciences: they are all interlinked, and mutually explanatory. In fact, the connections are even closer in occultism than in western
science, for the atom of Occult Chemistry is not a point, as the atom of the chemist is supposed to be; it is the terminus of a
line, the other end of the line being attached to a star, a planet, or a sun. It has, therefore, bored a channel through the Zodiac
of Astrology, and become a part of his science. Alchemy and Astrology are not two sciences, they are one, and to study
Alchemy without Astrology would be like studying railways by taking account only of the terminal railway stations, and ignoring
entirely the traffic along the lines. It is well, therefore, to accentuate that the creative regions where the four transformations,
Fire, Air, Water, Earth, are in operation, are the Zodiac of Astrology; and it is by the study of the alchemical processes
continually going on in this elevated portion of our terrestrial universe, that the Mysteries of the Zodiac can receive an adequate
explanation.

References

Chapter XVII
THE FOURTH ELEMENT: FIRE

207. In the preceding chapter 1, we dealt only with the three elements of the Ancients and of the modern Occultist, leaving the
fourth element, Fire, for later treatment. Although modern science objects to the name, element, being given to Air, Water, and
Earth, it does admit their existence; but it denies the existence of the fourth element, Fire, as a substantial entity, or it did so up
to very recently, and regarded it as a form of energy. But the emergence of Einstein's theory has somewhat modified this view,
for according to Einstein all matter is energy, and all energy may be treated as matter multiplied by the square of the velocity of
light. The divergence, therefore, between occult teaching and very recent science is less than it was. This, to a certain extent,
fulfils a prophecy in The Secret Doctrine 2, where we read:

73
Subject to some future specific name, the Force is substance of some kind, and can be nothing else; and perhaps one day
Science will be the first to re-adopt the derided name of Phlogiston.
The Master K. H 3. writing of what is believed in the Great White Lodge, says:
"Then what do we believe in? Well, we believe in the much laughed at phlogiston... The bodies of the Planetary spirits are
formed of that, which Priestly and others called Phlogiston and for which we have another name". Again 4,
He tells us that the flames seen around the sun during a solar eclipse, are the phlogiston of the sun, and its electromagnetic aura.

Thus having very high Occult Authority for doing so, we shall regard Fire as a substance, and the fourth Subplane of the
physical plane.

To obtain the mass of Fire from the mass of the atmosphere G, as given in {79}, of the preceding chapter, we may use the
same divisor, (g + a), that was used to obtain the mass of the atmosphere from the mass of water W, thus

{82} F = G/(g + a) = 4.56046 x 10 16

{83} Fg = 4.47119 x 10 21 dynes

In the above F is the total mass of the element Fire contained within the earth, measured in grams, whilst Fg in {83}, is the
total pressure in dynes which this mass of Fire would exert on the whole of the earth's surface; provided it existed above the
earth's surface, and had the same weight per gram as any other terrestrial substance.

In order to ascertain the pressure on unit surface of the earth exerted by the weight of Fire Fg, we must divide it by the number
of square centimeters on the earth's surface,

{84} S = 5.10064 x l0 18

{85} Fg/S = 876.5924 dynes per square centimeter

{86} 876.5924/1333.22 = 0.657483 millimeters of Mercury

{87} p' = Fg/S = 876.5924 dynes = 0.657483 millimeters

The number of dynes that are the equivalent of a pressure of one millimeter of Mercury 5, is 133.22387, so that {86},
transforms the pressure p' in dynes to millimeters of Mercury, in which unit pressures are often measured.

The average pressure of the earth's atmosphere 6, is 740 millimeters, and the standard atmosphere is usually taken at 760
millimeters of Mercury. On comparing this with p' in {87}, it will be seen that the pressure of the element Fire, is less than one
thousandth part of the pressure exerted by the element Air.

208. The above relationship between the pressure of the Air, and the pressure of the Fire, brings us face to face with a very
interesting problem. It is evident that the Fire pressure is normally altogether swamped by the Air pressure, and the question
arises how can we design an experiment which will bring this small Fire pressure under observation. If we removed the Air
pressure, say in a vacuum tube, should we not also remove the Fire pressure? Now there is reason for believing that the matter
on the subplanes above the gaseous cannot be confined in closed vessels, but that such matter freely moves through the walls
of the vessel. This peculiarity has been dealt with previously7, and used to reconcile observed facts of radiation with the
equipartition of energy. We have, moreover, abundant evidence that Fire, in the form of heat, cannot be absolutely excluded
from, or included in, any enclosed space, but that sooner or later, it makes its way through the walls of the enclosure. Hence if
the substance Fire is the sub-plane above the gaseous, it is impossible to remove the Fire pressure from a vacuum tube,
however good the vacuum, or the nonconductivity of the walls of the vessel.

209. This makes it possible to design a crucial experiment to test the reliability of our theory of Fire pressure. If the pressure
of the Air in a vacuum tube is 0.8 millimeter or above, then since from {87}, the Fire pressure is below 0.7 millimeter, we
should not expect any visible evidence of the substance Fire, but at a pressure between 0.8, and 0.1 millimeter we may expect

74
the characteristics of the substance Fire to exhibit themselves. The following extracts are taken from Electricity in Gases 8.

THE NEGATIVE GLOW AND UNIFORM POSITIVE

COLUMN IN AIR

In a cylindrical tube 3 centimeters in diameter with plane aluminum electrodes 2 centimeters in diameter and 22 centimeters
apart, continuous discharge may be obtained with a battery of 1,000 volts when the pressure of the air is between 1.65 and
0.05 millimeters.

It will be seen that the range of pressure above set forth fits very well the test we require, the pressure being air pressure, and
our critical pressure 0.7 millimeters, being about midway between the pressure range 1.65 and 0.05 millimeters.

When the gas begins to conduct at the pressure 1.65 millimeters, a uniform column of bright orange-colored glow extends from
the positive electrode for a distance of 17 centimeters, where it ends abruptly, and the rest of the tube for the distance of 5
centimeters between the end of the positive column and the negative electrode is nearly all dark, except for a narrow glow
about 2 millimeters wide that surrounds the negative electrode. A narrow dark space of uniform width, generally known as the
Crookes or the Hittorf dark space, separates the negative glow from the electrode.

The negative glow, which is of a bluish color, ends with a well-marked outline on the side near the cathode, but on the side
remote from the cathode the outline of the glow is not so well defined.

The Crookes dark space and the negative glow increase in width as the pressure diminishes.

This last sentence should be carefully noted, for as the pressure diminishes between the range 1.65, and 0.05 mm., it passes
across our critical pressure, 0.7 mm., where the pressure of the air becomes less than the pressure of the Fire, and as this
coincides with an increase of the Crookes dark space it points to the conclusion that the element Fire may be the substance
which fills Crookes dark space. H.P.B. 9, says that Prof. Crookes' theory of the generation of the elements is a near approach
to The Secret Doctrine.

How true it is will be fully demonstrated only when Mr. Crookes' discovery of radiant matter will have resulted in a further
elucidation with regard to the true source of light, and will have revolutionized all the present speculations.

Mr. Crookes originally described this radiant matter as the fourth state of matter, perhaps at the suggestion of Theosophical
friends, who knew it to be the fourth sub-plane of the physical. It is evident that Madame Blavatsky considered this discovery
of very great importance, and that eventually it would revolutionize modern theories especially with regard to the true source of
light. This aspect has already exhibited itself in our investigations, for it would be difficult to conceive anything more
revolutionary to modern theories than that the sun and stars are not the sources of light, as was pointed out in 192, and
elsewhere; but the further prediction is made 10 , that Mr. Crookes' discovery boldly points to what will make Chemistry virtually
cease to live; but that it will reincarnate as "New Alchemy", or "Meta-Chemistry". It will therefore be evident to students of
Occultism, that the study of Fire, or the fourth subplane of the physical, may repay minute investigation, and should not on any
account be lightly passed over. In the quotation from Prof. Townsend's book, we found evidence that Crookes dark space
contained our element Fire; let us therefore proceed with the quotation.

The dark space between the negative glow and the end of the positive column is known as the Faraday dark space.

As the negative glow expands, the end of the positive column recedes from the negative electrode, and at very low pressures
the positive column disappears, and the negative glow fills the greater part of the tube.

Now the glowing positive column which disappears as pressure is reduced, is known to be air, or whatever gas is in the tube, it
is therefore matter on the Air sub-plane, so that what remains after it is pumped out, and which fills the expanded Crookes
dark space must be our element Fire, if our equations, {85-7}, are correct. For further evidence we require a description of
what takes place when the pressure is reduced from 0.8 to 0.6 millimeters, when it will be crossing our critical pressure 0.657
mm., as given by {86}. A further quotation will satisfy this requirement11 .
75
The general appearance of the discharge, when the positive column and negative glow are the most prominent luminous effects,
does not alter very much as the pressure is reduced from 1.6 millimeters to 0.8 millimeters, but at about half a millimeter
pressure the appearance of the positive column begins to change... At the pressure 0.57 millimeter... the positive column...
tends to break into striae, or alternately bright and dark sections... At a pressure of 0.24 millimeter the positive column is
completely striated for a large range of currents.

210. If we had arranged a series of experiments specially to test the correctness of {86}, it would have been difficult to devise
a series that would be a more perfect test than that above quoted. The pressure 0.8 millimeter, where there is no striation, and
the pressure 0.58 mm., where the striation begins, are about equally distant from our critical pressure, 0.657 mm., the one
being greater and the other less, the mean pressure between the two being 0.685, or only about four per cent greater than the
value given by {86}. Within the errors of experiment therefore it supports our theory. This theory moreover is supported by the
direct testimony of a high occult authority, the President of the Theosophical Society, Dr. Besant, who in an article entitled
"Man's Life in Three Worlds"12 tells us that the physical

body is divisible into two parts capable of separation from each other, the dense physical body, composed of the four denser
forms of matter, earthy, watery, fiery, and airy, or solid, liquid, gaseous and radiant matter, whilst the etheric body is
composed of the three ethers.

Again in the Convention Lectures of December 1920 13 , she says:

We have a certain type of matter in the physical world, but it is not all in the same state. You have it as earth, earthy matter,
solid matter. You have it as liquid matter - water and other liquids. You have it as airy matter, the atmosphere all round you.
Then you have it as radiant matter discovered in our own lifetime... The ancients used it to signify fire, earth, water, etc.
These statements definitely link together the element Fire with the radiant matter of the Crookes tube.

211. In the above Figure, we give a drawing of a Crookes tube showing the different parts above described. Near to
atmospheric pressure a large electric force is necessary to produce a discharge, but a reduction of pressure facilitates the
passage of a spark between the electrodes, and as the pressure is further reduced the spark is replaced by a collection of
sinuous and irregular pink streamers which later broaden and fill almost the whole of the tube with a pink diffuse glow known as
the positive column.

Meanwhile the cathode assumes at its tip a luminous tuft, the negative glow, violet in color, which as the pressure reduces
grows until it completely envelopes the cathode. Between these two luminous glows comes a darker ill-defined region called
the Faraday dark space. These general appearances correspond to a pressure of some 8 to 10 millimeters of mercury. Below
this pressure the anode becomes tipped with a vivid spec of glow and the positive column proceeds to break up into thin
fluctuating pink discs or striae, which subsequently thicken and diminish in number, intensity and extent. The Faraday dark
space enlarges and as shown above, at a little below one millimeter pressure, the violet negative glow increases in brightness
and volume, and the glass walls of the tube are seen to fluoresce with an olive-green light.

As the exhaustion proceeds, this fluorescence disappears, the negative glow detaches itself like a shell from the cathode, while
a new violet film forms and spreads over the surface of the cathode. Thus the negative glow now consists of two parts: they are
separated from each other by a narrow dark region called the Crookes or cathode dark space, which has a sharply defined
outline running parallel to that of the cathode.

With a reduction of pressure, the dark space increases in width, and pushes the outer negative glow before it, and when as low
as one fiftieth of a millimeter both positive and negative glows become less bright and definite in outline and finally lose almost
all traces of luminosity.

Meanwhile the cathode dark space has grown at the expense of all else, until finally it becomes so large that its boundaries
touch the glass walls of the tube. It is at this stage that the tube begins to shine, first in the region of the cathode, and then over
the whole surface.

This fluorescence is apple-green, and much more brilliant than the olive-green light above described, and is well known to
76
those accustomed to X-Ray tubes.

If the exhaustion is pressed still further, this fluorescence diminishes and the resistance of the vacuum tube to the passage of the
electric current increases, until finally it becomes impossible for the current to pass at all.

212. The above description, taken mostly from Kaye's X-Rays 14 , along with Prof. Townsend's will serve for future reference,
as well as for our immediate purpose, since many of our investigations will have a connection with the phenomena of the
Crookes' tube. In fact the indications are that this Fire sub-plane is the most important of any, and will repay the most careful
and detailed study. It is the Unity, having in its service two Trinities, the upper trinity being the ether one, two, and three, of the
theosophic nomenclature, and the lower trinity, being Air, Water, and Earth.

Its appropriate symbol would be the two interlaced triangles of the Theosophical Society. This Fire sub-plane, or the plane of
radiant energy, therefore, probably contains the master-key to the whole forces operating on the physical plane, and in this
opinion we have the support of the highest occult authority at present available. For Master K. H., says of it 15 , "there is but one
thing -- radiant energy, which is inexhaustible and knows neither increase nor decrease and will go on with its self-generating
work to the end of the Solar manvantara... Yes; call it 'Radiant Energy' if you will: we call it Life - all-pervading, omnipresent
life - ever at work in its great laboratory, the Sun".

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

213. The study of the physical sciences may be regarded as the investigation of the operations of the Third Person of the
Trinity, especially under its feminine aspect; it constitutes the power side of Occultism, and culminates, at a stage beyond the
human, in the uplifting of the Veil of Isis16 .

All matter of the three lower sub-planes are the precipitation of the powers inherent in Light, the first formed of the three being
Air, then Water, and finally earth. The ratios of mass creations being identical with the ratios of the elementary masses 'h, and
A, where ' is the mass in the spirillae of the atom of Occultism, h is the mass in each light-wave, and A the mass of Helium.
The ratio of the total mass of the Air to the total mass of the Water,or G/W, being '/h, and the ratio of the total mass of
Water to the total mass of Earth, or W/E, being h/A 17 . It is further found within errors of experiment that the ratio of the total
quantity of Fire to the total quantity of Air, or F/G, is '/h 18 .

The element Fire of the Ancients is identical with the radiant matter in the dark spaces of vacuum tubes 19 . It cannot be enclosed
by, or excluded from, hermetically sealed vessels, as it interpenetrates the matter of the lower sub-planes 20 .

It follows as a corollary from the cycle of proofs that the modern chemist is right in thinking that all the chemical elements are
built up from Helium21 . The Fire sub-plane, or the fourth sub-plane of the physical, is probably the Master-Key to all the seven
subplanes, being the Unity governing two Trinities, its appropriate symbol being the two interlaced triangles of the Theosophical
Society22 .

References

Chapter XVIII
THE MODERN CHEMICAL ELEMENTS

214. In the previous articles we have attempted to place the elements of the Ancients on a modern scientific basis, and it may
be well at this stage to supplement by a study of the chemical elements as understood by modern chemists. In doing so,
however, we shall take into consideration clairvoyant investigations of these elements as contained in Occult Chemistry, and
elsewhere.

The list of elements given in the above work1, contains several which are not yet recognized by modern science; and no
complete list of these has yet been published, and needs to be collected from scattered Theosophic literature. The following
77
Table of Elements is taken from International Critical Tables of Numerical Data, Physics, Chemistry, and Technology 2,
Occult Chemistry 3, and THE T HEOSOPHIST 4.

It may be regarded as containing the available information from Occult and scientific sources at the time of writing.

215. CHEMICAL ELEMENTS

NO. OF ULTIMATE INTERNATIONAL

ELEMENT SYM. N. TYPE
PHYSICAL ATOMS ATOMIC WEIGHTS

Hydrogen H 1 18 1.0077

Occultum Oc 2 54

Helium He 72 4.00

Lithium Li 3 Spike 127 6.939

Glucinum Gl 4 Tetra 164 9.02

(Beryllium) Be

Boron B 5 Cube 200 10.82

Carbon C 6 Octo 216 12.000

Nitrogen N 7 261 14.008

Oxygen O 8 290 16.000

Fluorine F 9 340 19.0

Neon Ne 10 Star 360 20.2

Meta-Neon Star 402

Sodium Na 11 Dbell 418 22.997

Magnesium Mg 12 Tetra 432 24.32

78
Aluminium Al 13 Cube 486 26.96

Silicon Si 14 Octo 520 28.06

Phosphorus P 15 Cube 558 31.024

Sulphur S 16 Tetra 576 32.065

Chlorine Cl 17 Dbell 639 35.458

Argon A 18 Star 714 39.91

Meta-Argon Star 756

Potassium K 19 Spike 701 39.095

Calcium Ca 20 Tetra 720 40.07

Scandium Sc 21 Cube 792 45.10

Titanium Ti 22 Octo 864 47.9

Vanadium V 23 Cube 918 50.96

Chromium Cr 24 Tetra 936 52.01

Manganese Mn 25 Spike 992 54.93

Iron Fe 26 Bar 1008 55.84

Cobalt Co 27 Bar 1036 58.97

Nickel Ni 28 Bar 1064 58.69

Copper Cu 29 Dbell 1139 63.57

Zinc Zn 30 Tetra 1170 65.38

Gallium Ga 31 Cube 1260 69.72

Germanium Ge 32 Octo 1300 72.38

Arsenic As 33 Cube 1350 74.96

Selenium Se 34 Tetra 1422 79.2

79
Bromine Br 35 Dbell 1439 79.916

Krypton Kr 36 Star 1464 82.9

Meta-Kryp. Star 1506

Rubidium Rb 37 Spike 1530 85.44

Strontium Sr 38 Tetra 1568 87.62

Yttrium Yt 39 Cube 1606 89.0

Zirconium Zr 40 Octo 1624 91.0

Columbium Cb 41 Cube 1719 93.1

Niobium Nb " " "

Molybdenum Mb 42 Tetra 1746 96.0

....... .. 43 .... .... ....

Ruthenium Ru 44 Bar 1848 101.7

Rhodium Rh 45 Bar 1876 102.91

Palladium Pd 46 Bar 1904 106.7

Silver Ag 47 Dbell 1945 107.88

Cadmium Cd 48 Tetra 2016 112.41

Indium In 49 Cube 2052 114.8

Tin Sn 50 Octo 2124 118.70

Antimony Sb 51 Cube 2169 121.77

Tellurium Te 52 Tetra 2223 127.5

Iodine I 53 Dbell 2287 126.932

Xenon Xe 54 Star 2298 130.2

80
Meta-Xenon M-Xe Star 2340

Caesium Cs 55 Spike 2376 132.81

Barium Ba 56 Tetra 2455 137.37

Lanthanum La 57 Cube 2482 138.91

Cerium Ce 58 Octo 2511 140.25

Praseodymium Pr 59 Cube 2527 140.92

Neodymium Nd 60 Tetra 2575 144.27

Samarium Sa 61 Spike 2640 150.43

X 62 Bar 2646

Y 63 Bar 2674

Z 64 Bar 2702

Europium Eu 65 Dbell 2736 152.0

Gadolium Gd 66 Tetra 2794 157.3

Terbium Tb 67 Cube 2880 159.2

Dysprosium Dy 68 Octo 2916 162.52

Holium Ho 69 Cube 163.4

Erbium Er 70 Tetra 2979 167.7

...... .. 71 Dbell .... ....

Kalon Ka 72 Star 3054

Meta-Kalon M-Ka " Star 3096

Thulium Tm 73 Spike 3096 169.4

Ytterbium Yb 74 Tetra 173.6

Lutecium Lu 75 Cube 175.0

81
Hafnium Hf 76 Octo 178.6

Tantalum Ta 77 Cube 3279 181.5

Tungsten W 78 Tetra 3299 184.0

....... 79 Spike .... ....

Osmium Os 80 Bar 3430 190.8

Iridium Ir 81 Bar 3458 193.1

Platinum Pt 82 Bar 3486 195.23

Canadium (Cn) Bar 3514

Gold Au 83 Dbell 3546 197.2

Mercury Hg 84 Tetra 3576 200.6

Mercury M-Hg " Tetra 3600

(Solid)

Thallium Tl 85 Cube 3678 204.4

Lead Pb 86 Octo 3727 207.20

Bismuth Bi 87 Cube 3753 209.00

Polonium Po 88 Tetra .... (210)

...... .. 89 Dbell .... ....

Radium Em Pa-Em Star

Radon Rn 90 Star 4140 222.0

.... .. 91 Spike .... ....

Radium Ra 92 Tetra 4087 225.95

Actinium Ac 93 Cube .... ....

Thorium Th 94 Octo 4187 232.4

82
 Uranium-X2 UX2 95 Cube .... (234)

Uranium U 96 Tetra 4267 238.17

216. In the above table the first column gives the name of the element, the second the chemical symbol, the third the atomic
number beginning with Hydrogen 1, and finishing with Uranium 96. The fourth column contains the external forms of the
elements as observed in occult researches, and described in Occult Chemistry5. In the fifth column are given the number of
ultimate physical atoms in each element, whilst the sixth contains the International Atomic Weights, on the basis of Oxygen
being equal to 16, the values being taken from the recently Published International Critical Tables 6. The periodic character of
the above list of elements in shown in the table following.

217. PERIODICAL TABLE OF THE CHEMICAL ELEMENTS

0 I II III IV V VI VII VIII

b c
a

1
(A)
H

2 4
3 5 6 7 8 9
Oc Be
Li B C N O F
He Gl

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Ne Na Mg Al Si P S Cl (B)

M-Ne

18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
A
K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni
Meta-A

83
 30 31 32 33 34 35
29
Zn Ga Ge As Se Br (C)
Cu

36 41
37 38 39 40 42 44 45 46
Kr Cb 43
Rb Sr Yt Zr Mo Ru Rh Pd
M-Kr Nb

48 49 50 51 52 53
47
Cd In Sn Sb Te I (D)
Ag

54
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
Xe
Cs Ba La Ce Pr Nd Sa X Y Z
M-Xe

66 67 68 69 70
65 71
Gd Tb Dy Ho Er (E)
Eu

74
72 82
73 Yb 75 76 77 78 80 81
Ka 79 Pt
Tm N- Lu Hf Ta W Os Ir
M-Ka Cn
Yb

84

Hg 85 86 87 88
83 89
M- Ti Pb Bi PO (F)
Au
Hg

95
90 92 93 94 96
91 Ur-
Rn Ra Ac Th U (G)
X2

84
218. Apart from the first two rows which differ slightly from the rest, it will be seen that the elements are arranged in sets of
18, which may be termed the characteristic number of the Periodic Table. Every 18th element is one of the neutral gases having
no chemical affinity, the so-called noble or inert gases Argon 18, Krypton 36, Xenon 54, Kalon 72, and Radon 90.

The first two horizontal lines are exceptional in character having two inert gases, Helium 2, and Neon 10. Moreover Hydrogen
forms a group to itself, and stands apart from the other elements. It has been placed in the seventh column, along with the acid
gases, Fluorine, Chlorine, etc., though some physicists place it amongst the alkalies Lithium and Sodium, in the first column. It
should be regarded as different from the other elements, which as shown in 203, are built up entirely from Helium, and does
not apparently enter into the composition of the other elements. Hydrogen, therefore, may be regarded as having a special
function in chemistry and physics, and it was shown in volume one7, that Hydrogen is transformable into the electron by a
change from the terrestrial to the solar gravitational fields. If the above periodical table be compared with the periodical table
accepted in western science, important differences will be found. In the western tables, as for instance in the International
Critical Tables 8, the whole of the rare earths, Lanthanum to Lutecium, are taken out of the table and placed in a group to
themselves, thus disturbing the order of the elements, and owing to the omission of the elements X. Y. Z., and the inert gas
Kalon, which have not yet been discovered in the West, the atomic numbers after Neodymium, 60, are different in the two
tables. This omission makes the western tables end with Uranium, 92, whilst the above ends with Uranium 96. It would at first
appear that proof of the correctness of the occult tabulation cannot be given until modern science has discovered the missing
elements, but modern investigation enables us to test the accuracy of our tables without waiting for this.

219. This arises from what is known as Moseley's law. Moseley was a young physicist, and a pupil of Rutherford, who was
unfortunately killed in the early days of the war. In an article in The Philosophical Magazine 9, H. G. J. Moseley showed that
the characteristic wave-lengths of the chemical elements were in a proportion inversely as the square of the atomic numbers
reduced by unity, or otherwise put "to a very close degree of approximation, the square root of the frequency is a linear
function of the atomic number"10 .

The fact that the atomic number has to be reduced by unity is equivalent to omitting Hydrogen from the tables, and beginning
with Helium as unity.

This is additional evidence that the elements are built up from Helium, and that Hydrogen has a special function in chemical
phenomena. It is evident, however, that where the wave-lengths of the characteristic rays have been measured, Moseley's law
enables us to determine the actual atomic number of any element, and thus decide between the atomic numbers of the western
tables and those resulting from occult investigations.

Let L1 be the wave-length of a chemical element whose atomic number is N 1, and L2 the wave-length of another element having
the atomic number N2, then according to Moseley's law

{88} (L1/L2)(1/2) (N 1 - 1) = N 2 = 1

Those who accept the occult investigations will need no further evidence, whilst those who do not, may regard the above as
evidence in favor of the occult list, such evidence being taken for what it is worth.

References

Chapter XIX
HYDROGEN

221. It was pointed out in 218-219, that Hydrogen occupies a special position in the periodical table of elements, and that,
since all the elements are apparently built up from Helium, we may expect it to have some special function in the economy of
Nature.

85
According to The Secret Doctrine 1, Hydrogen, in Alchemy, is "Spiritual Fire" or the Ray that proceeds from its Noumenon,
the Dhyan of the First Element; it is gas only on our Terrestrial plane; it is fire, air and water in one, hence the chemical and
alchemical trinity under three aspects; it is three in one.

222. It was by the study of the spectrum of Hydrogen, that Rydberg was led to the discovery of his famous constant R which,
as we have shown in equation {56} 2, hears a definite relation to our Great Tone frequency n.

It may be remembered, that in deducing the mass of Hydrogen from the electron and the number of spirillae in equation {49},
there was a small discrepancy, which we said would be explained later 3.

It would appear that this discrepancy is in some way connected with the relationship between Rydberg's constant R and the
auroral frequency n, which we will now attempt to account for. Let us suppose that the masses of the earth and moon were
added together so as to form one body, as western science assumes was formerly the case, then from {55}, the joint mass,
instead of unity would become p = 1.012278. If further, all the Protons in the combined mass were changed into Hydrogen the
atomic weight of which, when the Proton is taken as unity, is from {57} y = 1.007586, then the joint mass would become

{89} py = 1.019956

in terms of the earth's mass as unity. We shall see later that there is reason to believe that the mass of the earth in its effects in
space, is such as would be given by transforming all the contained Protons into Hydrogen. Now, from {56}, we have for the
relation between Hydberg's constant and the auroral frequency n

{90} R/6n = py

which is the same relationship as given in {89}; if therefore, we understand this to mean, that one of the functions of Rydberg's
constant is to transform the earth's mass to py, or inversely, to transform py into 1, we may, perhaps, look for the mechanism
of this within the Hydrogen atom itself.

In searching for light on this problem, we find in Occult Chemistry 4 that Hydrogen has 6 triplets in its constitution, and that
each triplet is supplied from an emergent center of force, so that there are 6 emergent centers of force.

If, therefore, we assume that each center of force supplies ne charges per second into space exterior to the atom, whilst the
interior supply is given Re' charges, so that

{91} Re' = 6ne

e' = 6ne/R = 6ne/6npy = e/py

{92} = 4.68059 x 10 -10

the value of the electrionic charge e = 4.774 x 10 -10 being the same as given in 160.

223. Now, as was shown 5, if the mass of the electron is of electro-magnetic origin, its mass varies as the square of the charge,
so that, instead of the electron of mass

m = 9.00496 x 10 -28

carrying the charge e, we shall have an electron of mass m', and charge e' given by

m'/m = (e'/e) 2 = 1/(py)2

{93} m' = m/(py) 2 = 8.6560 x 10 -28

{94} e'/m' = 5.40732 x 10 17

{95} e'/m'c = 1.80328 x 10 7

86
where the ratio of charge to mass in {94} is in electro-static units, whilst in {95}, where c is the velocity of light, this ratio is in
electro-magnetic units.

It should be understood that in outer space the electrionic mass is m, whilst within the globule of space containing Hydrogen,
the mass is m', and the charge e'.

It is, of course, only in outer space that the mass and charge can be measured, so that observation gives the electrionic mass
and charge as m, and e; moreover, it is only in the open space of the enclosing globule, that the charge is e', and the mass m'.

When the electron enters the spirillae of the occult atom, then, as shown in {43} and {47}, the charge e' is changed to e'/4
and the mass is changed to

= m'/(4 ) 2 = m/(4 py)2

{96} = 5.4815 x 10 -30

If now we take the number N of spirillae in Hydrogen, or what is the same thing in the Proton, as given in {48}, where N =
302,400 we have for the mass of the Proton,

{97} P = N Roman" = 1.6576 x 10 -24

The accepted mass of Hydrogen is 1.663 x 10 -24 and that of the Proton 1.6495 x 10 -24 both of which are very near to the value
given by {97}.

224. One of the conclusions that may be drawn from the above, in connection with the factor py, which occurs in several of
the equations, is that there is something in the mechanism of the Proton, or of Hydrogen, which is concerned with the
distribution of matter, between the earth and moon, since p is the sum of the masses of these bodies, and with the
transformation of the Proton into Hydrogen, since y is the atomic weight of Hydrogen in terms of the Proton taken as unity.

It is possible that this mechanism may receive some explanation from the thickening of three out of the ten coils of spirillae, of
which the atom of occultism is composed.

As stated in the Appendix to Occult Chemistry 6:

The atom consists of ten wires, which divide themselves naturally into two groups - the three which are thicker and more
prominent, and the seven thinner ones which correspond to the colors and planets... The ordinary sevenfold rule works quite
accurately with the thinner coils, but there is a very curious variation with regard to the set of three.
As may be seen from the drawings, these are obviously thicker and more prominent, and this increase of size is produced by an
augmentation (so slight as to be barely perceptible) in the proportion to one another of different orders of spirillae and in the
number of dots in the lowest.

This augmentation, amounts at present to not more than

{98} 0.00571428 = 1/175

225. Some further light may be thrown on the meaning of this thickening, by the results of clairvoyant observations which have
recently been made in connection with these researches.

When traveling to Ommen, Holland, in the summer of 1926, Mr. Hodson and the writer agreed to meet periodically, and by
means of Mr. Hodson's clairvoyant powers, investigate some physical phenomena; the idea being, that these mathematical
researches and the clairvoyant observations would be mutually illuminative; the results of these researches being intended, if
found suitable, to be a contribution to the work of the Theosophical World University, now in course of formation.

The subject first chosen to investigate, was magnetism, and for this purpose, a steel spherical magnet was procured, of about
2(1/2) inches in diameter.

87
The poles were first examined, from which important information was obtained - this, however, may be deferred to a later
article, specially dealing with magnetism - but at the center of the sphere, there was found to exist, a central globular structure
(named by us, the central globular vortex, or the c. g. v.), which from the description, appears to be identical in structure with
the atom of Occult Chemistry, enlarged to about half an inch in diameter.

After examining this on the physical plane, it was again observed on the astral and mental levels.

On the Causal level there was seen to enter the atom, a stream of energy from some higher plane.

This stream of energy had a dark core, composed of a substance from a plane higher than the investigator could reach.

A co-operator on these higher planes informed us, that this stream of force was from the tmic Plane, and we have given it the
name of the tmic Shaft.

Who this co-operator was, we were not told; it may, of course, have been a friendly Deva, or some One still higher. In this
connection it is of interest to note that Mr. Hodson learns, that since the coming of the World Teacher, the Deva-evolution is
now preparing to co-operate with humanity, as in ancient times, and this help, so opportunely given, may be one of the early
results of the new order of things.

226. Below the causal level of the mental plane, this tmic Shaft is not visible, being apparently absorbed by the atoms of the
four lower sub-planes, which it vitalizes or renews.

This process continues downwards to the astral, and finally reaches the physical plane, where, having reached the densest
matter, it rebounds and re-ascends to higher levels, presumably to the tmic, to begin the cycle once more.

We thus have a continual circulation through the five planes of our system, such as is apparently hinted at in The Secret
Doctrine 7.

The globular atom seen in the center of the magnet, on all three planes, is whirling with great velocity round its axis, which is at
right angles to the line joining the poles of the magnet, and in the process, throws off streams of energy through the interstices of
its surface, like whirling jets of water spray; these outrushing streams of energy induce the magnetism of the plane. Each plane
thus has its own characteristic magnetism, which it would seem, are known in practical occultism as the seven radicals 8.

Information received intuitively during the process of clairvoyant investigation, was to the effect that what occurs in the magnet,
is identical with what occurs in an atom, a planet, a solar system and in a universe; so that a magnet is a little universe complete
in itself, as is also an atom.

When Mr. Hodson placed his consciousness within the central globe of the magnet, the effect perceived was not that of the
receipt of a continuous stream of energy, but of a succession et exploding "bombs". These explosions however, were
cushioned by the walls of the central globular Vortex, which received or absorbed the expanding energy of the explosions, so
that the energy of the whirling globe was fed by the contents of the "bombs".

227. The above facts of observation may give us a clue to the function of the thickened wires in the atom, since an atom is
simply a magnet on a much smaller scale. Let us assume by way of hypothesis, that the tmic Shaft passes along the axis of the
three thicker coils of the atom, and thus causes the slight thickening given by {98}.

In the process of exploding, this central core expands outwards until it eventually constitutes the whole substance of the atom.

If we observe a stream of water falling from a circular pipe, we note that as the water descends the diameter of the falling
stream gets less and less, the greater the distance from the issuing pipe.

This is due to increasing velocity in the course of descent, but the quantity of water passing any part of the descent in unit time,
is the same.

88
If we measured the relative thickness at different points, we could at once ascertain the relative velocities at these points.

Similarly, by the relative thickness of the core in the three thickened coils, we can measure the relative velocities of the core and
the coil of the atom, but this measurement will give, not the relative masses of the two, but the relative energies, that is, the
respective masses multiplied by the squares of the respective velocities of core and coil.

Thus if m is the mass of the core, and M the mass of the atom, and if C is the velocity of the core, and c the velocity of M and
of the coils, we should have

{99} Mc2 = mC 2

{100} M/m = (C/c)2

This of itself is not sufficient to determine either m or C, but from the relative thickness of core and coil as given by {98}, we
might say on the assumption of equal density, that (C/c) 2 = (175) 2 for the three thickened coils, but it the tmic Shaft supplies
the energy, not only of the three thickened coils, but that of all ten coils, then in place of the above we should have, (C/c) 2 =
(175 x 10/3) 2 .

There is however, a further modification to take into account, and that is, the change of m into m', as given in {93}, which is
concerned with the distribution of matter between the earth and moon, and the reduction of Hydrogen into the Proton, which
was the prime reason for this investigation, as stated in 224. To make this reduction we must multiply the right hand term by
(m'/m), so that we have finally from {93}, for the relative velocities

(C/c) 2 = (m'/m) (1750/3) 2

{101} = (1750/3py) 2

228. Now let us suppose that the velocity C, is the radiation velocity of some body at present unknown, the mass of which is
S', then from the law announced in the pamphlet Einstein's Theory 9, that the square of the radiation velocity is proportionate to
the mass of the body, we shall be able to ascertain from {101}, the mass of this unknown body, since the value of the right
hand term is known, and c is also known, being the measured velocity of light. We need, however, to take another point into
consideration; it was stated in 222, in connection with equation {89}, that there is reason to believe, that the effect in space of
the earth, is increased in the ratio y, the atomic weight of Hydrogen, a change which, though small, is important where accuracy
is desirable.

We will, therefore, assume that c2 is based, not on the earth's mass E, but on this mass, with all the Protons transformed into
Hydrogen which is equivalent to making the effective mass yE.

We should then have from {101}, for the relative masses of the two bodies,

{102} S'/yE = (C/c) 2 = (1750/3py)2

{103} C = c (1750/3py) = 1.71496 x 10 13

S'/E = y(C/c) 2 = y(1750/3py) 2

{104} = 329573

In the Smithsonian Physical Tables 10 , the mass of the sun S, in terms of the earth E, is given as

{105} S/E = 329390

which within errors of observation is identical with the mass of the unknown body S', as given in {104}.

229. It would be difficult to enumerate the consequences, and describe the sweeping nature of the conclusions that can be

89
drawn from the above result, for they are in many respects highly revolutionary.

But in the first place we may note, that in this central core, and its relationship to the spirillae of the occult atom, as a thickening
of three of the coils, we have apparently a mechanism which distributes the energies of our planet in such a form, that a suitable
proportion goes to our satellite the moon, and the Proton is either changed to Hydrogen, or Hydrogen deprived of its surplus
mass, and transformed into a Proton.

On comparing the solar velocity C in {103}, with the earth's distance from the sun D = 1.495 x 10 13 we see that a particle
carried from the sun to the earth with the velocity C would arrive at the earth in less than one second after leaving the sun, and
from this we can understand, that elements created at the sun's center, can appear simultaneously at the earth's center, or what
would appear to be simultaneously to an observer.

According to a statement by Bishop Leadbeater 11 , the center of the earth is utilized by the Third L OGOS for the manufacture
of new elements, and from there is a direct connection with the heart of the sun, so that, elements made in the sun, appear
immediately in the center of the earth.

From the above observation of Bishop Leadbeater, and from equations {103-5}, we may safely conclude that the tmic Shaft
as seen by Mr. Hodson has its source in the sun, and travels to the earth with the velocity C.

The interchange of energy and matter between earth and sun above implied, may be regarded as a partial confirmation of the
conclusion arrived at in our first volume12 , that there is an interchange of matter between earth and sun, so that the whole mass
of the earth is transferred to the sun, and vice versa, once every year, and this is probably the occult reason why in all religions
the order of ceremonies and services has an annual cycle, in which it repeats itself.

230. Since the emergence of the solar radiation velocity C, and its operation on the terrestrial atoms, introduces an entirely
new factor in physics, it may be useful at this stage to search for other evidence of its existence.

An interesting and important feature of the velocity is, that the matter or energy brought by it, does not come in a continual
stream, but in the form of bundles or "bombs", just as in the case of light there is a transference of bundles of energy or "quanta".

The question naturally arises: What amount of matter is contained in each "bomb"?

Let us assume by way of trial that this amount of matter is the electrionic mass m, as given in 160.

Such a mass having the velocity C, would strike the terrestrial atoms and impart to them a momentum mC.

If a constituent of an atom was held within it with insufficient force, it might be driven out of the atom.

This at once suggests that radio-activity might be one of the effects of this electrionic bombardment; now, our own
investigations, and those of western science, agree in concluding, that all the elements are practically built up out of Helium.

Let us therefore suppose, that a loosely held atom of Helium in Uranium was struck by one of these "bombs", then, if no
momentum was expended in extricating itself from the atom, the Helium of mass A, would leave Uranium with a velocity v, and
a momentum

{106} Av = mC

{107} v = mC/A = 2.34182 x 10 9

It should be noted however, that all the Helium contained in the chemical elements must be held together with some amount of
cohesive force, so that no Helium atom could leave the element with a momentum quite so great as the above, hence the
velocity v in {107}, must be always little greater than any observed Helium or Alpha-particle.

In other words, v is the maximum velocity, which Alpha-particles may approach closely, but never reach.

90
The following are a few of the highest velocities observed in Alpha-Rays 13 :

A LPHA-RAY RADIATION VELOCITIES

ELEMENT VELOCITY

Thorium C' 2.22 x 10 9

Radium C' 2.06 x 10 9

Actinium C' 2.00 x 10 9

Actinium A 1.98 x 10 9

Thorium A 1.94 x 10 9

Actinium Emanation 1.91 x 10 9 {108}

All other Alpha-Ray velocities are less than the above, but the velocity of Thorium C', is very close to the maximum velocity
given by {107}, which implies that its cohesive force is only just sufficient to hold it together. This is also indicated by its
extreme instability and shortness of life. The life of Thorium C' is so short that the half of it vanishes in one hundred thousand
millionth of a second. Even Radium C', the next lower in velocity, has only a life period of one millionth of a second, during
which, the half of it is battered to pieces by the solar "bombs".

The half of the period of Actinium C' is not given, but the next to it, Actinium A, has half its mass dissipated in one five
hundredth of a second. We thus see that the length of life increases rapidly as the difference from the maximum velocity v
increases, and this remarkable law continues down the list, for the half life of Thorium A is 0.14 sec., and Actinium Emanation
3.9 secs., but it is only when the cohesive force is so great that half the velocity v is lost in extricating the Helium atom, that the
element possesses a respectable life period.

Thus Radium is so stable, that half the velocity of the Alpha-particle is absorbed by the Radium, leaving a balance of 1.61 x 10 9
and Radium retains the half of its initial mass for 1730 years.

As the velocity falls still further, the half period increases enormously, and Uranium with an Alpha-particle velocity of 1.45 x 10 9
has a half life period of five thousand million years.

Thus for a change of velocity from 1.45 x 10 9 for Uranium, to 2.22 x 10 9 for Thorium C', the half life period is reduced from
five thousand million years, to one hundred thousand millionth of a second, a truly enormous difference.

231. This rapid decrease of life of the radio-active elements, as the velocity of the Alpha-particles increases, has been a great
puzzle to western physicists, and can be best understood, perhaps, by an illustration from engineering.

If an engineer built a bridge able to carry a load of ten tons, and only five ton loads were allowed to pass over it, the bridge
might last for a thousand years, but if loads of 9 tons 19 cwt. and 111 lbs. were allowed to pass over it the bridge might not
last a day, perhaps not even for a minute. There would be a similar rapid fall in the life period of the bridge, as is shown in the
life periods of the elements, as the velocity of the Alpha-particles approached the maximum velocity v, and from this, we can
legitimately infer, that the velocity of the Rays from Thorium C' with its exceedingly short life, is very close to the velocity v, so
that the velocity v, and the velocity C, in {106}, cannot be greatly in error. Moreover, if in place of one bridge, there were a
million bridges, the life of these million bridges would follow the same mathematical law as the life of the radio-active elements.

On the assumption, therefore, that the solar "bombs" are electrons of mass m, the reality and correctness of the solar radiation
velocity C, can be deduced from the observations of western science, as well as from the observed facts of occult
investigations.
91
 C ONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

232. The modern chemical elements, as determined from occult investigations, supplemented by those of western science,
consist of 96 elements, only 92 of which are recognized by western science.

In the periodic table the 96 elements distribute themselves in sets or cycles of 18 elements, in which the chemical character of
the element repeats itself14 .

By means of Moseley's Law, which shows that the characteristic X-Rays have frequencies proportionate to the square of the
atomic number, it is shown that the number of elements from Hydrogen to Uranium is 96, as determined by occult investigation 15
. Hydrogen occupies an unique position in the table of elements, and its existence as one of the elements, is not taken into
account in applications of Moseley's Law.

In Alchemy it is termed "Spiritual Fire", and the alchemical trinity, or fire, air and water in one16 .

There is something in the internal mechanism of Hydrogen that distributes matter in proper proportion between the earth and
sun, and transforms Hydrogen into Proton, or vice versa.

The investigation of this mechanism enables us to remove the discrepancy in the mass of Hydrogen, obtained theoretically in
164 17 .

By means of the clairvoyant observations of Bishop Leadbeater and Mr. Hodson, assisted by a co-operator on the higher
planes, a further study of the three thickened coils of the occult atom has been made.

From this it has been deduced that these thickened coils are an essential part of the mechanism which distributes the matter
between the earth and moon, and between Hydrogen and the Proton, and that the thickening is due to tmic Shaft, seen at the
causal level of the mental plane18 .

This tmic Shaft renews and revivifies the matter of the three lower planes, and rebounds when it reaches the physical. Its
origin is traced to the sun, since it travels with the solar radiation velocity C, as given in {103}.

By means of the law that the radiation velocity of a body is proportionate to the square root of the mass, the correct value of
the sun's mass is determined from the velocity C19 .

The correct value of the velocity C, and its action on terrestrial phenomena, is further inferred by the explanation it gives of
radio-activity. The whole of the matter and energy of the earth's physical plane, is apparently brought to us from the sun with
the velocity C, and elements formed within the sun's mass immediately appear within the mass of the earth 20 .

References

Chapter XX
OXYGEN

233. Suppose we take a number N, of units of atomic weight, or Protons, each of mass P, so that altogether the mass is one
gram. We then have

{109} NP = 1 gram

{110} MNP = M grams

{111} N = 1/P = 6.061 x 10 23

92
The above number is known as Avogadro's constant 1, and is the number of Protons in one gram, and the number of molecules
in M grams, where M is the molecular weight. M grams of a chemical element or compound, is known as a "mol" or "mole".

If the substance is in the state of a perfect gas, at a constant temperature and pressure, then whatever the molecular weight M,
the volume v is the same for all gases. If the temperature is that of the freezing point of Water, or 0 Centigrade, where the
absolute temperature

{112} T = 273.1

and the pressure is that of one atmosphere so that the pressure

{113} p = 1013300 dynes

per square centimeter, then the volume

{114} v = 22412 cubic centimeters 2

The fundamental equation connecting pressure, volume, and temperature, for one mol of a perfect gas is

{115} pv = jRT = NkT

where R is the gas constant for a gram molecule, and equal to 1.9885 gram-calories per degree centigrade 3, whilst

{116} k = jR/N = 1.372 x 10 -16 erg

and the mechanical equivalent of heat at 15 C.

{117} j = 4.185 x 10 7 ergs per gram-calorie 4

The constant k in {115-6}, is known as Boltzmann's gas constant, and performs the same function for the individual molecule
as the factor R for the gram mol.

If in place of a gram mol of the gas we take a cubic centimeter, then in (115), we have v = 1, and the pressure

{118} p = nkT = 1013300

{119} n = p/kT = 1013300/kT = 2.705 x 10 -19

where n is the number of molecules in a cubic centimeter, and is known as Loschmidt's number 5.

234. Again from {119}, we have

{120} kT = p/n = 3.746 x 10 -14

{121} k = p/nT

Boltzmann's gas constant k, is of great theoretical interest, and its many functions in the economy of nature has exercised the
minds of our greatest physicists. It is given amongst the list of "Nature's Constants" in Chapter IX 6, and is one of the few that
have not yet been examined in these articles. It bears a simple relation to the constant of molecular energy.

{122} 7 New Roman" ' = {3/2)k = (3/2)p/nT = 2.058 x 10 -16

We may define k as the amount of pressure contributed by each molecule of a gas, for each unit of temperature centigrade,
whilst is the amount of energy contributed by each molecule for the same temperature Unit. Hence the numerical values of
both k and ' depend upon the unit of temperature chosen. For instance the values of both would be different if the scale of
temperature was expressed in degrees Fahrenheit. This is evident from {121}, for the value of T for the freezing point of water
in degrees Fahrenheit would be greatly different, whilst p and n would be unchanged, hence both k in {121}, and Roman" ' in
93
{122} would be proportionately changed. We may therefore say that the numerical values of k and ' vary with the scale of
temperature chosen.

235. This presents to us a difficulty, for hitherto we have investigated the nature of these constants by noting their numerical
values in relation to other numerical values. But it is evident that a numerical value that can be varied by the will or fancy of the
physicist according to the temperature scale he chooses, cannot have any significance. The measurement of temperature is
further complicated by the properties of the substance chosen to which the heating process is applied. The heat absorbed in
raising a gram of iron one degree in temperature is quite different from that required to raise one gram of water one degree, and
almost every substance has its own peculiarities in this respect. Hence the measure of temperature to be used by us must be
independent both of the scale chosen, and of the substance used in the formation of the scale, unless the substance be
fundamental.

Fortunately Lord Kelvin removed for us these difficulties so early as 1848, by the use of what is known as Carnot's Cycle 8. By
means of this he devised a scale of temperature in which the ratio of any two temperatures is equal to the ratio of the quantities
of heat taken in and ejected by a reversible engine working between these two temperatures, and which is independent of the
properties of any particular substance 9.

236. Lord Kelvin showed that if we possessed a substance which rigorously obeyed the laws of a perfect gas, then a
thermometer constructed with this substance would give a scale of temperature which obeyed the above conditions 10 , and as
shown in 233, a perfect gas is one which obeys Boyle's Law as given in {115}, pv = jRT. A gram mol of any perfect gas
contains

{123} (3/2)jR = 1.2473 x 10 8

ergs of energy for each degree of temperature on the centigrade scale 11 . This removes one of the difficulties, by making the
scale of temperature independent of the substance chosen, but there remains the question of the scale of temperature to be
chosen, which must not be arbitrary, but based on the C. G. S. system of measurement in which all the other constants are
expressed.

Since Lord Kelvin based his Absolute Scale on the relationship of temperature to work, and the unit of work in C. G. S. U. is
the erg, the scale adopted must be the measure of the number of ergs of work contained in some perfect gas at the given
temperature.

Such a scale might be obtained by multiplying the absolute temperature on the centigrade scale by the number given in {123}.

237. But in order to conform to the conditions imposed on other constants, the scale of temperature must be based on the
gram, and not on the gram mol. For this purpose we are obliged to select some particular substance which may introduce an
arbitrary factor into the scale. Some recent results of occult research may help us to avoid this difficulty. Bishop Leadbeater
says12 :
We have been told that the elements hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen (which constitute approximately half the crust of our globe
and nearly all its atmosphere) belong at the same time to another and greater solar system, but we understand that the rest of
the elements have been developed by the Logos of our system.
Now as it happens all these three gases within a limited range act as approximately perfect gases, and the one which
approaches most closely to a perfect gas is hydrogen 13 .

Hence if we base our scale on a gram of hydrogen gas, we make the nearest approach to the elimination of all arbitrary
elements in our scale, since it is the most universal and most fundamental substance we have at our disposal. Moreover, it is
shown in 224, that the mass of hydrogen is practically the same as that of the Proton, and physicists are agreed in thinking that
hydrogen and the Proton are transformable the one into the other, so that a scale based on hydrogen treated as a perfect gas,
maybe taken as equivalent to basing the scale on the Proton, which is the substance out of which all matter is composed. In this
way we effectively eliminate all arbitrary factors from the scale.

94
238. Since {123} gives the number of ergs per degree centigrade in a gram mol of a perfect gas, it gives the number in a gram
mol of hydrogen, the weight of which is two grams, so that the number in one gram, or alternatively in a gram of Protons, is

{124} b = (3/4)jR = 6.2365 x 10 7

and if be the absolute temperature in this new thermodynamic scale, and T the absolute temperature on the centigrade scale
then,

{125} /T = b = 6.2365 x 10 7

{126} = bT

and by means of b, we can always transform the absolute temperature as used in physics into a scale which is expressed in C.
G. S. Units, and based only on a gram of the substance from which all matter is formed, namely, the Proton.

239. Since the constant of molecular energy ' in {122}, when multiplied by the temperature T, on the centigrade scale, gives
the energy of the molecule at that temperature, we need to replace this constant ', by another constant New Roman" ,
which when multiplied by Roman" , will give an equal energy, or from {122},

{127} = 'T = (3/2)p/n = bT

{128} = 'T/ = '/b = 3.3000 x 10 -24

from {125}, which gives us the numerical value of our new constant of molecular energy, in C. G. S. Units, and freed from all
arbitrary factors. The constant can therefore be compared with other constants of nature, and legitimate conclusions drawn
from the relationship.

240. Before proceeding to obtain a corresponding value for the pressure constant k, in {121}, it will be well to consider first
the function which k is held to perform in the gas in order to produce the pressure p. A mathematical theory of this will be
found in works on Physical Chemistry, and the Kinetic Theory of Gases 14 , and from this it will be seen that the method is to find
the total pressure upon the six faces of a cube each having unit area, or the cubical surface of unit volume of the gas. When this
is found the total pressure is divided by six and called p. From this it is clear that what the entity represented by k really
produces, when multiplied by the number of molecules in unit volume, is not p, but 6p; hence if this factor in the dynamical scale
of temperature is K, we have from {120},

{129} K = 6kT = 6p/n = KbT

{130} K = 6kT/ Roman" = 6kT/bT = 6k/b = 1'3200 x l0 -23

241. To understand the meaning of the above result, we have from {129},

{131} nk = 6p

where p is the pressure on one face of a centimeter cube, containing n molecules of a perfect gas at the temperature , so that
6p is the pressure exerted on the six faces of this unit cube; or, in other words, it is the total pressure exerted by the molecules
of the gas, and since there are n of these, it is evident that the pressure exerted by each molecule is 6p/n =K from {131}, and
K = K / , is the pressure exerted by each molecule, per thermodynamic degree. Hence our constant K is some kind of
entity which produces a quantity of pressure in a gas for each molecule, and for each erg degree of our absolute temperature
scale New Roman" . It is therefore of interest to find out the nature of this entity.

Since the pressure p, and the temperature , are directly proportionate to the heat content of perfect gases, it seems likely that
K will, in some way be connected with the element Fire of the occultist, and as in Occult Chemistry 15 , it is shown that all the
chemical elements can be raised to the Fire sub-plane, called Ether four, or proto-elemental, we may presumably find the entity
K on the Fire sub-plane of some widely distributed chemical element. Since the Proton P is the unit of atomic weight, if we

95
interpret K as the mass of substance on one or other of the sub-planes, and if A be its atomic weight, then

{132} AP = K = 1.3200 x 10 -23

{133} A = K/P = 8.0025

so that the atomic weight of K is 8, or half the atomic weight of Oxygen, the most widely distributed of all the elements.

242. We find 16 that Oxygen on the gas sub-plane, consists of two corkscrew spirals revolving on the same axis in opposite
directions, and that on the Fire sub-plane these spirals separate, and have an equal number of atoms in each separate spiral, so
that the atomic weight of each is 8, or equal to K, as given by {131-2}.

In the Data of Geochemistry 17 , we read under Oxygen.

The most abundant of the elements, forming about one half of all known terrestrial matter. In the free state it constitutes about
one fifth of the atmosphere, and in water it is the chief element of the ocean. All important rocks contain oxygen in proportion
ranging from 45 to 53 percent.

Oxygen, therefore, satisfies the condition of being all-pervading better than any other known element, and is moreover, as
stated in 237, one of the trinity of elements, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen, that belong to another and greater solar system.
Combining with this the fact shown above that on the Fire sub-plane its mass is identical with K, which performs the
fire-function in gas pressures, we may reasonably conclude provisionally that K, and proto-elemental oxygen are identical.

243. The constant of molecular energy e, which from {127}, is given by

{133a} = (3/2)p/n = 3.3000 x 10 -24

in a similar way, is the energy of each molecule for each unit of thermodynamic temperature, in the absolute scale of .
Treating New Roman" as a mass, as in the case of K and if A be the atomic weight of this mass, we have

AP =

{134} A = Roman" /P = 2.0006

or the mass of Roman" is 2, which we take as Helium, (atomic weight = 4), on the Fire sub-plane, for just as oxygen and
hydrogen are divided into two equal portions on the Fire sub-plane 18 , so also with Helium, which even more than oxygen is
regarded as a universal constituent of all chemical elements, with the exception of hydrogen.

244. The significance of the unit of mass, or energy,

(135) = 2P

becomes still more apparent as we realize that all chemical elements can be built up from the mass , and the atomic number v,
as given in the third column of the table of chemical elements in 215.

Let g be the acceleration of gravity at the earth's surface and this acceleration at some point above or below the surface, so
that in general v is less than g; then if A be the atomic mass of any chemical element, other than hydrogen, we may write,

{136} Ap = v g = 2vPg

{137} = 2vPg/AP = 2vg/A

By means of {137}, and the known values of v, and A, for the chemical elements, we can find a suitable value of the
acceleration Roman" which fits each element, and having found we can further find from the law of gravitation, a spherical
shell above and below the earth's surface and concentric with it, where the acceleration is v, and where, therefore, the weight
96
of the element is just equal to the atomic number of the element v, multiplied by the weight g or the weight, at the earth's
surface, of our element of mass , which we have identified with Helium on the Fire sub-plane.

By the above means, therefore, we are enabled to describe a series of pairs of spherical shells, one shell of each pair being
above and the other below the earth's surface, and each pair we may regard as the home, or natural abode, of a particular
chemical element, so that excluding hydrogen, which is unique, there will be 95 such pairs of spherical shells.

We hope to show, in later articles, how the above series of spherical shells can be used to explain the formation, and some of
the properties, of the chemical elements.

References

Chapter XXI
THE FLOW OF THE COSMIC WATERS

245. In order to give a physical interpretation to the results of the previous article, it will be necessary to recall an important
difference between the concepts of western physicists, and those derived from occult studies. One of these has already been
treated in the chapter on the "Conservation of Power" 1, and the concept there described will be frequently utilized to give a
physical meaning to our equations. From the western view-point an atom is a static center of force or energy, which is normally
unchanged or unchangeable, except in the case of a few radioactive elements, whilst the concept which suits our equations,
would liken an atom to a sharp hairpin bend in a river of energy, where a stream of energy from outside strikes against the
atomic center, and there rebounds, returning on its course. This view of physics has recently been confirmed in a very
remarkable way by the clairvoyant investigations of Mr. Hodson, who is co-operating in these researches 2. In the second
volume of The Brotherhood of Angels and of Men, which at the time of writing is not published, we are told that the four
elements of the Ancients, Earth, Water, Air, and Fire, exist on all planes. They represent principles and functions which are
operating in all substance on every plane 3, and are therefore more universal than the elements of the modern chemist. Thus
Earth is the rebounding point of greatest density on all planes, where the streams of energy return upon their course, and flow
outwards into space. The principle of Water exists as a universal solvent and its key-note is flow. It is the great lubricator of the
mechanism of the system; without it,

the atom could not fulfil its function as receiver and conveyor of power. The atom is to the system, what the river is to the earth:
power is generated at the heart 4.

Air has two functions; it permits freedom of movement to more solid bodies and offers resistance to pressure, thus serving as a
buffer or cushion. The physical air is the ultimate recipient of, and cushion for, the energies of the astral plane. On every plane
Air reduces the pressure from the plane above 5. The special function of Fire is to regenerate and transform so as to ensure
continuity of growth by means of change. This invisible element is at work behind the whole system; in every rock, jewel, plant,
animal, and man. It is "the power that maketh all things new"6.

246. A more general idea of what is really happening in the inter-atomic world throwing light upon the forces indicated by the
equations of the previous article may be obtained by an account of clairvoyant investigation at a meeting of a section of a
scientific group on May 10th, 1927, held, for the purpose, amongst others, of observing phenomena suggested by these
mathematical researches.

It may be said that in general they tend to confirm the concepts put forward in these studies, and to illustrate, in fuller detail,
many of the teachings in The Secret Doctrine, and other occult writings.

247. There is a continual discharge of energy from the whole surface of the globe, at right angles to each point of the surface,
and a highly concentrated tubular discharge at the north pole. This seems to arise at a point north of the equatorial plane but
near to it; it is a colossal discharge of power, and shoots out into space to meet a descending current from a source, which, at

97
present, is not visible; it widens slightly as it travels upwards, but keeps its shape, and becomes an enormous funnel-shaped
column traveling far away into space; into this funnel is poured another force from a far distant source. Looking down the
"funnel", there is an appearance of spokes; it resembles a chakram, and has a diameter far greater than that of the earth.

The condition of the center of the globe is one of enormous compression, from which power is escaping in highly concentrated
jets. The earth is linked to all the planets by magnetic forces; magnetically, the system is solid, the position of the globes being
shown by greater degrees of density and complexity in the glowing magnetic energies.

If I use magnetic cognition only, the lines of force are visible; these seem to be solid, and make the planets look relatively
ethereal, as if the forces were more real than the forms.

This force is streaming out from the sun, or from some great central source of energy, which also resembles a spinning vortex,
as in the case of the earth, but has a greater number of spokes, and complexity of arrangement. The dimensions are such that
the vortex presents a full face, whichever way it is looked upon.

It is possible to trace the appearance of the granules of which the streams of force are composed. The spin of the whole system
is visible. The connecting lines of force between the sun and the external limits of flow give the impression of a wheel in which
the spokes are so close together that they touch.

This general magnetic discharge appears to be equal throughout the whole system, so that it fills the interspace between the
planets. Each planet in turn radiates a similar type of energy to that of the sun from the whole of its surface. From this level I see
no direct single stream, but rather a magnetic whole in the system. The outflowing force reaches the confining boundary of the
system, and rebounds towards the central source inside itself, the rebounding force traveling backwards inside the outgoing
force, (diagrammatically, though not actually); diagrammatically, we could imagine that the central outgoing energy is tubular,
the outgoing making the walls, and the backward making the central axis; the force returns along the same line by which it went
out. Even with magnetic vision, the speed at which it travels is so rapid, that I cannot, as yet, watch a portion of force to time it;
it appears like a continual flash; it does not travel in a curve, or complete an external circuit, but returns by exactly the same
route as it went forth; the only suggestion of time, space, and form, I receive, is a slight flicker, or ripple, rather like a heat
wave, but infinitely more rapid and subtle, and only noticeable when viewing the whole discharge. It is not apparent/rom a
closer detailed view. An interesting point of view emerges from this, the planets seem relatively unimportant as compared to this
magnetic discharge, and appear as dark shadows.

248. The rebounding force above described, which returns along the axis of the outgoing tube of force, and which has a
velocity so great that magnetic vision cannot time it, is probably what forms, in the physical atom, the thickening of the three
whorls, and which in 103, is shown to have the solar radiation velocity C, or nearly six hundred times the measured velocity of
light. On asking for the source of this stream of force, we were told that it was the sun, although it enters the earth in all
directions, and not only from the direction of the observed sun. There is a sense, it appears, in which the sun embraces the
whole solar system, so that the planets around it are organs of its body; this body being seen from the higher planes, as
extended to the confines of the System. Hence, whatever the direction of the rebounding stream, its source is the sun, and this
observation may be regarded as confirming, and explaining the equations given in 227-8.

It is further shown in 139, by equation {31}, that the value of the earth's mass E, is just equal to an outgoing stream of
magnetism having the observed intensity I of terrestrial magnetism, and a velocity half the velocity of light, so that the value of
the earth's inertia is accounted for by such an outgoing stream.

The above clairvoyant observations tend to confirm the reality of these equations.

The two results of the preceding article 7 that the molecular pressure is K , and the molecular energy New Roman" , the
first being the Fire sub-plane of oxygen, and the second the Fire sub-plane of helium, both multiplied by the temperature , can
be best interpreted by the above observations combined with the article already referred to, in 245, "The Conservation of
Power". The most significant feature of the observations is the continuous flow of substance and energy towards, and away
from, the sun and planets. Nature is not seen as conserving energy, but rather as expending it. In other words, it is always doing

98
work, or expending energy at a definite rate. But the expenditure of energy is the physicist's definition of power as explained in
77. Hence what the Western man of science interprets as the law of the conservation of energy, is, in reality, the law of the
conservation of power, and the reason why we cannot use such power is that we are unable to invent a mechanism which will
gear into nature's energy-flows. We cannot construct a motor, which will stand the enormously rapid vibration frequencies of
nature's electromagnetic dynamos. In the meantime, the prevailing theories prevent us from attempting this.

249. Let us now try to interpret our equations in the light of these occult observations, and compare this interpretation with the
usual one accepted by western science. Taking first the expression for the atmospheric pressure given by {131}, nK = 6p.
We there see that the pressure on the six faces of a unit cube is 6p, and equal to nK , where n is the number of molecules
contained within the unity cube, and therefore K is the pressure contributed by each molecule in unit time. The question
naturally arises, what is the molecule doing to cause this pressure.

Western science replies that it is continually colliding with the inside faces of the cube, and rebounding therefrom. By this means
it causes the observed pressure.

We shall, however, suggest that what is really happening is that from each molecule there is emerging a stream of substance
which consists of oxygen in the proto-elemental state, the mass of each particle of which is given by the pressure constant K =
8P, when taken as a single quantum of pressure; and by K , when taken as the pressure per second. The total mass,
therefore, or the mass emerging from each molecule per second is K , the temperature Roman" , measuring the number of
emerging quanta in unit time, so that has the dimensions of a frequency. This gives to it the same character as radiation
formulae8. There we use the expression hn, where h is Planck's constant, and n is the light frequency. Thus hn and K
represent processes of essentially the same type, n being the light frequency, and the heat frequency, whilst h and K are both
quanta, the one for light, and the other for heat, the ratio of these, or hn/kT = 6hn/K , occurs in most radiation formula, and
is, perhaps, the most theoretically important relationship of modern physics. In later articles we shall treat of this in detail.

250. The above interpretation of the source of gas pressure falls naturally into place with what is clairvoyantly seen, and
described in 247. The continuous discharge of energy from the whole surface of the globe exhibits itself within the atmosphere
as a pressure, caused by the emergence from each air molecule of a substance which we have identified as the Fire sub-plane
of oxygen. This substance need not be identical with that seen radiating from the earth in clairvoyant vision, though it may be
transformable into it. As it emerges from the molecule it may be denser, and of lower velocity; a velocity probably comparable
with the accepted molecular velocity of gases.

In order to test the question of transformability, let us assume that each of the spirillae in proto-elemental oxygen is expanded
into a light wave, and contains within it the light quantum h. When arranged in linear form such a group of expanded spirillae
would leave the earth's surface with the light velocity c. Then if x be the number of spirillae in the group, the momentum of the
group would be xhc, and xhc would be a definite quantum of momentum which might possibly come under the observation of
physicists, and, considering its universality, we might venture to predict that it would be found to be one of the recognized
properties of light, magnetism or electricity, or even of all three.

The number of occult atoms in oxygen = 16P 9, is 290, so that in the mass K=8P, we may expect to find 145. In each of these
atoms there are 16800 spirillae 10 , so that

{138} x = 145 x 16800 = 2.4360 x 10 6

and using the values of h and c as given in 160, we have for this quantum of momentum,

xhc = 4.7823 x l0 -10

but from the same paragraph, we find that the electrostatic charge on hydrogen, and on the electron, is

{140} e = 4.774 x 10 -10

which within errors of observation is the same as xhc in {139}, so that we may write for this universal constant of electricity

99
{141} e = xhc = 4.774 x l0 -10

Hence by means of Occult Chemistry, the clairvoyance of Mr. Hodson, and the theory of gas pressure, above set forth, we
have obtained a key to the nature of three quanta: the electrostatic quantum e, the light quantum h, and the pressure quantum K.
Owing to the fundamental nature of these constants, the above relationship should prove important.

251. A further feature may here be noted. Since K = 8P, or half the mass of oxygen, the number of spirillae in oxygen is 2x,
and 2xhc = 2e. Now, since the valency of oxygen is 2, and each valency bond has the charge e, we may say that 2e = 2xhc
accounts for the observed valency of oxygen, and may be a key to all valencies. It should be observed in this connection that
no other substance, except the proto-elemental sub-plane of oxygen has the correct number of spirillae to give e, when
multiplied by hc, and since the electrical quantum e is universal, and oxygen is the most universal of all terrestrial elements, the
physical connection between the two has the requirements of probability. In the meantime we may conclude that the pressure
constant K, after serving its purpose in sustaining the pressure of the atmosphere, expands out into a group of x light rays, and
leaves the earth with the velocity of light c, as observed in clairvoyant vision, and as above described.

We need, however, to consider now, the energy constant = 2P, as given by {135}. The unit 11 of mass is fully as universal as
the constant of pressure K, since all the elements are built up from it, the weight 2Pg being added to each chemical element for
each atomic number12 . Let us first note that 2K = 16P, which is oxygen, and that = 2P = 2H, or a molecule of hydrogen,
when combined with oxygen becomes OH2, or a molecule of Water, which represents the principle of the flow of energy, as
shown in 245.

We may further observe that the valencies of oxygen, and the molecule of hydrogen, are equal and opposite, since they
combine to make the most perfectly neutral substance, Water. If, therefore the oxygen valency represents an outward going
energy, the hydrogen, or Proton valency, should represent an inward flowing energy. We have thus in Water the physical
expression of the combined outward and inward flowing energies clairvoyantly seen and described in 247. We must therefore
look for the evidence of the incoming streams of energy = 2P in the atomic nuclei, from whence these energies rebound.
Now this is exactly the place where western physicists find evidence of them, for New 2P is the mass forming stream, and the
number of these streams for each element is given by its atomic number. This brings to our consideration the principle of flow
above described, and which the Ancients, and the modern occultists, represent by the element Water. It is not without
significance, perhaps, that the substance Water, which thus embodies the outgoing and incoming energy streams, should cover
by far the greater portion of the earth's surface. But it is important to note here, that this principle of flow is that required to give
a physical meaning to equation {136}, of the preceding article, where the molecular weight of each element at definite zones
above the surface and below it, are equal to the atomic number of the element multiplied by the weight cg, measured at the
earth's surface. This could not be well explained, except on the assumption, that the substance of the elements is in a state of
flow. If we construct lines of force between the two zones which satisfy the conditions given by {136}, in which the substance
of the element is continually flowing towards, and away from, the earth's center, then in any intermediate position, any such
element can link up with its own particular line of force, and retain the molecular mass appropriate to the two terminal zones:
Such is a brief explanation of equation {136}, which accounts both for molecular weight, and atomic number, and which may
be treated in greater detail in later articles.

252. At the conclusion of the observations described in 247, the following additional information was dictated, some of
which relates to this principle of flow.

DICTATED

"You have observed the ebb and flow of the Logoic Life-Force throughout the system - the Universal All-Pervading Divine
Life - the Immanence in terms of flowing E NERGY. Remember that the Logos is also immanent in terms of Consciousness,
and in terms of Love, or Cohesion. The ripple is in reality a rhythmic pulse - the governing rhythm of the System - the Major
Time-Period by which all others are ordered. Planets are miniature suns from a magnetic point of view, and each radiates in a
similar way, throughout the whole system: each has its own rhythm and time-period, and contacts all external manifestations
through its own outflowing and returning energy, and in terms of its own period. The time-period of each planet is a harmonic
of the major-chord of the system - the chord of the system, in its turn being a note in the chord of the scheme to which it

100
belongs.

The discovery of the nature of the Central General Life-Force, or Energy, and of the individual energy of each planet, and their
mutual relationships and interactions, is one of the next steps of scientific progress. Gradually science will cease to study form,
and begin the search for the Universal Power from which all other powers spring. In other words, the new science will begin at
the center and work outwards. Gravitate yourself towards the center, and envisage it from the point of view of a single central
force, seeking to discover the relationship between the observed phenomena and the central force - that is the way.

As you are discovering, there is a mathematical formula for every phenomenon, and mathematics alone provides you with all
the physical means of research you require. Intuition must enlighten mathematics, and mathematics must prove, and give orderly
expression to the findings of Intuition. Essay the task of reducing the Solar System to terms of mathematics, and fear not to
press forward from one mathematical demonstration and verification to another".

References

Chapter XXII
DIMENSIONS

253. In 86, we referred to the importance which physicists usually attach to the physical dimensions of the two sides of an
equation, so that although the numerical values may be equal, the relationship is doubtful unless the dimensions agree as well.
This view of physics has been largely a development of the late Lord Rayleigh, and in the volumes of Nature for 1915, will be
found his exposition of the subject. During recent years, however, the views of physicists have undergone a change, and in The
Philosophical Magazine 1, Dr. Norman Campbell dismisses the subject as follows:
The use of dimensions in checking an equation by examination of its two sides has also proved worthless; for equations which
do not satisfy the criterion can be found in the writings of the most eminent physicists... but if the retention of dimensions in all
our textbooks cannot save us from such errors, if it encourages so greatly the activities of the modern equivalent of
circle-squarers, and leads to the abuse of one of the most valuable weapons of experimental research, is it worth while to
puzzle with it the heads of our students and, incidentally, our own?
The reader who wishes to form his own opinion on this subject may refer to Bridgman's Dimensional Analysis 2, where the
subject is fully dealt with. It has become necessary to refer to this matter again because some of our equations do not satisfy
the conditions claimed by dimensional analysis. One of these, equation {67}, h = '(g +a), has been privately pointed out by
a correspondent. This equation, as is shown in a later article 3, etc., is connected with the creation of matter and as such a
process is not recognized at present, any equation, expressing it, is likely to be defective when the dimensions are examined.
We would point out that Occult Chemistry deals with much more fundamental matters than those treated in classical physics
and chemistry, and the correct dimensions cannot be given until the nature of the processes are more fully understood.

Other equations where we shall be likely to clash with western views, are those involving temperature, especially 4. In 249, we
interpreted the temperature , as a frequency, or the reciprocal of a time, in correspondence with the frequency of light waves
to which temperature is proportioned. In this connection we may quote from Bridgman's Dimensional Analysis 5.

Many persons feel an intuitive uncertainty with regard to the dimensions to be assigned to temperature... how the absolute
temperature, as we have used it above, is the thermodynamic absolute temperature defined with relation to the second law of
thermodynamics... The size of a degree of thermodynamic temperature may be fixed entirely arbitrarily so that there are any
number of degrees between the freezing and boiling points of water, for example, absolutely without reference to the size of any
other unit. We are concerned in the dimensional formula with the definition in terms of the second law only in so far as this
definition satisfies the principle of the absolute significance of relative magnitude, that is, the principle that the ratio of the
measures of two concrete examples shall be independent of the size of the units. Now it is evident that the thermodynamic
definition of absolute temperature does leave the ratio of any two concrete temperatures independent of the size of the units.

101
The dimensional formula of temperature, therefore, need contain no other element, and temperature may be treated ss having
its own dimensions.

254. The scale of temperature we have deduced from first principles in {125-126} 6, fulfils all the conditions above set forth,
with the additional property that there is no arbitrary number of degrees between two temperatures and no dimensions are
required beyond the centimeter, gram and second.

It must, however, be admitted that the nature of temperature thus disclosed may react on other dimensional formulae. Take, for
instance, K , in {129}, which is shown to be the pressure exerted by each molecule of a gas, caused by a stream of
proto-elemental oxygen emerging from the molecule, in K quanta, at a rate of per second.

If now we conceive these individual quanta expanding into light-waves, when released from pressure, so that each of the x
spirillae in a quantum K becomes a light-wave, and each K becomes x light-waves, we then have for each group of
light-waves, as shown in {141}, the emergence of the electrionic charge e = xhc, or the electrical quantum. This concept may
serve as an illuminating picture of the function of quanta in physics. It conveys the idea of what maybe termed light-darts, each
containing x light-waves, so that light-waves need not be continuous, but may have dark intervals between each light-dart. It is
interesting to note that such a theory has been advocated by Einstein 7.

Einstein put forward the light-dart hypothesis according to which radiational energy is not only emitted or absorbed in quanta,
but also exists in free space in the form of discrete localized bundles of energy or quants... later work has shown that if there is
conservation of energy and momentum in individual absorption and emission processes, there seems no escape from the
conclusion that radiational energy is propagated by means linearly directed spatially localized quanta. This is supported by the
recent work confirming the Compton-Debye quantum theory of scattering. Thus our investigation of the nature of temperature,
and the deduction that it has the character of a frequency, serves to explain some obscure physical problems when combined
with the observed facts of Occult Chemistry.

255. By an obvious development, the light-dart hypothesis discloses the nature of electrical potential, for from Einstein's
equation given in {37}8, and equation {141} 9, we may write,

{142} hn = Ve/c = Vxh

where V is the electrical potential giving the light-frequency n, and from this we obtain the ratio

{143} V = hn/xh = n/x

Since n, is the number of light-waves per second, and x is the number of these waves in a light-dart, n/x = V is the number of
light-darts issued by the radiation per second. Thus electrical potential V, is likewise identified with a frequency, in the same
way as n and e. It is the frequency of the light-darts or quants from the radiating body.

It is well known to physicists, as will be shown in later articles, that these three frequencies, V, n, and , all vary together in
definite proportions, which also favors the view that they are similar in nature, function, and dimensions.

256. As in other cases, it is probable that in this controversy about dimensions the middle course is the truest and safest.
There may be reasons why an equation, which is true numerically, and in disagreement dimensionally, may nevertheless be
significant physically, though it should be accepted with caution; but there is no doubt that when true, both in number and
dimensions, the equation is more illuminative, and intellectually more satisfactory. There may be reasons, however, why the
dimensions do not agree, which call for further investigation. For instance, it may be that the phenomena is not being treated in
a manner sufficiently fundamental, and, in consequence, important factors which enter into the process are not taken into
account. Such cases happen when constants enter as factors, the value of which is unity, and which therefore disappear from
the equation. These suppressed constants do not affect the numerical equality, but they may effect the dimensional equality. We
shall deal with some instances of this which are important for the understanding of the hidden forces which occult chemistry
discloses.

102
In 233, equations {109-10}, we have NP = 1, and MNP = M, so that in an equation involving the mass M, we may use
either M, or MNP, without affecting the numerical value of the term. Avogadro's number N, is a mere numeric, and does not
affect the dimensions of the terms; but the Proton P, is a mass, and affects the dimensions. Moreover, if accompanied by N, it
may be inserted any number of times without altering the numerical value, thus

{144} M = MNP = M(NP) 2 = M(NP) 3 = M(NP) n

where n can have any value, positive, negative, or zero. Now when we speak of a mass M, we merely give the number of
grams, but since all matter is held to be built up of Protons, each gram contains N Protons, so that the expression for M, is, at
least, MNP, and may be any one of the expressions covered by {144}. Only by a more fundamental investigation can we
ascertain the powers of P, which enter into M, thus affecting the dimensions but not the numerical value.

This concept is particularly important when the matter of other planes than the physical have to be taken into account as is the
case in occult chemistry, etc. Thus, suppose the mass of the proton on the astral plane is P 1, and on the mental, buddhic, and
atmic, P2, P3, and P4, respectively, whilst the corresponding Avogadro numbers are N1, N2, N3, and N4, so that we have

NP = N 1P1 = N 2P2 = N 3P3 = N 4P4 = 1

{145} M = MNP = MNPN 1P1 = MNPN 1P1N2P2

{146}= MNPN 1P1,N 2P2 N3P3 = MNPN 1P1N2P 2N3P3N4P4

257. The above result may appear at first sight fanciful, but we shall find later that some of the above Protons, are recognized
constants in western science. The different expressions for the mass M, in {146}, may be taken to indicate the ensoulment of
the mass M. Thus the mass of a man's body, when dead, might be represented by MNP, and when living by MNPN 1P1N2P2, if
an ordinary man, whilst the body of an Adept would have the mass MNPN 1P1N2P2N 3P3N4P4, since the average man is living
on three planes, and the Adept on five. We have here, perhaps, one of the keys to the influence of talismans, and particular
stones and jewels. These bodies may have some special ensoulment operating from planes other than the physical, which
interact with the different bodies of man. The question of ensoulment will assume greater importance, as the nature of the occult
forces operating through matter become better understood. It is a further and more direct influence which the Divine Life
exercises throughout the worlds of form, and may be the special function of the Deva evolution, with its staff of elementals and
nature spirits. These ensoul planets, districts, individual mountains, trees, etc., and affect the rate of evolution, in the mineral,
vegetable, animal, and human kingdoms10 . This is of special interest to medical science, since the medicinal and healing
properties of substances, districts, etc., are a department of this study.

The concept of ensoulment enables us to understand also why the consecrated wafer in the Eucharist, may be utterly different
in its effects on humanity, as compared with ordinary bread, although the mass and chemical properties are not changed; for the
mass of the wafer instead of MNP, may be raised to that of an Adept, as given above, or even higher, since the ensoulment is
from the World Teacher Himself.

258. Matter, on the earth's surface, is, in general, measured by its weight, that is, by the force exerted upon it by the earth's
gravity, which is given by Newton's formula,

{147} GEM/R 2 = Mg

where G is the gravitational constant, E the earth's mass, and M the mass of the body weighed, whilst g is the surface value of
terrestrial gravity, and R the earth's radius. Now the expression for the earth's mass is, at least, E = ENP, and, at least, also M
= MNP, So that the above becomes,

{148} GENPMNP/R 2 = MN 2P2g = Mg

At the very least, therefore, there is always involved for the weight of the mass, the mass of the Proton P, to the second power,
or P 2 . If we combine the observations of western science, and occult research, we perceive the reason of this. Rutherford's
observations show that the mass of the chemical element is at the nucleus of the chemical atom, which occult observation finds
103
to be a center of intense energy flow; and since energy and mass are interchangeable, we may take it as proved that this central
energy flow is equal to the mass of the atom.

As that center is positively charged electrically, we have there the whole mass positively charged. But Occult Chemistry shows
that the mass also consists of occult atoms composed of electrons strung together as given in 224, equation {97}. This
duplicate mass is, therefore, charged negatively. Now a positively charged center, and a negatively charged exterior, will
normally give rise to a centripetal force, or an attraction, which, since the charges are proportionate to the masses, will be
proportionate to the product of the two. For a single Proton, therefore, of mass P, the force will be proportionate to P2 , and
for N Protons proportionate to N2P2 . Such is the rational of the occurrence of the factor N2P2 , in the expression of every mass
M, as shown in {148}.

259. In comparing, therefore, the units of mass of the different planes, we should compare the square, or second power, of
the units, or P12 with P2 , etc., and we will now proceed to do this. We have seen in {97}, that the mass of the Proton P,
consists of the mass , multiplied by the number of spirillae in the Proton. But each turn of the physical spiral contains seven
finer spirals of the plane above, or astral plane, set at right angles to the primary turn 11 . On the assumption that the mass , in
the physical spiral, is divided amongst the seven finer astral turns, and that on the astral plane, there are 16,800 turns per atom,
as on the physical, and 18 atoms in the astral Proton P1. It follows that

{149} P = 7P 1

{150} P2 = 49P 12

An explanation of the above can best be given in the words of Bishop Leadbeater 12 .

It must be noted that a physical atom cannot be directly broken up into astral atoms. If the unit of force which whirls those
millions of dots into the complicated shape of a physical atom be pressed back by an effort of wilt over the threshold of the
astral plane, the atom disappears instantly, for the dots are released. But the same unit of force, (italics mine), working now
upon a higher level, expresses itself not through one astral atom, but through a group of 49. If the process of pressing back the
unit of force is repeated, so that it energizes on the mental plane, we find the group there enlarged to the number 2401, (= 49 2),
of those higher atoms. Upon the buddhic plane the number of atoms formed by the same amount of force is very much greater
still - probably the cube of 49 instead of the square, though they have not been actually counted. Therefore one physical atom
is not composed of 49 astral or 2401 mental atoms, but corresponds to them, in the sense that the force which manifests
through it would show itself on those higher planes by energizing respectively those numbers of atoms.

260. The important principle to note in the above, is that the relative quantities on the planes are determined by the force unit,
and not by the breaking up of the matter of one plane into that of the other; and that force, in general, is proportionate to the
product of two masses, or electrical charges, so that when the masses are equal, the force varies directly as the square of the
mass. This gives us the 49 ratio between the mass units of the planes: hence from {145}, and {150}, we have for the ratios of
the Protons, and Avogadro numbers in the respective planes,

P02/P2 = P 2/P12 = P 12/P22 = P 22/P32

{151} = P 32/P42 = 49

N2/N02 = N 12/N2 = N 22/N12 = N 32/N22

{152} = N 42/N32 = 49

from which, with the known values of N and P, the Avogadro numbers and Protons for all the other planes can be calculated. P
0, and N 0, are the Proton, and Avogadro number for the plane below the physical.

261. It was shown in 227, that the energy and mass of the occult atom was supplied from the three thickened whorls, and
this process may be conceived as continually going on. The law of the equipartitlon of energy, as previously explained 13 , will
104
ensure that the two sets of whorls in each atom, (the three thickened and the seven planetary,) on the average, will be equal
both in mass and energy. The fundamental unit of energy and mass, therefore, will be half the mass of the atom, and since there
are 18 atoms in the Proton, and two of these elementary mass units in the atom, the total mass units in the Proton will be 36.

If z be this unit of mass then

{153} z = P/36 = 4.582 x 10 -26

and if these two halves of the atom act on each other like charged bodies, charged in proportion to mass, the unit of force
operating will be proportionate to

{154} z2 = 2.0994 x 10 -51

Taking the value of Planck's constant h, as given in 120, we have,

{155} z2/h2 = 48.98

{156} z2 = 49h 2

and from {150}, {153}, and {156}, we have

P2 = 49P 12 = (36) 2z2 = (36) 249h 2

P12 = (36) 2 2h 2

{157} P1 = 36h

{158} P = 36z

{158a} P/P 1 = z/h

or just as z, is the physical half-atom of the atomic subplane, or the physical unit of mass, so Planck's constant h is the astral
half-atom of the atomic subplane, or the astral unit of mass; we thus have an important constant of western science identified
with a known constant of "Occult Chemistry", and the problems of eastern and western science, at once, become mutually
illuminative.

262. To interpret the above expressions, we see from 261, that the unit of force on the atomic subplane of the physical is x 2 ,
as given by {154}, and from the observations of Bishop Leadbeater, 259, if this unit of force be pressed back over the
threshold of the astral plane, this same unit of force expresses itself on the atomic subplane as a group of 49 units of force. But
from {156}, the unit of force on the atomic subplane of the physical is z2 = 49h 2 , hence h2 is the unit of force on the atomic
subplane of the astral plane.

This identification of the square of Planck's constant with the first subplane of the astral, is of great theoretical importance, since
the constant h enters into the equations of modern physics more frequently than any other. We have shown in 201-3, that the
three elements, Earth, Water, and Air, can all be generated from it. It is the energy content of every light-wave, and from light,
all physical matter is created 14 .

It is the basis of the quantum theory of light, and its discovery by Planck has revolutionized modern physics. Practically much of
current theories resolves itself into the interpretation of about half a dozen constants: Planck's Constant h, the radiation velocity
c, the pressure constant K, the mass constants P, and m, and the electrionic charge e; but, perhaps, the most important of
these is h. By identifying this last with the atomic subplane of the astral plane, we have practically completed this list, though the
electrionic mass m is not yet fully identified; but the main foundations are laid for a fundamental interpretation of physical
phenomena on the basis of occult teaching.

References

105
Chapter XXIII
NITROGEN

263. Western science, at present, has accepted two units of magnetism, called magnetons; one of which was discovered by
Weiss in 1911, and the other deduced from Bohr's theory which originated in 1913. The value of the Weiss magneton 1,

{159} Mw = 1126

and the magneton of Bohr,

{160} Mb = 5593

Physicists are inclined to favor Bohr's magneton as the real unit of magnetism, since Bohr's theory, at present, holds the field.
Against this view it may be noted that Bohr's value is theoretical, whilst the Weiss magneton, though based on the theory of
Langevin, is supported by the magnetic experiments of Curie and others 2. Moreover, Bohr's theory, in its current form, is not
confirmed by clairvoyant observation; hence we shall use the experimental value of Weiss, rather than the theoretical value of
Bohr. The Weiss magneton given by {159}, is that of the gram-mol, or N molecules, where N is the constant of Avogadro,
and equal to 6.061 x 10 28 , as given in {111}. If be the value of the Weiss magneton per molecule, we have from {159},

{161} N = 1126

{162} = 1.8578 x 10 -21

If what is known as Curie's constant per gram-mol be Cm, and the same constant per molecule be C, then

{163} Cm = NC

and the relationship between the magneton and Curie's constant 3, is given by

{164} N2 New Roman" 2/3jR = C m = NC

{164a} N 2/3jR = C m = C

where jR is Boltzman's gas constant, as in {116}, and therefore equal to Nk, we may therefore write

{165} N 2/3jR = N 2/ 3Nk = 2/3k = C

Since Curie's constant C, is measured in absolute units, and the value of k depends upon the arbitrary choice of a degree of
temperature as explained in 236, it is evident that the numerical value of Roman" is also arbitrary, and that nothing can be
inferred from it until k is replaced by the constant of molecular pressure K, of 240. But the numerical ratio Roman" 2/3k, is
fixed by C, which is in absolute units, so that any change in the denominator must also be made in the numerator. From {130},
we have 6k = bK, where b has the value given by {125}, and is the ratio of the absolute scale of temperature , and the
centigrade scale T. Hence from {130}, and {165},

{166} 2/3k = 2 2 / 6k = 2 2/bk = C

To remove the constant b, take a magneton of mass 1 , so that

{167} 1 2 = 2/b = 5.5341 x 10 -50

from {162}; we may now write for the Curie constant in absolute units throughout

{168} C = 2 Roman" 2/bK = 1 2 /K

106
From the mass of the physical Proton, as given in {97}, and from {150}, we have for the numerical value of the astral Proton P
1,

{169} P12 = P 2/49 = 5.5527 x 10 -50

{170} P1 = P/7 = 2.3564 x 10 -25

On comparing the value of 1 2 in {167}, and P12 , in {169}, we see that they differ from each other by less than one per cent,
which is not too great for observation error in the case of the magneton, hence the magneton of Weiss can be taken as identical
with the Proton oi the astral plane, and we may write from {157}, and {167-9},

{171} 1 2 = P 12 = (36) 2h2 = 5.5527 x 10 -50

{172} P1 = 1 = 36h = 2.3564 x 10 -25

whilst from {168}, and {171}, we have

{173} C = 2 Roman" 1 2/K = 2 P 12 /K

264. The result given by {172}, is important, for it identifies the magneton of Weiss, when expressed in absolute units, with
the Proton P1 of the astral plane, and makes for us another link between the observed experimental facts of western science,
and the clairvoyant observations of Occult Chemistry. Having thus established this identity, we may first note, as an important
deduction, that the matter of the astral plane, is what we know as magnetism when acting through the physical, though there
may be other forms of magnetism, and that the atomic subplane of the astral is what we know as light. Let us first make the
reasonable assumption that the elements on the astral plane are built on the same model as the chemical elements on the
physical, so that just as 14P is Nitrogen on the physical plane, so, in like manner, 14P 1 is astral Nitrogen, and the same with the
other elements, each to each. We then have for the unit of molecular energy c, in {135}, and the ratio P/P 1 = 7, as given by
{170}, the equation

{174} = 2P = 14 P 1

so that our molecular constant c is simply astral Nitrogen, and the molecular energy , of {127}, is simply the rate at which
the substance of the astral plane is pouring down into the physical, as described in Occult Chemistry 4.

265. In order to realize the full significance of the above, let us return for a moment, to the subject of Chapter XX, which dealt
with the energy and pressure of gases. In that article, we deduced two molecular constants, the constant of molecular pressure
K, and the constant of molecular energy , which are the same for all gases, and hence for all the chemical elements. We
showed in {132}, that the pressure constant K, was identical with the Fire sub-plane of Oxygen, and we have shown above
that the molecular energy constant Roman" , is identical in mass with astral Nitrogen. We further showed in {136-7}, that
is the unit of mass for each atomic number of the chemical elements, and all of them can be built up from it. It follows from this,
that all matter can be built up, and the phenomena of their energies and pressures explained, by the use of two elements alone,
the two principal constituents of the terrestrial atmosphere, Oxygen and Nitrogen. When this is combined with the results of
Chapter XVI, where it is shown that Air, Water, and Earth, can all be transmuted, the one into the other, we shall have gone
far to demonstrate that the four elements of the Ancients are much more fundamental than the elements of the modern chemist,
and that the knowledge handed down to us from previous civilizations is not the mere babbling of infant humanity, but
knowledge of a more fundamental kind than has yet been attained by modern science. This conclusion may hurt our pride, but
otherwise it may do us good. It will, at any rate, vindicate the teachings of The Secret Doctrine and prepare our minds to treat
them, in future, with more respect.

266. We noted in 237, a statement by Bishop Leadbeater, that Hydrogen, Oxygen and Nitrogen, belong to another and
greater solar system, but that the rest of the elements have been developed by our own Logos, and this statement, received
presumably from a high occult authority, is confirmed by the above. A fuller key to the nature of Hydrogen may, perhaps, be
found in the sun, since the solar atmosphere consists largely of Hydrogen 5. It may be noted that solar gravity is 28 times that of

107
terrestrial gravity, so that if g be the acceleration of gravity for the earth, and G that for the sun, we have

{175} G/g = 28

If we take the weight of the astral Proton on the sun's surface, and on the surface of the earth, we have the relationship 6,

P1G = 28 P 1g = 4Pg = Ag = h(g 2 + a 2)

{176} = 2 Roman" g

{177} 2P 1G = 8Pg = Kg = 1 G

from 198, and equations {170-5}. The above equations link together all the quantities out of which matter is built up, and just
as g = 2Pg in {136}, builds up the chemical elements of the earth, so 1 G =2P 1G builds up the astral elements of the sun.

The Fire sub-plane of Hydrogen, or the Proton, as in the case of Oxygen, is just half the mass of Hydrogen 7. Assuming this to
be the same on the astral plane, according to the rule, "as above so below", we have for the mass of the Fire sub-plane of the
Proton on the astral plane, (1/2)P 1 and from {176},

{178} (1/2)P 1G = 2Pg = g = 14 P 1g

267. By means of equations {176-8}, we may now attempt to describe in detail an interchange of matter and energy between
earth and sun, using for this purpose the clairvoyant observations of Occult Chemistry, etc. Let us first take an atom of
Nitrogen from the earth's atmosphere, the weight of which is 14Pg. If we keep to the first power of the masses, the equivalent
of this on the astral plane, from {149}, is 7 x 14 P 1. Let these astral mass units, 14 P 1, be poured into the gas molecule, at the
rate of per second, where is the temperature on the absolute scale. The mass or energy, therefore, poured into each
molecule in unit time is 14P 1 = 2P = , from {174}, where is the energy of the gas-molecule. Let this stream of
energy disappear at the center of the atom or molecule, and form one of those centers where physical matter is poured outside
into the astral plane as described in Occult Chemistry 8 . Arrived on the astral plane, as 14P 1g Roman" , it may be pictured
as passing along a line of force to the sun, where it emerges as (1/2)P 1g New Roman" = 14P 1g , or in the form of the Fire
sub-plane of Hydrogen on the sun, as shown in {178}.

The above may be regarded as the element-building process for terrestrial elements.

Now suppose we reverse the above process, beginning with the sun, but instead of the astral plane, let us begin on the mental
plane, or one plane higher than on the earth. From {151}, we see that the Proton of the mental plane is P 2 = P 17, so that
Nitrogen on the solar mental plane will be 14P 2 = 2P 1, and the weight of this on the sun's surface will be 2P 1G = 1 G = 8Pg
= Kg, from {177}. If the frequency be , as at the earth, the number of returning lines of force from the sun must be only one
fourth of the outgoing since 2P 1G = 4 x (1/2)P 1G. We have then an elemental building process on the astral plane of the sun,
consisting of 1 G = 2P 1G , which pours into the molecule or atom, and constitutes its molecular energy, corresponding
exactly with the molecular energy of the physical matter of the earth, as given by {127}, and building up the chemical elements
of the sun's astral plane, in the same way as the chemical elements of the earth's physical plane are built up in {136-7}. This
stream of matter or energy may be further conceived as passing along lines of force from the sun to the earth, where it emerges
at the centers of the terrestrial molecules as 1 G = 2P 1G = Kg , from {177}. This gives us on the earth K , or the
observed gas pressure per molecule at the temperature . We have thus accounted for the molecular energy and pressure of
terrestrial gases, by taking astral Nitrogen through the atomic centers to the sun, and returning mental Nitrogen from the sun,
where on the earth it emerges as the Fire sub-plane of Oxygen, and enters once more the terrestrial atmosphere, using for the
purpose equations {176-8}, and the clairvoyant observations of Occult Chemistry. As above noted, the lines of force that
carry away Nitrogen from the earth to our times as many as those which return the Oxygen, which is rather significant, since in
the composition of the atmosphere, Nitrogen is about four times as plentiful as Oxygen.

268. It will be noted that in the above explanation of gas pressure by the term K New Roman" , we altered it from Kg to
K , thus omitting the factor of acceleration g. This factor, however, although not directly entering into the expression for the

108
gas pressure, is intimately connected with it, as we will now endeavor to show. In dealing with the 4 Roman" controversy in
Chapter XIII, it was explained how the release from a set of spirillae was equivalent to transforming a line force into a surface
force, and is expressed by multiplying the line force by 4 r 9. Now the Proton P1, on the astral plane, is released from the
physical spirillae, and hence has the freedom of another dimension when operating on its own plane as astral matter. To make
this more clear, we may say that astral matter of mass P1,, when within the 7 x 16800 astral spirillae of the physical atom, has
its mass P1 unchanged, but when set free from the physical atom with its additional set of spirillae, and allowed to act as purely
astral matter, the mass becomes 4 P 1. We may, therefore, write for the mass of the magneton, or astral Proton, on its own
plane

{179} 1 = 4 P 1

and if we apply this astral plane value to {177}, we have

{180} 2P 1(4 G) = 1 (4 G) = 2 1 G = K(4 New Roman" g)

But from {40}, 4 Roman" g = V , where V is the electrical potential for the light ray of wave-length x, and the product V
is a constant. Hence

{181} 2 1 G = KV

{182} 2 1 G/V = K

from which it appears that the element building force on the astral plane of the sun appears on the earth as the product of two
constants, the gas pressure constant K, and the radiation constant V .

From the above it would be interesting to ascertain if these forces could be taken in bulk instead of in individual atoms, and a
result obtained which agreed with observation.

269. Let us conceive the whole weight of the sun's astral plane 4 SG, as pressing along lines of force towards the earth, and
being resisted by the earth's astral plane 4 E, multiplied by the radiation constant V New Roman" . We might infer from
{182}, that the ratio of this total force 4 SG, and the resistance 4 EV , would give the mean atmospheric pressure for the
earth's atmosphere. If the solar force were all generated at the sun's surface, and passed first to the earth's center, and
outwards through the crust, the inertial resistance as explained in 70, in place of E, would be E' = sqrt E, and the ratio of
force to resistance would be

{183} p' = 4 Roman" SG/4 E' V = SG/E'V Roman" = 966710

from {105}. The standard atmospheric pressure at 760 millimeters, is given in {118}, where p = 1013300, but at the sea
level, the average atmospheric pressure is only 740 millimeters 10 , hence the average atmospheric pressure in dynes is,

{184} p(740/760) = 964110

which differs from the value of p' given in {183}, by less than one half of one per cent. If therefore we take p, as the mean
pressure at sea level, in place of p', we have for this pressure,

{185} p = SG/E'V Roman" = 966710 dynes

{186} pV = SG/E'

Thus {185}, expresses the same result, when the forces are taken in bulk, as {182} expresses for individual atoms. The first
giving an expression for the average atmospheric pressure, and the second an expression for the constant of pressure K. The
two expressions, therefore, mutually support and supplement each other. In {182}, we have 2 1 G/V = K, or the weight on
the sun's surface of the element building mass unit 2 1 , resisted by the radiation constant V , giving the molecular pressure
constant for all gases K. In {183} and {185}, we similarly find that when the total force of the sun's astral plane 4 SG, is

109
resisted by the force of the earth's astral plane, 4 E', multiplied by the same radiation constant V , we obtain the observed
value of the mean atmospheric pressure p, at the earth's surface.

These two relationships, therefore, definitely connect the two phenomena.

270. The above relationship can be put, at once, to the crucial test of observation. From {129}, if n be the number of
molecules in unit volume producing the pressure 6p, on the six faces of a unit cube, then n'= n/6, is the number producing the
pressure p, and combining this with (186], we have,

{187} n'K = p

{187} pV = n'K V = SG/E' = Constant

Since n, and K are constant, if the wave-length in the second term is constant, we have

{189} V = Constant

{190} varies inversely as V

so that the temperature of the earth's atmosphere varies inversely as the electrical potential, a result which can be tested against
observation.

In the Trait d'Electricit Atmosphrique et Tellurique 11 , we translate as follows:

"All observations agree in attributing to temperature an influence, direct or indirect, on the electric field. Ordinarily, in the same
place, all the highest values of the potential gradient occur simultaneously with the lowest values of the temperature, and all the
lowest values of the potential gradient with the highest values of the temperature". A result which is immediately deducible from
{189-90}.

Some Critical Remarks by DR. H. A. C. DENIER VAN DER GON on

"Studies in Occult Chemistry And Physics" 1
Ever since the Theosophical Society existed, efforts have been made from time to time by leading occultists to compare
statements on scientific subjects with the later results of scientific research. Not all of these efforts have led to publicly
expressed results, though such publication seems eminently desirable with a view to promote enlightened Theosophic thought.
It was therefore with vivid interest that I became acquainted with Mr. G. E. Sutcliffe's Studies, in which one of these efforts is
embodied; and I was very pleased to accept the invitation of a small group of Dutch scientists 2, all of them members of the
Theosophical Society, to study and discuss his book.

Our studies commenced with a sincere wish that we should be led to appreciative and fruitful criticism; we firmly hoped that we
should be able to deepen our insight into the fundamental principles of physical science by comparing notes with one who, in his
Introduction, announced himself':
Primarily as a pupil in an eastern school of science and philosophy, and secondarily as an interested reader and student of
western science.
I may here, at the very outset, state that our study of the book became entirely a disappointment, caused in the first place by
the way in which Mr. Sutcliffe interprets the pronouncements of leading representatives of modern science; secondly by the
way in which he connects these statements with ideas expressed by H. P. Blavatsky and other Theosophical authors; and
thirdly (and this is not our least objection) by the liberty he takes, in one case, in abusing a quotation from The Secret Doctrine
and in mutilating this quotation in order to support his own theories. In this article I intend to state a few of the objections which
led us to this adverse opinion.

110
In the Introduction we find3 that the author, who evidently still accepts the view - now scientifically almost entirely abandoned 4 -
of a really existing luminiferous ether, confuses an undulation, moving through a certain medium, with a movement of that
medium itself. The author quotes from Jeans: "the wave-surface is a sphere having the observer as center"; and: "it would seem
to follow that each observer must carry a complete ether about with him"; and from Pickering: "the light surface, or wave-front,
is a contracting, not an expanding sphere". From such quotations Mr. Sutcliffe draws the conclusion "that the observer is at the
center of the sphere of contracting ether, which is collapsing into its center"; and: "the molecules of the observer's body are
actually consuming a spherical volume of ether with the radial velocity of light". Whether or not this conclusion may be in
harmony with occult teachings, to support it on the basis of scientific opinion is certainly a fallacy.

On page ix, ff., the attracting force (better:intensity) exercised by a planet at a given distance D is divided into two component
parts, one part proceeding from the planet's mass, the other from the volume of ether, comprised within a sphere of radius D;
of these two parts one is inversely proportionate to the fifth power of D, the other to the second power. At the planet's surface
these two parts, added together, yield the local gravitational acceleration - for the earth: 981. The author construes the
hypothesis that, in the case of the earth, five sixths follow the second power law, one sixth the fifth power law. From this
hypothesis, it follows that the acceleration of the moon depends almost exclusively on the second power component: that is to
say that this acceleration will have to be computed at five sixths of the value hitherto accepted. This is a rather strong remedy
against the small differences existing between the moon's observed and calculated orbits! On this supposition we should have
to change the duration of the moon's revolution round the earth, or the hitherto accepted value of the earth's mass. This,
however, would bring us into serious conflict with experimental results. Nor can we agree with the author when he alters the
gravitational constant, the well-known value of this constant having been corroborated by various methods in which the earth's
attractive force does not play a part.

Among the speculations in further chapters, I should like to draw attention to what is said in 33, ff., on the "terrestrial sun".
We find here a calculation showing that a quantity of gaseous hydrogen at normal temperature and pressure, having the same
mass as the earth, would, it transmitted to the solar surface, cover this surface with an atmosphere of the height of the sun's
chromosphere, whereas a similar calculation made with regard to the total mass of all the planets yields an atmosphere as high
as the sun's corona. From this calculation Mr. Sutcliffe draws the conclusion that there is a connection between the sun's
chromosphere and the earth's mass, and that every particle of the former corresponds with a particle in the earth (38);
whereas for every one of the other planets a similar relationship exists. This reasoning assumes that in the chromosphere and
the corona hydrogen would exist under "normal" conditions of temperature and pressure, or would at least have the
corresponding density. It is quite certain, however, that this assumption is very far from being fulfilled. In the sun's atmosphere
the density of matter decreases from values already very low at the sun's "surto excessively small values in the corona's outer
parts. The correct values are not known, but it may suffice to say that even at the very high temperatures existing there, the
pressure has been estimated at a value of the order of magnitude of one millionth part of one atmosphere! Mr. Sutcliffe does
not even mention the question, under what circumstances hydrogen would exist in the sun's atmosphere. The calculation about
"normal circumstances" would suggest that he assumed the hydrogen to exist in the molecular condition! It need hardly be
remarked, that this part of the Studies seems to us to be devoid of all sense.

We pass on to the discussion in 51, ff., on the Proton and the Electron. Mr. Sutcliffe here wants to lend strength to his
conclusions by quoting a table of experimentally determined mobilities of various ions; this quotation is an instance of the
inadmissible and slipshod manner in which he allows himself to deal with experimental data. The mobilities quoted have been
measured under circumstances which exclude the existence of "free" ions; the electric charge attracts a number of molecules
which materially influence the velocities reached. If measured under correct circumstances, the ratio between the velocities of
negative and positive free ions is found to be hundreds of times larger than the ratio given by Mr. Sutcliffe. But this does not
harmonize with the conclusions drawn by him. Is it possible that he did not understand the real meaning of these velocities? We
may add that in finding the ratio 20:16 not only for hydrogen but also for other gases, Mr. Sutcliffe proves rather too much; for
this would imply that also in a gas like nitrogen a neutral atom can be divided into two oppositely charged ions whose masses -
and therefore, according to Mr. Sutcliffe, the charges as well - bear the same proportion. This is in direct conflict with
experimental results.

In the speculations of 53, ff., there is a very serious mistake, for which we can find no excuse at all: the confusion between the

111
conceptions of "weight" and "mass". If we compare the earth's attraction on an object on the earth's surface (i.e., its weight)
with the force which the same object in the same place would experience if only influenced by the sun's attractive force (Mr.
Sutcliffe uses the expressions "terrestrial weight" and "solar weight ") we find a ratio of about 1600. As it happens, the same
ratio exists between the masses of Mr. Sutcliffe's negative ion of hydrogen, which consists of 16 ultimate atoms, and the
electron. From this coincidence the author concludes to the identity of the electron (existing in the sun's gravitational field) and
the negative ion of hydrogen (existing in the earth's gravitational field); a conclusion which entirely disregards the well-known
fact that the constant ratio between weight and mass does not exist, unless we consider a gravitational field of the same intensity
in each of the cases in question. Mr. Sutcliffe's advice to "those readers who have not quite clear ideas on the difference
between mass and weight", to consult Sir Oliver Lodge's Elementary Mechanics, should have led him to refresh his own ideas
on the subject; after which he might have seen the fundamental errors made in his 56. The same mistake lies at the bottom of
his misinterpretation of Einstein's and Eddington's remarks, quoted in 57 and 58.

Mr. Sutcliffe is not very fortunate in his explanations in 68. He thinks that he can use quotations from Professor Jeans in order
to support his statement that sound-waves are responsible for a continuous creation of new matter in the "terrestrial
laboratory". Professor Jeans utilizes the mathematical expedient which analyses the random movement of the molecules of the
air into the resultant of a great many trains of "sound-waves" of varying direction, wave-length and amplitude. Mr. Sutcliffe
identifies the velocity of these wave-trains (i.e., the product of wave-length and frequency) with the molecular velocity (i.e., the
product of the mean free path and the number of collisions per second). This is, however, a mistake: the two velocities are not
equal; in fact, between the two there exists a definite and well-known proportion, differing from unity.

If we understand the author's intentions in this respect, on p. 77, c, not the density of air under normal conditions ought to have
been used, but the density in the "isothermal layer", where the temperature is much lower, and the pressure very different as
well. Furthermore, the author does not take into consideration the fact, that in this isothermal layer the various gases composing
the air are mixed in very different proportions from the air at the earth's surface, so that the average molecular velocity, which
Mr. Sutcliffe puts down at 40400 cm. per sec., will have to be put at a different value. Finally: at the end of his calculation, 70,
the author falls a victim to the same delusion which I pointed out before, and reduces to three quarters of the calculated value
the mass of the sound-created matter, because of the diminution in weight which this matter must suffer in penetrating into the
body of the earth! We may in this respect refer to later calculations, made in Chapter VIII (The Mundane Egg) where the
author finds that since the earth existed 5, the mass created in the "terrestrial laboratory" is equal to the mass of the sidereal
universe. In this calculation Mr. Sutcliffe quite forgets to change the mass of the matter transferred from the earth's body to the
stars of the universe, where after all the "weight" must have a totally different value! The confusion of mass and weight is a
serious mistake, but if this mistake is made in some places, why not make it everywhere?

All these questions arise in one's mind, when reading Mr. Sutcliffe's calculations about the "terrestrial laboratory "; but they find
no answer, because of the misleading vagueness of these Studies.
`
I might ask a few more questions on this subject. What about the destructive hurricane which must be blowing for ever in a
vertical direction as a result of this transportation of newly formed matter into the earth's interior? On what foundation does the
author base his assumption that this process of the renovation of matter is entirely localized in a layer of the thickness of one
"free path" - about one hundred thousandth part of a centimeter?

The equality of the amount of matter newly formed in one year, with the earth's total mass, certainly seems a strikingly
interesting result of Mr. Sutcliffe's calculations. After the objections raised above, however, we cannot but look upon this result
as a coincidence, brought about by several mistakes and misconceptions, and devoid of all real value.

Objections of a different nature have to be raised against the manner in which Mr. Sutcliffe speaks of lines of force and tubes of
force in an almost childishly realistic manner, whereas physicists do not use them in any other meaning than that of geometrical
representations of qualities belonging to the field of force. Where in 105 he allows vibrations to "pass along these lines of
force", whereas corpuscles "pass within the hollow tubes", he gives to both lines and tubes a degree of objective existence,
with which no serious physicist would ever have dreamt to invest them.

112
In the beginning of this article I formulated a third (and not the least serious) objection which we have against these Studies,
viz., an incorrect application of a quotation from H. P. Blavatsky's writings, incorrect both in letter and spirit.

In The Secret Doctrine 6 , quoted in Studies, 103, H. P. B. writes:

While the spectroscope has shown the probable similarity (owing to the chemical action o[ terrestrial light upon the
intercepted rays) of terrestrial and sidereal substance, the chemical actions peculiar to the variously progressed orbs of space
have not been detected, nor proven to be identical with those observed on our planet.
Mr. Sutcliffe then proceeds:
An important hint is contained in the words intercepted rays of terrestrial light;
and he uses this latter expression in order to support his own view, that:
we see the sun and the stars by means of terrestrial light which is intercepted by these bodies.
The words used by H. P. B. are obscure, and we do not pretend to be able to interpret correctly what she had in mind, but so
much is certain, that H. P. B. does not speak of "intercepted rays of terrestrial light". We shall have to take the view that this
inadmissible misconstruction has been an unconscious act, probably in accordance with the saying that the wish is father to the
thought; but at the same time we must acknowledge that a mistake of this serious nature greatly diminishes our appreciation of
the scientific value of Mr. Sutcliffe's writings.

We have wished to publish these criticisms in a Theosophical journal, because we think it better for readers to know that these
Studies do not necessarily have the approval of Theosophists who have specialized in the study of physics. We cannot but
state that Mr. Sutcliffe's publications have greatly disappointed us. However high we may value good intentions, these studies
will not tend to recommend Theosophic lines of thought to scientific readers. It is true that the Theosophical Society must not
be judged by the work of any individual member - no more by Mr. Sutcliffe's publications than by the present article. But it
may be useful to show that, according to some Theosophists at least, Mr. Sutcliffe's articles contain many misconceptions and
miscalculations; that we need not necessarily wait for criticism from outside the Theosophical Society, but that such criticism
may quite as well proceed from the pen of such students of modern science as have enrolled on the list of membership of our
Society.

References & Bibliography

The information on the references were obtained from either the OHIOLINK online database, or from OCLC. In as many
cases as possible, an effort has been made to find the edition that Sutcliffe used (if known), or if there was no specific edition
referenced, the edition nearest the publication date of the book was used.

An Atlas of Astronomy, R. Ball, D. Appelton and Co, New York, 1892

Astronomy; a Revision of Young's Manual of Astronomy, H. Russell, R. Dugan & J.

Stewart, Ginn and Company, Boston, 1927.

At the Feet of the Master, J. Krishnamurti, Rider, London, 1910 .

The Atom, E. Andrade, Ginn, London, 1927.

The Brotherhood of Angels and of Men, G. Hodson, Theosophical Publishing House,

London, 1927.

The Chakras, C. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing, Chicago, 1927.

113
The Chemistry of the Radio-Elements, F. Soddy, Longmans, Green, London, 1914, 2nd
Edition.

Conduction of Electricity Through Gases, J. Thomson, Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, England, 1906.

The Corpuscular Theory of Matter, J. Thompson, A. Constable & Co., London, 1907.

The Data of Geochemistry, by F. W. Clarke, United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 770,
Government Printing Office, Washington, 5th Edition, 1924.

Dernires Penses H. Poincar, Flammarion, Paris, 1913.

Dimensional Analysis, Bridgman, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1922.

The Dynamical Theory of Gases, J. Jeans, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England,
1916.

Einstein's Theory, G. E. Sutcliffe, Vasanta Press, Adyar, 1922.

Electricity in Gases, J. Townsend, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1915.

Electromagnetic Theory, O. Heaviside, D. Van Nostrand, New York, 1893-1912.

The Electron, Its Isolation and Measurement and the Determination of Some of its
Properties, R. Millikan, University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1924.

Elementary Mechanics, Including Hydrostatics and Pneumatics, O. Lodge, D. Van

Nostrand, New York, 1891.

Encyclopedia Britannica, XI edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 1911.

The Fire of Creation, Dr. J. J. van der Leeuw, Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1925.

First Principles of Theosophy, C. Jinarajadasa,Theosophical Publishing Society, Adyar, 1921.

Five Years of Theosophy, Theosophical Publishing Society, London, 1910.

Glimpses of Masonic History, C. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1926.

Grammar of Science, K. Pearson, A. & C. Black, London, 1900.

The Great Plan: Four Lectures Delivered at the Forty-fifth Annual Convention of the
Theosophical Society, held at Adyar, December, 1920, A. Besant, Adyar, Madras, India,
Theosophical Publishing House, 1921.

Handbook of Climatology, J. Hann, Macmillan and Co., London, 1903.

The Hidden Side of Things, C. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1913.

114
History of the Theories of AEther and Electricity, E. Whittaker, Longmans, London, 1910.

Illustrations of the C.G.S. System of Units, with Tables of Physical Constants, J. Everett,
Macmillan and Co, London, Fourth Edition. 1891.

The Inner Life, C. W. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1917.

International Critical Tables of Numerical Data, Physics, Chemistry, and Technology,

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, 1926.

Isis Unveiled, H. P. Blavatsky, Theosophical University Press, Pasadena, 1960 [c1877]***.

Isotopes F. Aston, Edward Arnold & Co., London, 1923.

Laws of Physical Science, E. Northrup, J. B. Lippincott, London, 1916.

The Letters of H. P. Blavatsky to A. P. Sinnett and other Miscellaneous Letters

Transcribed, A. Barker, T. Fisher Unwin, London, 1925.

Life in Freedom, J. Krishnamurti, H. Liveright, New York, 1928.*

Magnetism and Atomic Structure, E, Stoner, Methuen & Co. London, 1926.

Man's Place in the Universe, A. Wallace, Chapman and Hall, London, 1912.

The Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism, J. Jeans, Cambridge University

Press, Cambridge, England, 1915.

The Meaning of Relativity, A. Einstein, English Translation, Tr. E. Adams, Methuen & Co.,
London, 1922.

Modern Electrical Theory, N. Campbell, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England,

1907, 2nd ed.

The Norwegian Aurora Polaris Expedition, Vol. I, Longmans, Green and Co., New York,
1908.

Occult Chemistry, A. Besant and C. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing Society, Adyar,

1908.

Occult Chemistry, A. Besant and C. Leadbeater, Theosophical Publishing Society, Adyar, 2nd
Edition, 1919.

Optical Theories, D. Mallik, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 1921.

Philosophy and the New Physics, L. Rougier, P. Blakiston Son and Co., Philadelphia, 1921.

Physico-Chemical Tables for the Use of Analysts, Physicists, Chemical Manufacturers,

and Scientific Chemists, J. Castell-Evans, C. Griffin and Company, London, 1902-11.

115
Physics of the Air, W. Humphreys, Franklin Institute Press, Philadelphia, 1920.

A Popular History of Astronomy During the Nineteenth Century, A. Clerke, A. & C.

Black, Edinburgh, 1885.

The Principle of Relativity, E. Cunningham, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,

England, 1914.

The Principle of Relativity, Albert Einstein and others, Methuen, London, 1923.

Relativity and Gravitation, J. Bird, Methuen and Co., London, 1921.

Report on Radiation and the Quantum Theory, J. Jeans, Electrician Printing and Publishing,
London, 1914.

Report on the Relativity Theory of Gravitation, A. Eddington, Fleetway Press, London,

1920.

The Science of the Sacraments, C. Leadbeater, St. Alban's Press, Los Angeles, 1920.

The Secret Doctrine, H. P. Blavatsky, London Theosophical Society, 1888-97, 3rd ed.

Smithsonian Physical Tables, F. Fowle, Smithsonian, Washington, 1920.

Smithsonian Physical Tables, F. Fowle, Smithsonian, Washington, 1923.

Space, Time and Gravitation, A. Eddington, The University Press, Cambridge, England,
1921.

Space, Time, Matter, H. Weyl, Tr. H. Brose, Methuen and Co., London, 1922.

The Stars; A Study of the Universe, S. Newcomb, G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 1901.

Stellar Movements and the Structure of the Universe, A. Eddington, Macmillan, London,
1914.

The Spectroscopy of X-Rays, M. Siegbahn. Oxford University Press, London, 1900.

Studies in Occult Chemistry and Physics Volume I, G. E. Sutcliffe, Theosophical Publishing

House, Adyar, Madras, India, 1923.

The Sun, C. A. Young, D. Appleton and Company, New York, 1895.

Tables of Physical and Chemical Constants and Some Mathematical Functions, G. Kaye
and T. Laby, Longmans, Green, London, 1918.

A Textbook of General Astronomy for Colleges and Scientific Schools, C. Young, Ginn,
Boston, 1916.

116
 Theory of Electrons and its Applications to the Phenomena of Light and Radiant Heat, H.
Lorentz, B. G. Teuber, Leipzig, 1909.

Theory of Heat, T. Preston, J. Rogerson Cotter, New York, 1919.

The Theory of Relativity, L. Silberstein, Macmillan, London, 1914.

Theosophy in Relation to Human Life, A. Besant, Theosophical Publishing House, Benares,

1905

Trait d'Electricit Atmosphrique et Tellurique, E. Mathias, ed, Les Presses Universitaires

de France, Paris, 1924.

Translation of the Surya Siddhanta, C. B. Leis, Calcutta, 1861.

A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism , J. Maxwell, Clarendon, Oxford, 1892.

A Treatise on Magnetism and Electricity, A. Gray, Macmillan and Co., London, 1898.

Treatise on Natural Philosophy, Lord Kelvin and P. Tait, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, England, 1903.

A Treatise on Physical Chemistry, H. Taylor, D. Van Nostrand, New York, 1924.

A Treatise on the Analysis of Spectra, W. Hicks, The University Press, Cambridge, 1922.

Treatise on the Sun's Radiation, and Other Solar Phenomena, F. Bigelow, John Wiley &
Sons, 1918.

X-Rays, G. Kaye, Longmans, Green, London, 1917.

Ziegler Polar Expedition 1903-1905, J. Fleming, National Geographic Society, Washington,

1907.

*** - A reprint of the original edition.

END

117